TWI875941B - Resin composition, cured film, laminate, method for producing cured film, and semiconductor element - Google Patents
Resin composition, cured film, laminate, method for producing cured film, and semiconductor element Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- TWI875941B TWI875941B TW110104095A TW110104095A TWI875941B TW I875941 B TWI875941 B TW I875941B TW 110104095 A TW110104095 A TW 110104095A TW 110104095 A TW110104095 A TW 110104095A TW I875941 B TWI875941 B TW I875941B
- Authority
- TW
- Taiwan
- Prior art keywords
- group
- formula
- carbon atoms
- resin composition
- preferred
- Prior art date
Links
Classifications
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G03—PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
- G03F—PHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
- G03F7/00—Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
- G03F7/004—Photosensitive materials
-
- B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
- B32—LAYERED PRODUCTS
- B32B—LAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
- B32B15/00—Layered products comprising a layer of metal
- B32B15/04—Layered products comprising a layer of metal comprising metal as the main or only constituent of a layer, which is next to another layer of the same or of a different material
- B32B15/08—Layered products comprising a layer of metal comprising metal as the main or only constituent of a layer, which is next to another layer of the same or of a different material of synthetic resin
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C08—ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
- C08G—MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED OTHERWISE THAN BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING UNSATURATED CARBON-TO-CARBON BONDS
- C08G73/00—Macromolecular compounds obtained by reactions forming a linkage containing nitrogen with or without oxygen or carbon in the main chain of the macromolecule, not provided for in groups C08G12/00 - C08G71/00
- C08G73/06—Polycondensates having nitrogen-containing heterocyclic rings in the main chain of the macromolecule
- C08G73/10—Polyimides; Polyester-imides; Polyamide-imides; Polyamide acids or similar polyimide precursors
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C08—ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
- C08K—Use of inorganic or non-macromolecular organic substances as compounding ingredients
- C08K5/00—Use of organic ingredients
- C08K5/16—Nitrogen-containing compounds
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C08—ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
- C08K—Use of inorganic or non-macromolecular organic substances as compounding ingredients
- C08K5/00—Use of organic ingredients
- C08K5/16—Nitrogen-containing compounds
- C08K5/21—Urea; Derivatives thereof, e.g. biuret
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C08—ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
- C08L—COMPOSITIONS OF MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS
- C08L79/00—Compositions of macromolecular compounds obtained by reactions forming in the main chain of the macromolecule a linkage containing nitrogen with or without oxygen or carbon only, not provided for in groups C08L61/00 - C08L77/00
- C08L79/04—Polycondensates having nitrogen-containing heterocyclic rings in the main chain; Polyhydrazides; Polyamide acids or similar polyimide precursors
- C08L79/08—Polyimides; Polyester-imides; Polyamide-imides; Polyamide acids or similar polyimide precursors
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G03—PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
- G03F—PHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
- G03F7/00—Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
- G03F7/004—Photosensitive materials
- G03F7/027—Non-macromolecular photopolymerisable compounds having carbon-to-carbon double bonds, e.g. ethylenic compounds
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G03—PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
- G03F—PHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
- G03F7/00—Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
- G03F7/004—Photosensitive materials
- G03F7/027—Non-macromolecular photopolymerisable compounds having carbon-to-carbon double bonds, e.g. ethylenic compounds
- G03F7/028—Non-macromolecular photopolymerisable compounds having carbon-to-carbon double bonds, e.g. ethylenic compounds with photosensitivity-increasing substances, e.g. photoinitiators
- G03F7/031—Organic compounds not covered by group G03F7/029
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G03—PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
- G03F—PHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
- G03F7/00—Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
- G03F7/004—Photosensitive materials
- G03F7/027—Non-macromolecular photopolymerisable compounds having carbon-to-carbon double bonds, e.g. ethylenic compounds
- G03F7/032—Non-macromolecular photopolymerisable compounds having carbon-to-carbon double bonds, e.g. ethylenic compounds with binders
- G03F7/037—Non-macromolecular photopolymerisable compounds having carbon-to-carbon double bonds, e.g. ethylenic compounds with binders the binders being polyamides or polyimides
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G03—PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
- G03F—PHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
- G03F7/00—Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
- G03F7/004—Photosensitive materials
- G03F7/085—Photosensitive compositions characterised by adhesion-promoting non-macromolecular additives
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G03—PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
- G03F—PHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
- G03F7/00—Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
- G03F7/004—Photosensitive materials
- G03F7/09—Photosensitive materials characterised by structural details, e.g. supports, auxiliary layers
- G03F7/094—Multilayer resist systems, e.g. planarising layers
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G03—PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
- G03F—PHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
- G03F7/00—Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
- G03F7/20—Exposure; Apparatus therefor
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G03—PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
- G03F—PHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
- G03F7/00—Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
- G03F7/26—Processing photosensitive materials; Apparatus therefor
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G03—PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
- G03F—PHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
- G03F7/00—Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
- G03F7/26—Processing photosensitive materials; Apparatus therefor
- G03F7/40—Treatment after imagewise removal, e.g. baking
-
- H10W20/01—
-
- H10W20/47—
Landscapes
- Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
- General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
- Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
- Spectroscopy & Molecular Physics (AREA)
- Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
- Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
- Polymers & Plastics (AREA)
- Organic Chemistry (AREA)
- Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
- Architecture (AREA)
- Structural Engineering (AREA)
- Macromolecular Compounds Obtained By Forming Nitrogen-Containing Linkages In General (AREA)
- Laminated Bodies (AREA)
- Condensed Matter Physics & Semiconductors (AREA)
- Computer Hardware Design (AREA)
- Microelectronics & Electronic Packaging (AREA)
- Power Engineering (AREA)
- Materials For Photolithography (AREA)
- Manufacturing & Machinery (AREA)
- Compositions Of Macromolecular Compounds (AREA)
- Polymerisation Methods In General (AREA)
- Structures Or Materials For Encapsulating Or Coating Semiconductor Devices Or Solid State Devices (AREA)
- Manufacture Of Macromolecular Shaped Articles (AREA)
Abstract
本發明提供一種樹脂組成物、將上述樹脂組成物硬化而成之硬化膜、包括上述硬化膜之積層體、上述硬化膜的製造方法及包括上述硬化膜或上述積層體之半導體元件,該樹脂組成物包含選自包括聚醯亞胺及聚醯亞胺前驅物的群組中之至少一種樹脂,並且在固體成分中包含式(1-1)所表示之結構。The present invention provides a resin composition, a cured film formed by curing the resin composition, a laminate including the cured film, a method for producing the cured film, and a semiconductor device including the cured film or the laminate. The resin composition includes at least one resin selected from the group consisting of polyimide and a polyimide precursor, and includes a structure represented by formula (1-1) in a solid component.
Description
本發明係有關一種樹脂組成物、硬化膜、積層體、硬化膜的製造方法及半導體元件。The present invention relates to a resin composition, a hardened film, a laminate, a method for manufacturing the hardened film, and a semiconductor device.
由於聚醯亞胺的耐熱性及絕緣性等優異,因此適用於各種用途。作為上述用途並無特別限定,若舉例實際安裝用半導體元件,則可以舉出作為絕緣膜或密封件的材料或者保護膜的利用。又,亦用作可撓性基板的基底膜(base film)或覆蓋膜(coverlay film)等。Polyimide is suitable for various applications due to its excellent heat resistance and insulation properties. The above applications are not particularly limited, but for example, for semiconductor components to be mounted, it can be used as an insulating film or sealing material or a protective film. It is also used as a base film or coverlay film for flexible substrates.
例如在上述用途中,聚醯亞胺以包含聚醯亞胺本身之樹脂組成物或包含聚醯亞胺的前驅物(亦稱為“聚醯亞胺前驅物”。)之樹脂組成物的形態使用。將這樣的樹脂組成物例如藉由塗佈等適用於基材,然後依據需要進行曝光、顯影、加熱等,從而能夠將經硬化之樹脂形成於基材上。由於能夠藉由公知的塗佈方法等適用樹脂組成物,因此可以說在製造上的適應性優異,例如所適用之樹脂組成物的形狀、大小、適用位置等設計自由度高等。除了聚醯亞胺所具有之高性能以外,從這樣的製造上的適應性優異之觀點考慮,包含聚醯亞胺或聚醯亞胺前驅物之樹脂組成物在產業上的應用開發愈來愈受到期待。For example, in the above-mentioned applications, polyimide is used in the form of a resin composition containing polyimide itself or a resin composition containing a precursor of polyimide (also referred to as "polyimide precursor"). Such a resin composition is applied to a substrate, for example, by coating, and then exposed, developed, heated, etc. as needed, so that a hardened resin can be formed on the substrate. Since the resin composition can be applied by a known coating method, it can be said that the adaptability in manufacturing is excellent, for example, the design freedom of the shape, size, application position, etc. of the applied resin composition is high. In addition to the high performance of polyimide, from the perspective of excellent manufacturing adaptability, the industrial application development of resin compositions containing polyimide or polyimide precursors is increasingly expected.
例如,在專利文獻1中,記載有如下負型感光性樹脂組成物,其包含具有特定的結構單元之聚醯亞胺前驅物:100質量份、(B)光聚合起始劑:1~20質量份以及選自包括(C)具有特定的結構之化合物或其聚合物及(D)具有特定的結構之化合物或其聚合物的群組中之至少一種化合物或其聚合物:0.1~30質量份。For example, Patent Document 1 discloses a negative photosensitive resin composition comprising 100 parts by mass of a polyimide precursor having a specific structural unit, 1 to 20 parts by mass of a photopolymerization initiator (B), and 0.1 to 30 parts by mass of at least one compound or polymer selected from the group consisting of (C) a compound or polymer having a specific structure and (D) a compound or polymer having a specific structure.
[專利文獻1]日本特開2011-059656號公報[Patent Document 1] Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2011-059656
進行如下步驟,亦即,使用包含選自包括聚醯亞胺及聚醯亞胺前驅物的群組中之至少一種樹脂之樹脂組成物而在金屬層上形成硬化膜。 在這樣的用途中,期望提供一種硬化膜與金屬的密接性優異之樹脂組成物。The following step is performed, that is, a cured film is formed on a metal layer using a resin composition containing at least one resin selected from a group including polyimide and a polyimide precursor. In such a use, it is desirable to provide a resin composition having excellent adhesion between the cured film and the metal.
本發明的目的為提供一種樹脂組成物、將上述樹脂組成物硬化而成之硬化膜、包括上述硬化膜之積層體、上述硬化膜的製造方法及包括上述硬化膜或上述積層體之半導體元件,該樹脂組成物可以獲得與金屬的密接性優異之硬化膜。The object of the present invention is to provide a resin composition, a cured film formed by curing the resin composition, a laminate including the cured film, a method for producing the cured film, and a semiconductor element including the cured film or the laminate, wherein the resin composition can obtain a cured film having excellent adhesion to metal.
將本發明的代表性實施態樣的例子示於以下。 <1>一種樹脂組成物,其係包含選自包括聚醯亞胺及聚醯亞胺前驅物的群組中之至少一種樹脂, 在固體成分中包含式(1-1)所表示之結構。 [化學式1] 式(1-1)中,R1 及R2 分別獨立地表示脂肪族基或芳香族基,上述脂肪族基或芳香族基的碳原子或烴基可以經雜原子取代,X1 表示氧原子或硫原子,L1 表示-C(=O)-或-S(=O)2 -,*1 及*2 分別獨立地表示與其他結構的鍵結部位,R1 、R2 、與*1 鍵結之結構及與*2 鍵結之結構中的至少2個可以鍵結而形成環結構。 <2>如<1>所述之樹脂組成物,其中,上述樹脂包含上述式(1-1)所表示之結構。 <3>如<1>或<2>所述之樹脂組成物,其係還包含為包含上述式(1-1)所表示之結構之化合物且與上述樹脂不同之化合物。 <4>如<1>至<3>之任一項所述之樹脂組成物,其係包含下述式(1-2)所表示之結構作為上述式(1-1)所表示之結構。 [化學式2] 式(1-2)中,R21 及R22 分別獨立地表示脂肪族基或芳香族基,上述脂肪族基或芳香族基的碳原子或烴基可以經雜原子取代,R23 表示氫原子或1價的有機基,*表示與其他結構的鍵結部位,R21 、R22 、R23 及與*鍵結之結構中的至少2個可以鍵結而形成環結構。 <5>如<1>至<4>之任一項所述之樹脂組成物,其中,上述式(1-1)所表示之結構的含有莫耳量相對於樹脂組成物的總固體成分為0.01~1.0mmol/g。 <6>如<1>至<5>之任一項所述之樹脂組成物,其係還包含光聚合起始劑。 <7>如<1>至<6>之任一項所述之樹脂組成物,其係還包含交聯劑。 <8>如<1>至<7>之任一項所述之樹脂組成物,其係用於再配線層用層間絕緣膜的形成。 <9>一種硬化膜,其係將<1>至<8>之任一項所述之樹脂組成物硬化而成。 <10>一種積層體,其係具有2層以上的<9>所述之硬化膜,並且在任意上述硬化膜彼此之間具有金屬層。 <11>一種硬化膜的製造方法,其係包括膜形成步驟,在該膜形成步驟將<1>至<8>之任一項所述之樹脂組成物適用於基板而形成膜。 <12>如<11>所述之硬化膜的製造方法,其係包括在50~450℃下對上述膜進行加熱之步驟。 <13>一種半導體元件,其係具有<9>所述之硬化膜或<10>所述之積層體。 [發明效果]Representative embodiments of the present invention are shown below. <1> A resin composition comprising at least one resin selected from the group consisting of polyimide and polyimide precursor, wherein the solid component comprises a structure represented by formula (1-1). [Chemical Formula 1] In formula (1-1), R1 and R2 each independently represent an aliphatic group or an aromatic group, the carbon atom or the hydrocarbon group of the aliphatic group or the aromatic group may be substituted by a heteroatom, X1 represents an oxygen atom or a sulfur atom, L1 represents -C(=O)- or -S(=O) 2- , * 1 and * 2 each independently represent a bonding site with another structure, and at least two of R1 , R2 , the structure bonded to * 1 and the structure bonded to * 2 may bond to form a ring structure. <2> The resin composition as described in <1>, wherein the resin comprises the structure represented by formula (1-1). <3> The resin composition as described in <1> or <2>, further comprising a compound that is a compound having a structure represented by the above formula (1-1) and is different from the above resin. <4> The resin composition as described in any one of <1> to <3>, comprising a structure represented by the following formula (1-2) as the structure represented by the above formula (1-1). [Chemical Formula 2] In formula (1-2), R 21 and R 22 each independently represent an aliphatic group or an aromatic group, the carbon atom or the hydrocarbon group of the aliphatic group or the aromatic group may be substituted by a heteroatom, R 23 represents a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group, * represents a bonding site with another structure, and at least two of R 21 , R 22 , R 23 and the structure bonded to * may bond to form a ring structure. <5> The resin composition as described in any one of <1> to <4>, wherein the molar amount of the structure represented by the above formula (1-1) is 0.01 to 1.0 mmol/g relative to the total solid content of the resin composition. <6> The resin composition as described in any one of <1> to <5>, further comprising a photopolymerization initiator. <7> A resin composition as described in any one of <1> to <6>, further comprising a crosslinking agent. <8> A resin composition as described in any one of <1> to <7>, which is used to form an interlayer insulating film for a redistribution layer. <9> A cured film, which is formed by curing the resin composition as described in any one of <1> to <8>. <10> A laminate having two or more layers of the cured films as described in <9>, and having a metal layer between any of the cured films. <11> A method for producing a cured film, which includes a film forming step, in which the resin composition as described in any one of <1> to <8> is applied to a substrate to form a film. <12> A method for producing a cured film as described in <11>, comprising heating the film at 50 to 450°C. <13> A semiconductor device having the cured film described in <9> or the laminated body described in <10>. [Effects of the invention]
依據本發明,可以提供一種樹脂組成物、將上述樹脂組成物硬化而成之硬化膜、包括上述硬化膜之積層體、上述硬化膜的製造方法及包括上述硬化膜或上述積層體之半導體元件,該樹脂組成物可以獲得與金屬的密接性優異之硬化膜。According to the present invention, a resin composition, a cured film formed by curing the resin composition, a laminate including the cured film, a method for producing the cured film, and a semiconductor element including the cured film or the laminate can be provided. The resin composition can obtain a cured film having excellent adhesion to metal.
以下,對本發明的主要實施形態進行說明。然而,本發明並不限於所明示之實施形態。 在本說明書中,使用“~”這樣的記號表示之數值範圍是指將記載於“~”的前後之數值分別作為下限值及上限值而包含之範圍。 在本說明書中,“步驟”這一用語不僅表示獨立之步驟,只要能夠實現該步驟所預期之作用,則亦表示包括無法與其他步驟明確區分之步驟。 關於本說明書中之基團(原子團)的標記,未標註經取代及未經取代的標記同時包括不具有取代基的基團(原子團)和具有取代基之基團(原子團)。例如,“烷基”不僅包含不具有取代基的烷基(未經取代的烷基),而且還包含具有取代基之烷基(取代烷基)。 在本說明書中,除非另有說明,則“曝光”不僅包括利用光之曝光,而且還包括利用電子束、離子束等粒子束之曝光。又,作為用於曝光之光,可以舉出水銀燈的明線光譜、以準分子雷射為代表之遠紫外線、極紫外線(EUV光)、X射線、電子束等光化射線或放射線。 在本說明書中,“(甲基)丙烯酸酯”表示“丙烯酸酯”及“甲基丙烯酸酯”這兩者或其中任一者,“(甲基)丙烯酸”表示“丙烯酸”及“甲基丙烯酸”這兩者或其中任一者,“(甲基)丙烯醯基”表示“丙烯醯基”及“甲基丙烯醯基”這兩者或其中任一者。 在本說明書中,結構式中的Me表示甲基,Et表示乙基,Bu表示丁基,Ph表示苯基。 在本說明書中,總固體成分是指組成物的所有成分中除了溶劑以外之成分的總質量。又,在本說明書中,固體成分濃度為除了溶劑以外之其他成分相對於組成物的總質量之質量百分率。 在本說明書中,除非另有說明,則重量平均分子量(Mw)及數量平均分子量(Mn)按照凝膠滲透層析法(GPC測定)被定義為聚苯乙烯換算值。在本說明書中,重量平均分子量(Mw)及數量平均分子量(Mn)例如能夠藉由使用HLC-8220GPC(TOSOH CORPORATION製造),並且使用保護管柱HZ-L、TSKgel Super HZM-M、TSKgel Super HZ4000、TSKgel Super HZ3000、TSKgel Super HZ2000(TOSOH CORPORATION製造)作為管柱來求出。除非另有說明,則該等分子量為使用THF(四氫呋喃)作為洗滌液進行測定者。又,除非另有說明,則GPC測定中之檢測為使用UV線(紫外線)的波長254nm檢測器者。 在本說明書中,關於構成積層體之各層的位置關係,當記載為“上”或“下”時,只要在所關注之複數個層中成為基準之層的上側或下側具有其他層即可。亦即,可以在成為基準之層與上述其他層之間進一步介入有第3層或第3要素,並且成為基準之層與上述其他層無需接觸。又,除非另有說明,則將對於基材逐漸堆疊層之方向稱為“上”,或者,在具有感光層之情況下,將從基材朝向感光層之方向稱為“上”,將其相反方向稱為“下”。另外,這樣的上下方向的設定係為了便於說明本說明書,在實際態樣中,本說明書中之“上”方向亦有可能與鉛垂向上不同。 在本說明書中,除非另有記載,則在組成物中,作為組成物中所包含之各成分,可以包含對應於該成分之兩種以上的化合物。又,除非另有記載,則組成物中之各成分的含量表示對應於該成分之所有化合物的合計含量。 在本說明書中,除非另有說明,則溫度為23℃,氣壓為101,325Pa(1個氣壓),相對濕度為50%RH。 在本說明書中,較佳態樣的組合為更佳態樣。The main embodiments of the present invention are described below. However, the present invention is not limited to the embodiments indicated. In this specification, the numerical range indicated by the symbol "~" refers to the range including the numerical values recorded before and after "~" as the lower limit and the upper limit, respectively. In this specification, the term "step" not only indicates an independent step, but also includes steps that cannot be clearly distinguished from other steps as long as the expected effect of the step can be achieved. Regarding the marking of groups (atomic groups) in this specification, the marking of unsubstituted and unsubstituted includes both groups (atomic groups) without substituents and groups (atomic groups) with substituents. For example, "alkyl" includes not only alkyl groups without substituents (unsubstituted alkyl groups) but also alkyl groups with substituents (substituted alkyl groups). In this specification, unless otherwise specified, "exposure" includes not only exposure using light but also exposure using particle beams such as electron beams and ion beams. In addition, as light used for exposure, there can be cited the bright line spectrum of mercury lamps, far ultraviolet rays represented by excimer lasers, extreme ultraviolet rays (EUV rays), X-rays, electron beams and other actinic rays or radiation. In this specification, "(meth)acrylate" means both or either of "acrylate" and "methacrylate", "(meth)acrylic acid" means both or either of "acrylic acid" and "methacrylic acid", and "(meth)acryl" means both or either of "acryl" and "methacryl". In this specification, Me in the structural formula represents a methyl group, Et represents an ethyl group, Bu represents a butyl group, and Ph represents a phenyl group. In this specification, the total solid content refers to the total mass of all components of the composition excluding the solvent. In addition, in this specification, the solid content concentration is the mass percentage of the components other than the solvent relative to the total mass of the composition. In this specification, unless otherwise specified, the weight average molecular weight (Mw) and the number average molecular weight (Mn) are defined as polystyrene conversion values according to gel permeation chromatography (GPC measurement). In this specification, the weight average molecular weight (Mw) and the number average molecular weight (Mn) can be obtained by using, for example, HLC-8220GPC (manufactured by TOSOH CORPORATION) and using guard columns HZ-L, TSKgel Super HZM-M, TSKgel Super HZ4000, TSKgel Super HZ3000, TSKgel Super HZ2000 (manufactured by TOSOH CORPORATION) as columns. Unless otherwise specified, the molecular weights are measured using THF (tetrahydrofuran) as a washing liquid. In addition, unless otherwise specified, the detection in the GPC measurement is the detection using a UV (ultraviolet) wavelength 254nm detector. In this specification, when the positional relationship of each layer constituting a laminate is described as "upper" or "lower", it is sufficient as long as there are other layers on the upper side or lower side of the layer serving as a reference among the plurality of layers concerned. In other words, a third layer or a third element may be further interposed between the layer serving as a reference and the other layers mentioned above, and the layer serving as a reference and the other layers mentioned above do not need to be in contact. In addition, unless otherwise specified, the direction in which the layers are gradually stacked with respect to the substrate is referred to as "upper", or, in the case of a photosensitive layer, the direction from the substrate toward the photosensitive layer is referred to as "upper", and the opposite direction is referred to as "lower". In addition, the setting of the up and down directions is for the convenience of explaining this manual. In actual forms, the "up" direction in this manual may also be different from the vertical direction. In this manual, unless otherwise stated, in a composition, each component contained in the composition may include two or more compounds corresponding to the component. In addition, unless otherwise stated, the content of each component in the composition represents the total content of all compounds corresponding to the component. In this manual, unless otherwise stated, the temperature is 23°C, the air pressure is 101,325Pa (1 atmosphere), and the relative humidity is 50%RH. In this manual, the combination of the best form is the best form.
(樹脂組成物) 本發明的樹脂組成物(以下,亦簡稱為“本發明的組成物”。)包含選自包括聚醯亞胺及聚醯亞胺前驅物的群組中之至少一種樹脂,並且在固體成分中包含式(1-1)所表示之結構。 以下,將選自包括聚醯亞胺及聚醯亞胺前驅物的群組中之至少一種樹脂亦稱為“特定樹脂”。(Resin composition) The resin composition of the present invention (hereinafter, also referred to as "the composition of the present invention") contains at least one resin selected from the group consisting of polyimide and polyimide precursors, and contains the structure represented by formula (1-1) in the solid component. Hereinafter, at least one resin selected from the group consisting of polyimide and polyimide precursors is also referred to as "specific resin".
[化學式3] 式(1-1)中,R1 及R2 分別獨立地表示脂肪族基或芳香族基,上述脂肪族基或芳香族基的碳原子或烴基可以經雜原子取代,X1 表示氧原子或硫原子,L1 表示-C(=O)-或-S(=O)2 -,*1 及*2 分別獨立地表示與其他結構的鍵結部位,R1 、R2 、與*1 鍵結之結構及與*2 鍵結之結構中的至少2個可以鍵結而形成環結構。[Chemical formula 3] In formula (1-1), R1 and R2 each independently represent an aliphatic group or an aromatic group, the carbon atom or the hydrocarbon group of the aliphatic group or the aromatic group may be substituted by a heteroatom, X1 represents an oxygen atom or a sulfur atom, L1 represents -C(=O)- or -S(=O) 2- , * 1 and * 2 each independently represent a bonding site with other structures, and at least two of R1 , R2 , the structure bonded to * 1 and the structure bonded to *2 may bond to form a ring structure.
進行如下步驟,亦即,使用包含選自包括聚醯亞胺及聚醯亞胺前驅物的群組中之至少一種樹脂之樹脂組成物而在金屬層上形成硬化膜。 上述硬化膜例如在各種元件中用於絕緣膜、密封件的材料、保護膜、可撓性基板的基底膜、覆蓋膜等用途。 在這樣的形成於金屬層上之硬化膜中,要求硬化膜不易從金屬層剝離,亦即,金屬層與硬化膜的密接性優異。 本發明人等進行深入探討之結果,發現了在上述樹脂組成物中,藉由在固體成分中包含式(1-1)所表示之結構,可以提高金屬層與硬化膜的密接性。 可以獲得上述效果之機制雖尚不明確,但是推測這是因為由上述樹脂組成物形成之硬化膜中所包含之結構與金屬層中所包含之金屬相互作用。 又,認為藉由上述相互作用,並依據本發明的樹脂組成物,即使在對上述硬化膜及上述金屬層進行加熱(例如,在175℃下加熱1,000小時)之情況下,硬化膜與金屬層的密接性優異。The following step is performed, that is, a cured film is formed on the metal layer using a resin composition containing at least one resin selected from the group including polyimide and a polyimide precursor. The above-mentioned cured film is used for various components, for example, as an insulating film, a sealing material, a protective film, a base film of a flexible substrate, a cover film, etc. In such a cured film formed on the metal layer, it is required that the cured film is not easily peeled off from the metal layer, that is, the metal layer and the cured film have excellent adhesion. As a result of in-depth research, the inventors found that in the above-mentioned resin composition, by including the structure represented by formula (1-1) in the solid component, the adhesion between the metal layer and the cured film can be improved. Although the mechanism by which the above effect can be obtained is not clear, it is speculated that this is because the structure contained in the cured film formed by the above resin composition interacts with the metal contained in the metal layer. In addition, it is believed that due to the above interaction, according to the resin composition of the present invention, even when the above cured film and the above metal layer are heated (for example, heated at 175°C for 1,000 hours), the adhesion between the cured film and the metal layer is excellent.
其中,在專利文獻1中,對在固體成分中包含式(1-1)所表示之結構之樹脂組成物沒有記載亦沒有建議。 以下,對本發明的樹脂組成物進行詳細說明。Among them, in Patent Document 1, there is no description or suggestion of a resin composition containing the structure represented by Formula (1-1) in the solid component. The resin composition of the present invention is described in detail below.
<式(1-1)所表示之結構> 式(1-1)所表示之結構只要在樹脂組成物的固體成分中包含即可,例如可以在特定樹脂的結構中包含式(1-1)所表示之結構,樹脂組成物可以為包含上述式(1-1)所表示之結構之化合物且包含與上述樹脂不同之化合物(以下,亦稱為“特定化合物”。)。 又,樹脂組成物包含具有式(1-1)所表示之結構之樹脂,並且可以包含特定化合物。<Structure represented by formula (1-1)> The structure represented by formula (1-1) only needs to be included in the solid component of the resin composition. For example, the structure represented by formula (1-1) can be included in the structure of a specific resin. The resin composition can be a compound containing the structure represented by the above formula (1-1) and a compound different from the above resin (hereinafter, also referred to as a "specific compound"). In addition, the resin composition contains a resin having a structure represented by formula (1-1) and can contain a specific compound.
〔R1 及R2 〕 式(1-1)中,R1 及R2 分別獨立地表示脂肪族基或芳香族基,脂肪族烴基或芳香族烴基為較佳,脂肪族烴基為更佳。 作為上述脂肪族烴基,碳數1~20的飽和脂肪族烴基為較佳,碳數3~10的飽和脂肪族烴基為更佳,碳數3~6的飽和脂肪族烴基為進一步較佳,異丙基或環己基為更佳。 上述脂肪族烴基可以具有公知的取代基,但是不具有取代基亦為本發明的較佳態樣之一。 作為上述芳香族烴基,碳數6~20的芳香族烴基為較佳,苯基或萘基為更佳,苯基為進一步較佳。 上述芳香族烴基可以具有公知的取代基,可以舉出烷基作為取代基。作為上述烷基,碳數1~10的烷基為較佳,碳數3~10的支鏈烷基或碳數5~10的環狀烷基為更佳,碳數3~6的支鏈烷基為進一步較佳,異丙基為特佳。 上述取代基的數量並無特別限定,但是1~5為較佳,1~3為更佳,2為進一步較佳。 又,R1 及R2 中之脂肪族基或芳香族基的碳原子或烴基可以經雜原子取代。作為雜原子,可以舉出氧原子、氮原子、硫原子等。具體而言,在脂肪族基或芳香族基的內部可以包含-O-、-NRN -、-N=、-S-等的結構。上述RN 表示氫原子或烴基,氫原子、烷基或芳基為更佳,氫原子或烷基為進一步較佳,氫原子為特佳。[R 1 and R 2 ] In formula (1-1), R 1 and R 2 each independently represent an aliphatic group or an aromatic group, preferably an aliphatic alkyl group or an aromatic alkyl group, and more preferably an aliphatic alkyl group. As the aliphatic alkyl group, a saturated aliphatic alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms is preferred, a saturated aliphatic alkyl group having 3 to 10 carbon atoms is more preferred, a saturated aliphatic alkyl group having 3 to 6 carbon atoms is further preferred, and an isopropyl group or a cyclohexyl group is further preferred. The aliphatic alkyl group may have a known substituent, but having no substituent is also one of the preferred aspects of the present invention. As the aromatic alkyl group, an aromatic alkyl group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms is preferred, more preferably a phenyl group or a naphthyl group, and further preferably a phenyl group. The above aromatic alkyl group may have a known substituent, and an alkyl group may be cited as the substituent. As the above alkyl group, an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms is preferred, a branched alkyl group having 3 to 10 carbon atoms or a cyclic alkyl group having 5 to 10 carbon atoms is more preferred, a branched alkyl group having 3 to 6 carbon atoms is further preferred, and an isopropyl group is particularly preferred. The number of the above substituents is not particularly limited, but 1 to 5 is preferred, 1 to 3 is more preferred, and 2 is further preferred. In addition, the carbon atoms or alkyl groups of the aliphatic group or aromatic group in R1 and R2 may be substituted by heteroatoms. As heteroatoms, oxygen atoms, nitrogen atoms, sulfur atoms, etc. may be cited. Specifically, structures such as -O-, -NR N -, -N=, and -S- may be contained inside the aliphatic group or aromatic group. The above-mentioned RN represents a hydrogen atom or a alkyl group, more preferably a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group or an aryl group, further preferably a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group, and particularly preferably a hydrogen atom.
〔X1 〕 式(1-1)中,X1 表示氧原子或硫原子,氧原子為較佳。[X 1 ] In the formula (1-1), X 1 represents an oxygen atom or a sulfur atom, and an oxygen atom is preferred.
〔L1 〕 式(1-1)中,L1 表示-C(=O)-或-S(=O)2 -,-C(=O)-為較佳。[L 1 ] In the formula (1-1), L 1 represents -C(=O)- or -S(=O) 2 -, and -C(=O)- is preferred.
〔環結構〕 式(1-1)中,R1 、R2 、與*1 鍵結之結構及與*2 鍵結之結構中的至少2個可以鍵結而形成環結構。作為所形成之環結構,可以舉出乙內醯脲環、N-醯基咪唑啶酮環等,但是並不限定於該等。 又,在本發明中,R1 、R2 、與*1 鍵結之結構及與*2 鍵結之結構中的任一者不形成環結構的態樣亦為較佳態樣之一。[Ring structure] In formula (1-1), at least two of R 1 , R 2 , the structure bonded to * 1 and the structure bonded to * 2 may bond to form a ring structure. Examples of the ring structure to be formed include a hydantoin ring and an N-acyl imidazolidinone ring, but the ring structure is not limited thereto. In the present invention, an aspect in which any one of R 1 , R 2 , the structure bonded to * 1 and the structure bonded to * 2 does not form a ring structure is also one of the preferred aspects.
<式(1-2)所表示之結構> 本發明的樹脂組成物包含下述式(1-2)所表示之結構作為式(1-1)所表示之結構為較佳。 [化學式4] 式(1-2)中,R21 及R22 分別獨立地表示脂肪族基或芳香族基,上述脂肪族基或芳香族基的碳原子或烴基可以經雜原子取代,R23 表示氫原子或1價的有機基,*表示與其他結構的鍵結部位,R21 、R22 、R23 及與*鍵結之結構中的至少2個可以鍵結而形成環結構。<Structure represented by Formula (1-2)> The resin composition of the present invention preferably contains the structure represented by the following Formula (1-2) as the structure represented by Formula (1-1). [Chemical Formula 4] In formula (1-2), R 21 and R 22 each independently represent an aliphatic group or an aromatic group, the carbon atom or the hydrocarbon group of the aliphatic group or the aromatic group may be substituted by a heteroatom, R 23 represents a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group, * represents a bonding site with other structures, and at least two of R 21 , R 22 , R 23 and the structure bonded to * may bond to form a ring structure.
〔R21 及R22 〕 式(1-2)中,R21 及R22 分別與式(1-1)中的R1 及R2 的含義相同,較佳態樣亦相同。[R 21 and R 22 ] In the formula (1-2), R 21 and R 22 have the same meanings as R 1 and R 2 in the formula (1-1), respectively, and preferred embodiments thereof are also the same.
〔R23 〕 式(1-2)中,R23 表示氫原子或1價的有機基,氫原子、脂肪族烴基或芳香族烴基為較佳,氫原子為進一步較佳。 作為上述脂肪族烴基或芳香族烴基,可以舉出上述R1 中之脂肪族烴基或芳香族烴基,較佳態樣亦相同。[R 23 ] In formula (1-2), R 23 represents a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group, preferably a hydrogen atom, an aliphatic hydrocarbon group or an aromatic hydrocarbon group, and more preferably a hydrogen atom. Examples of the aliphatic hydrocarbon group or the aromatic hydrocarbon group include the aliphatic hydrocarbon group or the aromatic hydrocarbon group mentioned above for R 1 , and the preferred embodiments are the same.
〔環結構〕 式(1-2)中,R21 、R22 、R23 及與*鍵結之結構中的至少2個可以鍵結而形成環結構。作為所形成之環結構,可以舉出乙內醯脲環、N-醯基咪唑啶酮環等,但是並不限定於該等。 又,在本發明中,R21 、R22 、R23 及與*鍵結之結構中的任一者不形成環結構的態樣亦為較佳態樣之一。[Ring structure] In formula (1-2), at least two of R 21 , R 22 , R 23 and the structure bonded to * may bond to form a ring structure. Examples of the ring structure to be formed include a hydantoin ring, an N-acyl imidazolidinone ring, etc., but the ring structure is not limited thereto. In the present invention, an aspect in which any of R 21 , R 22 , R 23 and the structure bonded to * does not form a ring structure is also one of the preferred aspects.
〔含量〕 從提高密接性之觀點考慮,式(1-1)所表示之結構的含有莫耳量相對於樹脂組成物的總固體成分為0.01~1.0mmol/g為較佳,0.01~0.85mmol/g為更佳,0.015~0.75mmol/g為進一步較佳。 認為只要上述含有莫耳量為上述下限值以下,則容易獲得與金屬的密接性優異之硬化膜。 又,認為只要上述含有莫耳量為上述上限值以下,則容易獲得例如抑制聚醯亞胺前驅物的環化、抑制特定樹脂的主鏈的斷裂等組成物的保存穩定性優異之硬化膜。 作為上述含量的測定方法,並無特別限定,但是例如可以舉出後述實施例中之測定方法。 作為上述總固體成分的測定方法,並無特別限定,但是例如可以舉出後述實施例中之測定方法,並且可以舉出一邊確認樹脂組成物除了溶劑以外沒有揮發成分一邊設定溫度及氣壓並進行乾燥之方法。但是,作為總固體成分的測定方法,只要為能夠決定樹脂組成物中的除了溶劑以外的成分的含量作為總固體成分之方法即可,並不限定於此。 上述含量為相對於樹脂組成物的總固體成分之式(1-1)所表示之結構的含有莫耳量,例如在樹脂組成物包含具有式(1-1)所表示之結構之樹脂且包含特定化合物之情況下,樹脂中所包含之式(1-1)所表示之結構和特定化合物中所包含之式(1-1)所表示之結構的合計量在上述範圍內為較佳。[Content] From the viewpoint of improving adhesion, the molar content of the structure represented by formula (1-1) relative to the total solid content of the resin composition is preferably 0.01 to 1.0 mmol/g, more preferably 0.01 to 0.85 mmol/g, and even more preferably 0.015 to 0.75 mmol/g. It is believed that as long as the molar content is below the lower limit, a cured film with excellent adhesion to metal can be easily obtained. In addition, it is believed that as long as the molar content is below the upper limit, a cured film with excellent storage stability of the composition, such as inhibiting cyclization of the polyimide precursor and inhibiting the scission of the main chain of the specific resin, can be easily obtained. There is no particular limitation on the method for measuring the above content, but for example, the measuring method in the embodiment described below can be cited. There is no particular limitation on the method for measuring the above total solid content, but for example, the measuring method in the embodiment described below can be cited, and a method of setting the temperature and air pressure and drying while confirming that the resin composition has no volatile components other than the solvent can be cited. However, as a method for measuring the total solid content, as long as it is a method that can determine the content of components other than the solvent in the resin composition as the total solid content, it is not limited to this. The above content is the molar amount of the structure represented by formula (1-1) relative to the total solid content of the resin composition. For example, when the resin composition contains a resin having a structure represented by formula (1-1) and contains a specific compound, the total amount of the structure represented by formula (1-1) contained in the resin and the structure represented by formula (1-1) contained in the specific compound is preferably within the above range.
<樹脂> 本發明的樹脂組成物包含選自包括聚醯亞胺及聚醯亞胺前驅物的群組中之至少一種樹脂(特定樹脂)。 本發明的樹脂組成物包含聚醯亞胺前驅物作為特定樹脂為較佳。 又,特定樹脂具有自由基聚合性基為較佳。 在特定樹脂具有自由基聚合性基之情況下,樹脂組成物包含後述自由基聚合起始劑作為聚合起始劑為較佳,包含後述自由基聚合起始劑作為光敏劑且包含後述自由基交聯劑為更佳,包含後述自由基聚合起始劑作為聚合起始劑、包含後述自由基交聯劑且包含後述增感劑為進一步較佳。由這樣的樹脂組成物例如形成負型感光層。 又,特定樹脂可以具有酸分解性基等極性轉換基。 在特定樹脂具有酸分解性基之情況下,樹脂組成物包含後述光酸產生劑為較佳。由這樣的樹脂組成物例如形成作為化學增幅型的正型感光層或負型感光層。<Resin> The resin composition of the present invention contains at least one resin (specific resin) selected from the group consisting of polyimide and polyimide precursor. The resin composition of the present invention preferably contains a polyimide precursor as the specific resin. In addition, the specific resin preferably has a free radical polymerizable group. When the specific resin has a radical polymerizable group, the resin composition preferably contains the radical polymerization initiator described below as a polymerization initiator, more preferably contains the radical polymerization initiator described below as a photosensitizer and contains the radical crosslinking agent described below, and further preferably contains the radical polymerization initiator described below as a polymerization initiator, contains the radical crosslinking agent described below, and contains the sensitizer described below. Such a resin composition, for example, forms a negative photosensitive layer. In addition, the specific resin may have a polar conversion group such as an acid-decomposable group. When the specific resin has an acid-decomposable group, the resin composition preferably contains the photoacid generator described below. Such a resin composition can form, for example, a chemically amplified positive photosensitive layer or a negative photosensitive layer.
又,特定樹脂包含式(1-1)所表示之結構為較佳。 式(1-1)所表示之結構的較佳態樣如上所述。 在特定樹脂包含式(1-1)所表示之結構之情況下,特定樹脂可以在主鏈中具有式(1-1)所表示之結構,但是在側鏈中具有為較佳。 在本說明書中,“主鏈”是指在構成樹脂之高分子化合物的分子中相對最長的鍵結鏈,“側鏈”是指除此以外的鍵結鏈。 在特定樹脂包含式(1-1)所表示之結構之情況下,特定樹脂包含後述式(2-1)所表示之重複單元或者在末端包含後述式(2-2)所表示之結構為較佳。 又,樹脂組成物可以包括包含式(1-1)所表示之結構之特定樹脂和不包含式(1-1)所表示之結構的特定樹脂。Furthermore, the specific resin preferably contains a structure represented by formula (1-1). The preferred embodiment of the structure represented by formula (1-1) is as described above. When the specific resin contains a structure represented by formula (1-1), the specific resin may have the structure represented by formula (1-1) in the main chain, but preferably has it in the side chain. In this specification, "main chain" refers to the longest bond chain in the molecule of the polymer compound constituting the resin, and "side chain" refers to other bond chains. When the specific resin contains the structure represented by formula (1-1), it is preferred that the specific resin contains a repeating unit represented by formula (2-1) described later or contains a structure represented by formula (2-2) described later at the terminal. In addition, the resin composition may include a specific resin containing the structure represented by formula (1-1) and a specific resin not containing the structure represented by formula (1-1).
〔聚醯亞胺前驅物〕 本發明中所使用之聚醯亞胺前驅物的其種類等並無特別規定,但是包含下述式(2)所表示之重複單元為較佳。 [化學式5] 式(2)中,A1 及A2 分別獨立地表示氧原子或NH,R111 表示2價的有機基,R115 表示4價的有機基,R113 及R114 分別獨立地表示氫原子或1價的有機基。[Polyimide Precursor] The type of the polyimide precursor used in the present invention is not particularly limited, but preferably comprises a repeating unit represented by the following formula (2). [Chemical Formula 5] In formula (2), A1 and A2 each independently represent an oxygen atom or NH, R111 represents a divalent organic group, R115 represents a tetravalent organic group, and R113 and R114 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group.
式(2)中之A1 及A2 分別獨立地表示氧原子或NH,氧原子為較佳。 式(2)中之R111 表示2價的有機基。作為2價的有機基,可以例示出包含直鏈或支鏈的脂肪族基、環狀脂肪族基及芳香族基之基團,包括碳數2~20的直鏈或支鏈脂肪族基、碳數6~20的環狀脂肪族基、碳數6~20的芳香族基或該等的組合之基團為較佳,包含碳數6~20的芳香族基之基團為更佳。作為本發明的特佳實施形態,可以例示出-Ar-L-Ar-所表示之基團。其中,Ar分別獨立地為芳香族基,L為包括可以經氟原子取代之碳數1~10的脂肪族烴基、-O-、-CO-、-S-、-SO2 -或-NHCO-或上述中的2個以上的組合之基團。該等的較佳範圍如上所述。 A1 and A2 in formula (2) each independently represent an oxygen atom or NH, preferably an oxygen atom. R111 in formula (2) represents a divalent organic group. Examples of the divalent organic group include groups containing linear or branched aliphatic groups, cyclic aliphatic groups and aromatic groups, preferably groups containing linear or branched aliphatic groups having 2 to 20 carbon atoms, cyclic aliphatic groups having 6 to 20 carbon atoms, aromatic groups having 6 to 20 carbon atoms or combinations thereof, and more preferably groups containing aromatic groups having 6 to 20 carbon atoms. As a particularly preferred embodiment of the present invention, a group represented by -Ar-L-Ar- can be exemplified. Wherein, Ar is independently an aromatic group, and L is an aliphatic alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms which may be substituted with a fluorine atom, -O-, -CO-, -S-, -SO 2 - or -NHCO-, or a combination of two or more thereof. The preferred ranges are as described above.
R111 衍生自二胺為較佳。作為聚醯亞胺前驅物的製造中所使用之二胺,可以舉出直鏈或支鏈脂肪族、環狀脂肪族或芳香族二胺等。二胺可以僅使用一種,亦可以使用兩種以上。 具體而言,包含包括碳數2~20的直鏈或支鏈脂肪族基、碳數6~20的環狀脂肪族基、碳數6~20的芳香族基或該等的組合之基團之二胺為較佳,包含包括碳數6~20的芳香族基之基團之二胺為更佳。作為芳香族基的例子,可以舉出下述。R 111 is preferably derived from a diamine. Examples of the diamine used in the production of the polyimide precursor include linear or branched aliphatic, cyclic aliphatic or aromatic diamines. Only one diamine may be used, or two or more diamines may be used. Specifically, a diamine containing a linear or branched aliphatic group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms, a cyclic aliphatic group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms, an aromatic group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms, or a combination thereof is preferred, and a diamine containing a group containing an aromatic group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms is more preferred. Examples of aromatic groups include the following.
[化學式6] 式中,A為單鍵或選自可以經氟原子取代之碳數1~10的脂肪族烴基、-O-、-C(=O)-、-S-、-SO2 -、-NHCO-或該等的組合中之基團為較佳,單鍵或選自可以經氟原子取代之碳數1~3的伸烷基、-O-、-C(=O)-、-S-或-SO2 -中之基團為更佳,-CH2 -、-O-、-S-、-SO2 -、-C(CF3 )2 -或-C(CH3 )2 -為進一步較佳。 式中,*表示與其他結構的鍵結部位。[Chemical formula 6] In the formula, A is preferably a single bond or a group selected from aliphatic alkyl groups having 1 to 10 carbon atoms which may be substituted by fluorine atoms, -O-, -C(=O)-, -S-, -SO 2 -, -NHCO-, or a combination thereof; more preferably a single bond or a group selected from alkylene groups having 1 to 3 carbon atoms which may be substituted by fluorine atoms, -O-, -C(=O)-, -S-, or -SO 2 -; and even more preferably -CH 2 -, -O-, -S-, -SO 2 -, -C(CF 3 ) 2 -, or -C(CH 3 ) 2 -. In the formula, * indicates a bonding site with other structures.
作為二胺,具體而言,可以舉出選自以下中之至少一種二胺:1,2-二胺基乙烷、1,2-二胺基丙烷、1,3-二胺基丙烷、1,4-二胺基丁烷及1,6-二胺基己烷;1,2-或1,3-二胺基環戊烷、1,2-、1,3-或1,4-二胺基環己烷、1,2-、1,3-或1,4-雙(胺基甲基)環己烷、雙-(4-胺基環己基)甲烷、雙-(3-胺基環己基)甲烷、4,4’-二胺基-3,3’-二甲基環己基甲烷及異佛爾酮二胺;間或對苯二胺、二胺基甲苯、4,4’-或3,3’-二胺基聯苯、4,4’-二胺基二苯醚、3,3-二胺基二苯醚、4,4’-及3,3’-二胺基二苯基甲烷、4,4’-及3,3’-二胺基二苯基碸、4,4’-及3,3’-二胺基二苯硫醚、4,4’-或3,3’-二胺基二苯甲酮、3,3’-二甲基-4,4’-二胺基聯苯、2,2’-二甲基-4,4’-二胺基聯苯、3,3’-二甲氧基-4,4’-二胺基聯苯、2,2-雙(4-胺基苯基)丙烷、2,2-雙(4-胺基苯基)六氟丙烷、2,2-雙(3-羥基-4-胺基苯基)丙烷、2,2-雙(3-羥基-4-胺基苯基)六氟丙烷、2,2-雙(3-胺基-4-羥基苯基)丙烷、2,2-雙(3-胺基-4-羥基苯基)六氟丙烷、雙(3-胺基-4-羥基苯基)碸、雙(4-胺基-3-羥基苯基)碸、4,4’-二胺基對聯三苯、4,4’-雙(4-胺基苯氧基)聯苯、雙[4-(4-胺基苯氧基)苯基]碸、雙[4-(3-胺基苯氧基)苯基]碸、雙[4-(2-胺基苯氧基)苯基]碸、1,4-雙(4-胺基苯氧基)苯、9,10-雙(4-胺基苯基)蒽、3,3’-二甲基-4,4’-二胺基二苯基碸、1,3-雙(4-胺基苯氧基)苯、1,3-雙(3-胺基苯氧基)苯、1,3-雙(4-胺基苯基)苯、3,3’-二乙基-4,4’-二胺基二苯基甲烷、3,3’-二甲基-4,4’-二胺基二苯甲烷、4,4’-二胺基八氟聯苯、2,2-雙[4-(4-胺基苯氧基)苯基]丙烷、2,2-雙[4-(4-胺基苯氧基)苯基]六氟丙烷、9,9-雙(4-胺基苯基)-10-氫蒽、3,3’,4,4’-四胺基聯苯、3,3’,4,4’-四胺基二苯醚、1,4-二胺基蒽醌、1,5-二胺基蒽醌、3,3-二羥基-4,4’-二胺基聯苯、9,9’-雙(4-胺基苯基)茀、4,4’-二甲基-3,3’-二胺基二苯基碸、3,3’,5,5’-四甲基-4,4’-二胺基二苯基甲烷、2,4-及2,5-二胺基異丙苯、2,5-二甲基-對苯二胺、乙胍𠯤、2,3,5,6-四甲基-對苯二胺、2,4,6-三甲基-間苯二胺、雙(3-胺基丙基)四甲基二矽氧烷、2,7-二胺基茀、2,5-二胺基吡啶、1,2-雙(4-胺基苯基)乙烷、二胺基苯甲醯苯胺、二胺基苯甲酸的酯、1,5-二胺基萘、二胺基三氟甲苯、1,3-雙(4-胺基苯基)六氟丙烷、1,4-雙(4-胺基苯基)八氟丁烷、1,5-雙(4-胺基苯基)十氟戊烷、1,7-雙(4-胺基苯基)十四氟庚烷、2,2-雙[4-(3-胺基苯氧基)苯基]六氟丙烷、2,2-雙[4-(2-胺基苯氧基)苯基]六氟丙烷、2,2-雙[4-(4-胺基苯氧基)-3,5-二甲基苯基]六氟丙烷、2,2-雙[4-(4-胺基苯氧基)-3,5-雙(三氟甲基)苯基]六氟丙烷、對雙(4-胺基-2-三氟甲基苯氧基)苯、4,4’-雙(4-胺基-2-三氟甲基苯氧基)聯苯、4,4’-雙(4-胺基-3-三氟甲基苯氧基)聯苯、4,4’-雙(4-胺基-2-三氟甲基苯氧基)二苯基碸、4,4’-雙(3-胺基-5-三氟甲基苯氧基)二苯基碸、2,2-雙[4-(4-胺基-3-三氟甲基苯氧基)苯基]六氟丙烷、3,3’,5,5’-四甲基-4,4’-二胺基聯苯、4,4’-二胺基-2,2’-雙(三氟甲基)聯苯、2,2’,5,5’,6,6’-六氟三𠯤及4,4’-二胺基對聯四苯。As the diamine, specifically, at least one diamine selected from the following can be cited: 1,2-diaminoethane, 1,2-diaminopropane, 1,3-diaminopropane, 1,4-diaminobutane and 1,6-diaminohexane; 1,2- or 1,3-diaminocyclopentane, 1,2-, 1,3- or 1,4-diaminocyclohexane, 1,2-, 1,3- or 1,4-bis(aminomethyl)cyclohexane, bis-(4-aminocyclohexyl)methane, bis-(3-aminocyclohexyl)methane, 4,4'-diamino-3,3'-dimethylcyclohexylmethane and isophoronediamine. ; m- or p-phenylenediamine, diaminotoluene, 4,4’- or 3,3’-diaminobiphenyl, 4,4’-diaminodiphenyl ether, 3,3-diaminodiphenyl ether, 4,4’- and 3,3’-diaminodiphenylmethane, 4,4’- and 3,3’-diaminodiphenyl sulfide, 4,4’- and 3,3’-diaminodiphenyl sulfide, 4,4’- or 3,3’-diaminobenzophenone, 3,3’-dimethyl-4,4’-diaminobiphenyl, 2,2’-dimethyl-4,4’-diaminobiphenyl, 3,3’-dimethoxy-4,4’-diaminobiphenyl, 2,2-diaminodiphenyl (4-aminophenyl) propane, 2,2-bis(4-aminophenyl) hexafluoropropane, 2,2-bis(3-hydroxy-4-aminophenyl) propane, 2,2-bis(3-hydroxy-4-aminophenyl) hexafluoropropane, 2,2-bis(3-amino-4-hydroxyphenyl) propane, 2,2-bis(3-amino-4-hydroxyphenyl) hexafluoropropane, bis(3-amino-4-hydroxyphenyl) sulfide, bis(4-amino-3-hydroxyphenyl) sulfide, 4,4'-diaminoterphenyl, 4,4'-bis(4-aminophenoxy)biphenyl, bis[4-(4-aminophenoxy)phenyl] sulfide 、Bis[4-(3-aminophenoxy)phenyl]sulfone、Bis[4-(2-aminophenoxy)phenyl]sulfone、1,4-bis(4-aminophenoxy)benzene、9,10-bis(4-aminophenyl)anthracene、3,3'-dimethyl-4,4'-diaminodiphenylsulfone、1,3-bis(4-aminophenoxy)benzene、1,3-bis(3-aminophenoxy)benzene、1,3-bis(4-aminophenyl)benzene、3,3'-diethyl-4,4'-diaminodiphenylmethane、3,3'-dimethyl-4,4'-diaminodiphenylmethane、4,4'-diaminooctafluorobiphenyl、2 ,2-bis[4-(4-aminophenoxy)phenyl]propane, 2,2-bis[4-(4-aminophenoxy)phenyl]hexafluoropropane, 9,9-bis(4-aminophenyl)-10-hydroanthracene, 3,3',4,4'-tetraaminobiphenyl, 3,3',4,4'-tetraaminodiphenyl ether, 1,4-diaminoanthraquinone, 1,5-diaminoanthraquinone, 3,3-dihydroxy-4,4'-diaminobiphenyl, 9,9'-bis(4-aminophenyl)fluorene, 4,4'-dimethyl-3,3'-diaminodiphenylsulfone, 3,3',5,5'-tetramethyl-4,4'-diamino Aminodiphenylmethane, 2,4- and 2,5-diaminoisopropylbenzene, 2,5-dimethyl-p-phenylenediamine, ethylguanidine, 2,3,5,6-tetramethyl-p-phenylenediamine, 2,4,6-trimethyl-m-phenylenediamine, bis(3-aminopropyl)tetramethyldisiloxane, 2,7-diaminofluorene, 2,5-diaminopyridine, 1,2-bis(4-aminophenyl)ethane, diaminobenzanilide, esters of diaminobenzoic acid, 1,5-diaminonaphthalene, diaminotrifluorotoluene, 1,3-bis(4-aminophenyl)hexafluoropropane, 1,4-bis(4-aminophenyl)octafluorobutane, 1 ,5-Bis(4-aminophenyl)decafluoropentane, 1,7-Bis(4-aminophenyl)tetradecafluoroheptane, 2,2-Bis[4-(3-aminophenoxy)phenyl]hexafluoropropane, 2,2-Bis[4-(2-aminophenoxy)phenyl]hexafluoropropane, 2,2-Bis[4-(4-aminophenoxy)-3,5-dimethylphenyl]hexafluoropropane, 2,2-Bis[4-(4-aminophenoxy)-3,5-bis(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]hexafluoropropane, p-Bis(4-amino-2-trifluoromethylphenoxy)benzene, 4,4'-Bis(4-amino-2-trifluoromethylphenoxy) )biphenyl, 4,4’-bis(4-amino-3-trifluoromethylphenoxy)biphenyl, 4,4’-bis(4-amino-2-trifluoromethylphenoxy)diphenylsulfone, 4,4’-bis(3-amino-5-trifluoromethylphenoxy)diphenylsulfone, 2,2-bis[4-(4-amino-3-trifluoromethylphenoxy)phenyl]hexafluoropropane, 3,3’,5,5’-tetramethyl-4,4’-diaminobiphenyl, 4,4’-diamino-2,2’-bis(trifluoromethyl)biphenyl, 2,2’,5,5’,6,6’-hexafluorotriphenylmethane and 4,4’-diaminotetraphenyl.
又,國際公開第2017/038598號的0030~0031段中所記載的二胺(DA-1)~(DA-18)亦為較佳。Furthermore, diamines (DA-1) to (DA-18) described in paragraphs 0030 to 0031 of International Publication No. 2017/038598 are also preferred.
又,亦可以較佳地使用國際公開第2017/038598號的0032~0034段中所記載的在主鏈中具有2個以上的伸烷基二醇單元之二胺。Furthermore, diamines having two or more alkylene glycol units in the main chain described in paragraphs 0032 to 0034 of International Publication No. 2017/038598 can also be preferably used.
從所獲得之硬化膜的柔軟性的觀點考慮,R111 由-Ar-L-Ar-表示為較佳。其中,Ar分別獨立地為芳香族基,L為包括可以經氟原子取代之碳數1~10的脂肪族烴基、-O-、-CO-、-S-、-SO2 -或-NHCO-或上述中的2個以上的組合之基團。Ar為伸苯基為較佳,L為可以經氟原子取代之碳數1或2的脂肪族烴基、-O-、-CO-、-S-或-SO2 -為較佳。此處的脂肪族烴基為伸烷基為較佳。From the viewpoint of the flexibility of the obtained cured film, R 111 is preferably represented by -Ar-L-Ar-. Here, Ar is independently an aromatic group, and L is a group including an aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms which may be substituted by a fluorine atom, -O-, -CO-, -S-, -SO 2 - or -NHCO-, or a combination of two or more thereof. Ar is preferably a phenylene group, and L is preferably an aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 or 2 carbon atoms which may be substituted by a fluorine atom, -O-, -CO-, -S- or -SO 2 -. The aliphatic hydrocarbon group here is preferably an alkylene group.
又,從i射線透射率的觀點考慮,R111 為下述式(51)或式(61)所表示之2價的有機基為較佳。尤其,從i射線透射率、易獲得性的觀點考慮,式(61)所表示之2價的有機基為更佳。 式(51) [化學式7] 式(51)中,R50 ~R57 分別獨立地為氫原子、氟原子或1價的有機基,R50 ~R57 中的至少1個為氟原子、甲基或三氟甲基。 作為R50 ~R57 的1價的有機基,可以舉出碳數1~10(較佳為碳數1~6)的未取代烷基、碳數1~10(較佳為碳數1~6)的氟化烷基等。 [化學式8] 式(61)中,R58 及R59 分別獨立地為氟原子或三氟甲基。 作為提供式(51)或式(61)的結構之二胺化合物,可以舉出2,2’-二甲基聯苯胺、2,2’-雙(三氟甲基)-4,4’-二胺基聯苯、2,2’-雙(氟)-4,4’-二胺基聯苯、4,4’-二胺基八氟聯苯等。該等可以使用一種或者組合使用兩種以上。Furthermore, from the viewpoint of the i-ray transmittance, R 111 is preferably a divalent organic group represented by the following formula (51) or formula (61). In particular, from the viewpoint of the i-ray transmittance and availability, a divalent organic group represented by formula (61) is more preferred. Formula (51) [Chemical Formula 7] In formula (51), R 50 to R 57 are independently a hydrogen atom, a fluorine atom or a monovalent organic group, and at least one of R 50 to R 57 is a fluorine atom, a methyl group or a trifluoromethyl group. Examples of the monovalent organic group of R 50 to R 57 include an unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms (preferably 1 to 6 carbon atoms), a fluorinated alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms (preferably 1 to 6 carbon atoms), and the like. [Chemical Formula 8] In formula (61), R 58 and R 59 are independently a fluorine atom or a trifluoromethyl group. Examples of diamine compounds that provide the structure of formula (51) or formula (61) include 2,2'-dimethylbenzidine, 2,2'-bis(trifluoromethyl)-4,4'-diaminobiphenyl, 2,2'-bis(fluoro)-4,4'-diaminobiphenyl, and 4,4'-diaminooctafluorobiphenyl. These compounds may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
除此此外,亦可以較佳地使用以下的二胺。 [化學式9] In addition, the following diamines can also be preferably used. [Chemical Formula 9]
式(2)中之R115 表示4價的有機基。作為4價的有機基,包含芳香環之4價的有機基為較佳,下述式(5)或式(6)所表示之基團為更佳。 式(5)或式(6)中,*表示與其他結構的鍵結部位。 式(5) [化學式10] 式(5)中,R112 為單鍵或選自可以經氟原子取代之碳數1~10的脂肪族烴基、-O-、-CO-、-S-、-SO2 -及-NHCO-以及該等的組合中之基團為較佳,單鍵或選自可以經氟原子取代之碳數1~3的伸烷基、-O-、-CO-、-S-及-SO2 -中之基團為更佳,選自包括-CH2 -、-C(CF3 )2 -、-C(CH3 )2 -、-O-、-CO-、-S-及-SO2 -的群組中之2價的基團為進一步較佳。R 115 in formula (2) represents a tetravalent organic group. As the tetravalent organic group, a tetravalent organic group containing an aromatic ring is preferred, and a group represented by the following formula (5) or formula (6) is more preferred. In formula (5) or formula (6), * represents a bonding site with other structures. Formula (5) [Chemical Formula 10] In formula (5), R 112 is preferably a single bond or a group selected from aliphatic alkyl groups having 1 to 10 carbon atoms which may be substituted by fluorine atoms, -O-, -CO-, -S-, -SO 2 - and -NHCO-, and combinations thereof; more preferably a single bond or a group selected from alkylene groups having 1 to 3 carbon atoms which may be substituted by fluorine atoms, -O-, -CO-, -S- and -SO 2 -; and even more preferably a divalent group selected from the group consisting of -CH 2 -, -C(CF 3 ) 2 -, -C(CH 3 ) 2 -, -O-, -CO-, -S- and -SO 2 -.
式(6) [化學式11] Formula (6) [Chemical formula 11]
具體而言,R115 可以舉出從四羧酸二酐中去除酸酐基之後殘存之四羧酸殘基等。四羧酸二酐可以僅使用一種,亦可以使用兩種以上。 四羧酸二酐由下述式(O)表示為較佳。 式(O) [化學式12] 式(O)中,R115 表示4價的有機基。R115 的較佳範圍與式(2)中之R115 的含義相同,較佳範圍亦相同。Specifically, R 115 includes a tetracarboxylic acid residue remaining after removing the anhydride group from tetracarboxylic dianhydride. Only one type of tetracarboxylic dianhydride may be used, or two or more types may be used. The tetracarboxylic dianhydride is preferably represented by the following formula (O). Formula (O) [Chemical Formula 12] In formula (O), R 115 represents a tetravalent organic group. The preferred range of R 115 is the same as that of R 115 in formula (2), and the preferred range is also the same.
作為四羧酸二酐的具體例,可以舉出均苯四甲酸二酐(PMDA)、3,3’,4,4’-聯苯四羧酸二酐、3,3’,4,4’-二苯硫醚四羧酸二酐、3,3’,4,4’-二苯基碸四羧酸二酐、3,3’,4,4’-二苯甲酮四羧酸二酐、3,3’,4,4’-二苯基甲烷四羧酸二酐、2,2’,3,3’-二苯基甲烷四羧酸二酐、2,3,3’,4’-聯苯四羧酸二酐、2,3,3’,4’-二苯甲酮四羧酸二酐、4,4’-氧基二鄰苯二甲酸二酐、2,3,6,7-萘四羧酸二酐、1,4,5,7-萘四羧酸二酐、2,2-雙(3,4-二羧基苯基)丙烷二酐、2,2-雙(2,3-二羧基苯基)丙烷二酐、2,2-雙(3,4-二羧基苯基)六氟丙烷二酐、1,3-二苯基六氟丙烷-3,3,4,4-四羧酸二酐、1,4,5,6-萘四羧酸二酐、2,2’,3,3’-二苯基四羧酸二酐、3,4,9,10-苝四羧酸二酐、1,2,4,5-萘四羧酸二酐、1,4,5,8-萘四羧酸二酐、1,8,9,10-菲四羧酸二酐、1,1-雙(2,3-二羧基苯基)乙烷二酐、1,1-雙(3,4-二羧基苯基)乙烷二酐、1,2,3,4-苯四羧酸二酐以及該等的碳數1~6的烷基及碳數1~6的烷氧基衍生物。Specific examples of tetracarboxylic dianhydrides include pyromellitic dianhydride (PMDA), 3,3',4,4'-biphenyltetracarboxylic dianhydride, 3,3',4,4'-diphenyl sulfide tetracarboxylic dianhydride, 3,3',4,4'-diphenylsulfone tetracarboxylic dianhydride, 3,3',4,4'-benzophenone tetracarboxylic dianhydride, 3,3',4,4'-diphenylmethane tetracarboxylic dianhydride, 2,2',3,3'-diphenylmethane tetracarboxylic dianhydride, 2,3,3',4'-biphenyltetracarboxylic dianhydride, 2,3,3',4'-benzophenone tetracarboxylic dianhydride, 4,4'-oxydiphthalic dianhydride, 2,3,6,7-naphthalene tetracarboxylic dianhydride, 1,4,5,7-naphthalene tetracarboxylic dianhydride, 2,2-bis(3,4-dicarboxyphenyl)propane dianhydride, 2,2-bis(2,3-dicarboxyphenyl)propane dianhydride, 2,2-bis(3,4-dicarboxyphenyl)hexafluoropropane dianhydride, 1,3-diphenylhexafluoropropane-3,3,4,4-tetracarboxylic dianhydride, 1,4,5,6-naphthalenetetracarboxylic dianhydride, 2,2',3,3'-diphenyltetracarboxylic dianhydride, 3,4,9,10-perylenetetracarboxylic dianhydride, 1,2,4,5-naphthalenetetracarboxylic dianhydride, 1,4,5,8-naphthalenetetracarboxylic dianhydride, 1,8,9,10-phenanthrenetetracarboxylic dianhydride, 1,1-bis(2,3-dicarboxyphenyl)ethane dianhydride, 1,1-bis(3,4-dicarboxyphenyl)ethane dianhydride, 1,2,3,4-benzenetetracarboxylic dianhydride, and C1-6 alkyl and C1-6 alkoxy derivatives thereof.
又,作為較佳例,亦可以舉出國際公開第2017/038598號的0038段中所記載的四羧酸二酐(DAA-1)~(DAA-5)。Moreover, as a preferable example, tetracarboxylic dianhydride (DAA-1) to (DAA-5) described in paragraph 0038 of International Publication No. 2017/038598 can also be cited.
R111 和R115 中的至少一者具有OH基亦為較佳。更具體而言,作為R111 ,可以舉出雙胺基苯酚衍生物的殘基。It is also preferred that at least one of R 111 and R 115 has an OH group. More specifically, examples of R 111 include a residual group of a diaminophenol derivative.
R113 及R114 分別獨立地表示氫原子或1價的有機基,R113 及R114 中的至少一者包含聚合性基為較佳,兩者包含聚合性基為更佳。作為聚合性基為能夠藉由熱、自由基等的作用而進行交聯反應之基團,自由基聚合性基為較佳。作為聚合性基的具體例,可以舉出具有乙烯性不飽和鍵之基團、烷氧基甲基、羥基甲基、醯氧基甲基、環氧基、氧環丁基、苯并㗁唑基、嵌段異氰酸酯基、羥甲基、胺基。作為聚醯亞胺前驅物等所具有之自由基聚合性基,具有乙烯性不飽和鍵之基團為較佳。 作為具有乙烯性不飽和鍵之基團,可以舉出乙烯基、(甲基)烯丙基、下述式(III)所表示之基團等,下述式(III)所表示之基團為較佳。R 113 and R 114 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group. It is preferred that at least one of R 113 and R 114 contains a polymerizable group, and it is more preferred that both contain a polymerizable group. As a polymerizable group, a group capable of undergoing a crosslinking reaction by the action of heat, free radicals, etc., a free radical polymerizable group is preferred. Specific examples of the polymerizable group include a group having an ethylenic unsaturated bond, an alkoxymethyl group, a hydroxymethyl group, an acyloxymethyl group, an epoxy group, an oxobutyl group, a benzoxazolyl group, a blocked isocyanate group, a hydroxymethyl group, and an amine group. As a free radical polymerizable group possessed by a polyimide precursor, a group having an ethylenic unsaturated bond is preferred. Examples of the group having an ethylenic unsaturated bond include a vinyl group, a (meth)allyl group, and a group represented by the following formula (III). The group represented by the following formula (III) is preferred.
[化學式13] [Chemical formula 13]
式(III)中,R200 表示氫原子或甲基,氫原子為較佳。 式(III)中,R201 表示碳數2~12的伸烷基、-CH2 CH(OH)CH2 -或聚伸烷氧基。 較佳的R201 的例子可以舉出伸乙基、伸丙基、三亞甲基、四亞甲基、1,2-丁二基、1,3-丁二基、五亞甲基、六亞甲基、八亞甲基、十二亞甲基、-CH2 CH(OH)CH2 -、聚伸烷氧基,伸乙基、伸丙基、三亞甲基、-CH2 CH(OH)CH2 -、聚伸烷氧基為更佳,從在硬化膜中容易滿足式(1)或式(2)之觀點考慮,聚伸烷氧基為進一步較佳。 在本發明中,聚伸烷氧基是指直接鍵結有2個以上的伸烷氧基之基團。聚伸烷氧基中所包含之複數個伸烷氧基中之伸烷基分別可以相同亦可以不同。 在聚伸烷氧基包含不同伸烷基的複數種伸烷氧基之情況下,聚伸烷氧基中之伸烷氧基的排列可以為無規排列,亦可以為具有嵌段之排列,亦可以為具有交替等圖案之排列。 上述伸烷基的碳數(在伸烷基具有取代基之情況下,包括取代基的碳數)為2以上為較佳,2~10為更佳,2~6為更佳,2~5為進一步較佳,2~4為進一步較佳,2或3為特佳,2為最佳。 又,上述伸烷基可以具有取代基。作為較佳的取代基,可以舉出烷基、芳基、鹵素原子等。 又,聚伸烷氧基中所包含之伸烷氧基的數量(聚伸烷氧基的重複數)為2~20為較佳,2~10為更佳,2~6為進一步較佳。 作為聚伸烷氧基,從溶劑溶解性及耐溶劑性的觀點考慮,聚伸乙氧基、聚伸丙氧基、聚三亞甲氧基、聚四亞甲氧基或由複數個伸乙氧基和複數個伸丙氧基鍵結而成之基團為較佳,聚伸乙氧基或聚伸丙氧基為更佳,聚伸乙氧基為進一步較佳。在由上述複數個伸乙氧基和複數個伸丙氧基鍵結而成之基團中,伸乙氧基和伸丙氧基可以無規排列,亦可以形成嵌段而排列,亦可以排列成交替等圖案狀。該等基團中之伸乙氧基等的重複數的較佳態樣如上所述。In formula (III), R 200 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, preferably a hydrogen atom. In formula (III), R 201 represents an alkylene group having 2 to 12 carbon atoms, -CH 2 CH (OH) CH 2 -, or a polyalkylene group. Preferred examples of R 201 include an ethylene group, a propylene group, a trimethylene group, a tetramethylene group, a 1,2-butanediyl group, a 1,3-butanediyl group, a pentamethylene group, a hexamethylene group, an octamethylene group, a dodecamethylene group, -CH 2 CH (OH) CH 2 -, and a polyalkylene group. An ethylene group, a propylene group, a trimethylene group, -CH 2 CH (OH) CH 2 -, and a polyalkylene group are more preferred. From the viewpoint of easily satisfying formula (1) or formula (2) in the cured film, a polyalkylene group is further preferred. In the present invention, a polyalkoxyl group refers to a group directly bonded with two or more alkoxyl groups. The alkylene groups in the multiple alkoxyl groups contained in the polyalkoxyl group may be the same or different. In the case where the polyalkoxyl group contains multiple alkoxyl groups with different alkylene groups, the arrangement of the alkoxyl groups in the polyalkoxyl group may be a random arrangement, an arrangement with blocks, or an arrangement with alternating patterns. The carbon number of the above-mentioned alkylene group (including the carbon number of the substituent when the alkylene group has a substituent) is preferably 2 or more, 2 to 10 is more preferred, 2 to 6 is more preferred, 2 to 5 is further preferred, 2 to 4 is further preferred, 2 or 3 is particularly preferred, and 2 is the best. In addition, the above-mentioned alkylene group may have a substituent. As preferred substituents, alkyl groups, aryl groups, halogen atoms, etc. can be cited. In addition, the number of alkoxy groups contained in the polyalkoxy group (the number of repetitions of the polyalkoxy group) is preferably 2 to 20, more preferably 2 to 10, and further preferably 2 to 6. As the polyalkoxy group, from the viewpoint of solvent solubility and solvent resistance, polyethoxy, polypropoxy, polytrimethyleneoxy, polytetramethyleneoxy or a group formed by bonding a plurality of ethoxy groups and a plurality of propoxy groups is preferred, polyethoxy or polypropoxy is more preferred, and polyethoxy is further preferred. In the group formed by bonding a plurality of ethoxy groups and a plurality of propoxy groups, the ethoxy groups and propoxy groups may be arranged randomly, may be arranged in blocks, or may be arranged in alternating patterns. The preferred aspects of the number of repetitions of the ethoxy groups and the like in these groups are as described above.
R113 及R114 分別獨立地為氫原子或1價的有機基。作為1價的有機基,可以舉出在構成芳基之碳中的1個、2個或3個上,較佳為在1個上鍵結有酸性基之芳香族基及芳烷基等。具體而言,可以舉出具有酸性基之碳數6~20的芳香族基、具有酸性基之碳數7~25的芳烷基。更具體而言,可以舉出具有酸性基之苯基及具有酸性基之苄基。酸性基為OH基為較佳。 R113 或R114 為氫原子、2-羥基苄基、3-羥基苄基及4-羥基苄基亦為更佳。R 113 and R 114 are independently a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group. As the monovalent organic group, there can be mentioned an aromatic group and an aralkyl group having an acidic group bonded to one, two or three carbon atoms, preferably one of the carbon atoms constituting the aromatic group. Specifically, there can be mentioned an aromatic group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms and an aralkyl group having 7 to 25 carbon atoms. More specifically, there can be mentioned a phenyl group having an acidic group and a benzyl group having an acidic group. It is preferred that the acidic group is an OH group. It is also more preferred that R 113 or R 114 is a hydrogen atom, a 2-hydroxybenzyl group, a 3-hydroxybenzyl group or a 4-hydroxybenzyl group.
從對有機溶劑的溶解度的觀點考慮,R113 或R114 為1價的有機基為較佳。作為1價的有機基,包含直鏈或支鏈烷基、環狀烷基、芳香族基為較佳,經芳香族基取代之烷基為更佳。 烷基的碳數為1~30為較佳。烷基可以為直鏈、支鏈、環狀中的任一種。作為直鏈或支鏈烷基,例如可以舉出甲基、乙基、丙基、丁基、戊基、己基、庚基、辛基、壬基、癸基、十二烷基、十四烷基、十八烷基、異丙基、異丁基、第二丁基、第三丁基、1-乙基戊基、2-乙基己基2-(2-(2-甲氧基乙氧基)乙氧基)乙氧基、2-(2-(2-乙氧基乙氧基)乙氧基)乙氧基)乙氧基、2-(2-(2-(2-甲氧基乙氧基)乙氧基)乙氧基)乙氧基及2-(2-(2-(2-乙氧基乙氧基)乙氧基)乙氧基)乙氧基。環狀烷基可以為單環的環狀烷基,亦可以為多環的環狀烷基。作為單環的環狀烷基,例如可以舉出環丙基、環丁基、環戊基、環己基、環庚基及環辛基。作為多環的環狀烷基,例如可以舉出金剛烷基、降莰基、莰基、莰烯基、十氫萘基、三環癸基、四環癸基、莰二醯基、二環己基及蒎烯基。其中,從與高靈敏度化的兼顧的觀點考慮,環己基為最佳。又,作為經芳香族基取代之烷基,經後述芳香族基取代之直鏈烷基為較佳。 作為芳香族基,具體而言為經取代或未經取代的苯環、萘環、并環戊二烯環、茚環、薁環、庚搭烯環、茚烯環、苝環、稠五苯環、苊烯環、菲環、蒽環、稠合苯環、䓛環、聯三伸苯環、茀環、聯苯環、吡咯環、呋喃環、噻吩環、咪唑環、㗁唑環、噻唑環、吡啶環、吡𠯤環、嘧啶環、嗒𠯤環、 吲口巾環、吲哚環、苯并呋喃環、苯并噻吩環、異苯并呋喃環、喹口巾環、喹啉環、呔𠯤環、口奈啶環、喹㗁啉環、喹㗁唑啉環、異喹啉環、咔唑環、啡啶環、吖啶環、啡啉環、噻嗯環、色烯環、口山口星環、啡㗁噻環、啡噻𠯤環或啡𠯤環。苯環為最佳。From the viewpoint of solubility in organic solvents, R 113 or R 114 is preferably a monovalent organic group. The monovalent organic group preferably includes a linear or branched alkyl group, a cyclic alkyl group, and an aromatic group, and more preferably an alkyl group substituted with an aromatic group. The alkyl group preferably has 1 to 30 carbon atoms. The alkyl group may be any of a linear, branched, and cyclic group. Examples of the linear or branched alkyl group include methyl, ethyl, propyl, butyl, pentyl, hexyl, heptyl, octyl, nonyl, decyl, dodecyl, tetradecyl, octadecyl, isopropyl, isobutyl, sec-butyl, tert-butyl, 1-ethylpentyl, 2-ethylhexyl, 2-(2-(2-methoxyethoxy)ethoxy)ethoxy)ethoxy, 2-(2-(2-ethoxyethoxy)ethoxy)ethoxy)ethoxy, 2-(2-(2-methoxyethoxy)ethoxy)ethoxy)ethoxy, and 2-(2-(2-(2-ethoxyethoxy)ethoxy)ethoxy)ethoxy). The cyclic alkyl group may be a monocyclic or polycyclic cyclic alkyl group. Examples of monocyclic cyclic alkyl groups include cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cycloheptyl, and cyclooctyl. Examples of polycyclic cyclic alkyl groups include adamantyl, norbornyl, bornyl, camphenyl, decahydronaphthyl, tricyclodecyl, tetracyclodecyl, bornadiyl, bicyclohexyl, and pinenyl. Among them, cyclohexyl is the most preferred from the viewpoint of both high sensitivity and stability. Furthermore, as the alkyl group substituted with an aromatic group, a linear alkyl group substituted with an aromatic group described below is preferred. The aromatic group specifically includes a substituted or unsubstituted benzene ring, a naphthyl ring, a pentadiene ring, an indene ring, an azulene ring, a heptadiene ring, an indenyl ring, a perylene ring, a condensed pentadiene ring, an acenaphthene ring, a phenanthrene ring, an anthracene ring, a condensed benzene ring, a chrysene ring, a tert-butylbenzene ring, a fluorene ring, a biphenyl ring, a pyrrole ring, a furan ring, a thiophene ring, an imidazole ring, an oxadiazole ring, a thiazole ring, a pyridine ring, a pyrrolidine ring, a pyrimidine ring, a pyrimidine ring, a pyrimidine ring, Indole ring, indole ring, benzofuran ring, benzothiophene ring, isobenzofuran ring, quinoline ring, quinolyl ring, naphthidine ring, quinoline ring, quinazoline ring, isoquinoline ring, carbazole ring, phenanthidine ring, acridine ring, phenanthroline ring, thianthion ring, chromene ring, phenanthroline ring, phenanthrene ring, phenanthrene ring, phenanthrene ring, phenanthrene ring or phenanthrene ring. Benzene ring is the most preferred.
式(2)中,在R113 為氫原子之情況或者在R114 為氫原子之情況下,聚醯亞胺前驅物可以與具有乙烯性不飽和鍵之三級胺化合物形成共軛鹼。作為這樣的具有乙烯性不飽和鍵之三級胺化合物的例子,可以舉出甲基丙烯酸N,N-二甲基胺基丙酯。In formula (2), when R 113 is a hydrogen atom or when R 114 is a hydrogen atom, the polyimide precursor can form a conjugate with a tertiary amine compound having an ethylenically unsaturated bond. An example of such a tertiary amine compound having an ethylenically unsaturated bond is N,N-dimethylaminopropyl methacrylate.
R113 及R114 中的至少一者亦可以為酸分解性基等極性轉換基。作為酸分解性基,只要為在酸的作用下分解而產生酚性羥基、羧基等鹼可溶性基者,則並無特別限定,但是縮醛基、縮酮基、甲矽烷基、甲矽烷基醚基、三級烷基酯基等為較佳,從曝光靈敏度的觀點考慮,縮醛基為更佳。 作為酸分解性基的具體例,可以舉出第三丁氧基羰基、異丙氧基羰基、四氫吡喃基、四氫呋喃基、乙氧基乙基、甲氧基乙基、乙氧基甲基、三甲基甲矽烷基、第三丁氧基羰基甲基、三甲基甲矽烷基醚基等。從曝光靈敏度的觀點考慮,乙氧基乙基或四氫呋喃基為較佳。At least one of R113 and R114 may be a polar conversion group such as an acid-decomposable group. The acid-decomposable group is not particularly limited as long as it is decomposed by an acid to generate an alkali-soluble group such as a phenolic hydroxyl group or a carboxyl group, but an acetal group, a ketal group, a silyl group, a silyl ether group, a tertiary alkyl ester group, etc. are preferred, and an acetal group is more preferred from the viewpoint of exposure sensitivity. Specific examples of the acid-decomposable group include a tert-butoxycarbonyl group, an isopropoxycarbonyl group, a tetrahydropyranyl group, a tetrahydrofuranyl group, an ethoxyethyl group, a methoxyethyl group, an ethoxymethyl group, a trimethylsilyl group, a tert-butoxycarbonylmethyl group, a trimethylsilyl ether group, and the like. From the viewpoint of exposure sensitivity, ethoxyethyl or tetrahydrofuranyl is preferred.
又,聚醯亞胺前驅物在結構單元中具有氟原子亦為較佳。聚醯亞胺前驅物中的氟原子含量為10質量%以上為較佳,並且20質量%以下為較佳。Furthermore, the polyimide precursor preferably has fluorine atoms in the structural unit. The fluorine atom content in the polyimide precursor is preferably 10 mass % or more and preferably 20 mass % or less.
又,以提高與基板的密接性為目的,聚醯亞胺前驅物可以與具有矽氧烷結構之脂肪族基共聚。具體而言,作為二胺成分,可以舉出雙(3-胺基丙基)四甲基二矽氧烷、雙(對胺基苯基)八甲基五矽氧烷等。In order to improve the adhesion to the substrate, the polyimide precursor may be copolymerized with an aliphatic group having a siloxane structure. Specifically, as the diamine component, bis(3-aminopropyl)tetramethyldisiloxane, bis(p-aminophenyl)octamethylpentasiloxane, etc. may be mentioned.
式(2)所表示之重複單元為式(2-A)所表示之重複單元為較佳。亦即,本發明中所使用之聚醯亞胺前驅物等中的至少一種為具有式(2-A)所表示之重複單元之前驅物為較佳。藉由設為這樣的結構,能夠進一步擴大曝光寬容度的寬度。 式(2-A) [化學式14] 式(2-A)中,A1 及A2 表示氧原子,R111 及R112 分別獨立地表示2價的有機基,R113 及R114 分別獨立地表示氫原子或1價的有機基,R113 及R114 中的至少一者為包含聚合性基之基團,兩者為聚合性基為較佳。The repeating unit represented by formula (2) is preferably a repeating unit represented by formula (2-A). That is, at least one of the polyimide precursors used in the present invention is preferably a precursor having a repeating unit represented by formula (2-A). By setting such a structure, the width of the exposure latitude can be further expanded. Formula (2-A) [Chemical Formula 14] In formula (2-A), A1 and A2 represent oxygen atoms, R111 and R112 each independently represent a divalent organic group, R113 and R114 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group, at least one of R113 and R114 is a group containing a polymerizable group, and preferably both are polymerizable groups.
A1 、A2 、R111 、R113 及R114 分別獨立地與式(2)中之A1 、A2 、R111 、R113 及R114 的含義相同,較佳範圍亦相同。 R112 與式(5)中之R112 的含義相同,較佳範圍亦相同。A 1 , A 2 , R 111 , R 113 and R 114 have the same meanings as A 1 , A 2 , R 111 , R 113 and R 114 in formula (2) respectively, and their preferred ranges are also the same. R 112 has the same meanings as R 112 in formula (5), and its preferred ranges are also the same.
聚醯亞胺前驅物可以包含一種式(2)所表示之重複結構單元,亦可以包含兩種以上。又,亦可以包含式(2)所表示之重複單元的結構異構物。又,聚醯亞胺前驅物除了上述式(2)的重複單元以外,亦可以包含其他種類的重複結構單元,這是不言而喻的。The polyimide precursor may contain one or more types of the repeating unit represented by formula (2). Furthermore, it may contain structural isomers of the repeating unit represented by formula (2). It goes without saying that the polyimide precursor may contain other types of repeating units in addition to the repeating unit represented by formula (2).
作為本發明中之聚醯亞胺前驅物的一實施形態,可以例示出所有重複單元的50莫耳%以上、進一步為70莫耳%以上、尤其為90莫耳%以上為式(2)所表示之重複單元的聚醯亞胺前驅物。As an embodiment of the polyimide precursor of the present invention, a polyimide precursor in which 50 mol% or more, further 70 mol% or more, and particularly 90 mol% or more of all repeating units are repeating units represented by formula (2) can be exemplified.
又,在聚醯亞胺前驅物具有式(1-1)所表示之結構之情況下,聚醯亞胺前驅物包含下述式(2-1)所表示之重複單元為較佳。 [化學式15] 式(2-1)中,R111 表示2價的有機基,R115 表示4價的有機基,RX1 及RX2 分別獨立地表示包含式(1-1)所表示之結構之基團或下述式(R-1)所表示之基團,RX1 及RX2 中的至少一者表示包含式(1-1)所表示之結構之基團。 [化學式16] 式(R-1)中,A3 表示氧原子或NH,RX3 分別獨立地表示氫原子或1價的有機基,*表示與R115 的鍵結部位。Furthermore, when the polyimide precursor has a structure represented by formula (1-1), it is preferred that the polyimide precursor comprises a repeating unit represented by the following formula (2-1). [Chemical Formula 15] In formula (2-1), R 111 represents a divalent organic group, R 115 represents a tetravalent organic group, RX1 and RX2 each independently represent a group including a structure represented by formula (1-1) or a group represented by the following formula (R-1), and at least one of RX1 and RX2 represents a group including a structure represented by formula (1-1). [Chemical Formula 16] In the formula (R-1), A3 represents an oxygen atom or NH, RX3 each independently represents a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group, and * represents a bonding site with R115 .
式(2-1)中,R111 及R115 分別與式(2)中的R111 及R115 的含義相同,較佳態樣亦相同。In formula (2-1), R 111 and R 115 have the same meanings as R 111 and R 115 in formula (2), and preferred embodiments are also the same.
式(2-1)中,RX1 及RX2 中的至少一者表示包含式(1-1)所表示之結構之基團。 包含上述式(1-1)所表示之結構之基團為下述式(X-1)所表示之基團為較佳。 [化學式17] 式(X-1)中,R1 及R2 分別獨立地表示脂肪族基或芳香族基,上述脂肪族基或芳香族基的碳原子或烴基可以經雜原子取代,X1 表示氧原子或硫原子,L1 表示-C(=O)-或-S(=O)2 -,*表示與R115 的鍵結部位。 式(X-1)中,R1 、R2 、X1 及L1 與式(1-1)中的R1 、R2 、X1 及L1 的含義相同,較佳態樣亦相同。 式(X-1)中,R3 與式(1-2)中的R23 的含義相同,較佳態樣亦相同。In formula (2-1), at least one of RX1 and RX2 represents a group containing the structure represented by formula (1-1). The group containing the structure represented by the above formula (1-1) is preferably a group represented by the following formula (X-1). [Chemical Formula 17] In formula (X-1), R1 and R2 each independently represent an aliphatic group or an aromatic group, the carbon atom or the alkyl group of the aliphatic group or the aromatic group may be substituted by a heteroatom, X1 represents an oxygen atom or a sulfur atom, L1 represents -C(=O)- or -S(=O) 2- , and * represents a bonding site with R115 . In formula (X-1), R1 , R2 , X1 and L1 have the same meanings as R1 , R2 , X1 and L1 in formula (1-1), and preferred embodiments are also the same. In formula (X-1), R3 has the same meaning as R23 in formula (1-2), and preferred embodiments are also the same.
作為式(X-1)所表示之基團的具體例,可以舉出下述基團,但是並不限定於該等。下述式中,*表示與R115 的鍵結部位。 [化學式18] As specific examples of the group represented by formula (X-1), the following groups can be cited, but the group is not limited thereto. In the following formula, * represents a bonding site with R 115. [Chemical Formula 18]
式(2-1)中,RX1 及RX2 中的一者可以為式(R-1)所表示之基團。 式(R-1)中,A3 及RX3 分別與式(2)中的A2 及R113 的含義相同,較佳態樣亦相同。In formula (2-1), one of RX1 and RX2 may be a group represented by formula (R-1). In formula (R-1), A3 and RX3 have the same meanings as A2 and R113 in formula (2), respectively, and the preferred embodiments are also the same.
聚醯亞胺前驅物中之式(2-1)所表示之重複單元的含量並無特別限定,只要將相對於樹脂組成物的總固體成分之式(1-1)所表示之結構的含有莫耳量適當調整為在上述範圍內之量即可。 聚醯亞胺前驅物中之式(X-1)所表示之基團的含量例如為0.01~1.0mmol/g為較佳,0.01~0.85mmol/g為更佳。The content of the repeating unit represented by formula (2-1) in the polyimide precursor is not particularly limited, as long as the molar amount of the structure represented by formula (1-1) relative to the total solid content of the resin composition is appropriately adjusted to be within the above range. The content of the group represented by formula (X-1) in the polyimide precursor is preferably 0.01 to 1.0 mmol/g, and more preferably 0.01 to 0.85 mmol/g.
聚醯亞胺前驅物的重量平均分子量(Mw)較佳為18,000~30,000,更佳為20,000~27,000,進一步較佳為22,000~25,000。又,數量平均分子量(Mn)較佳為7,200~14,000,更佳為8,000~12,000,進一步較佳為9,200~11,200。 上述聚醯亞胺前驅物的分子量的分散度為2.5以上為較佳,2.7以上為更佳,2.8以上為進一步較佳。聚醯亞胺前驅物的分子量的分散度的上限值並無特別規定,例如4.5以下為較佳,4.0以下為更佳,3.8以下為進一步較佳,3.2以下為進一步較佳,3.1以下為更進一步較佳,3.0以下為再進一步較佳,2.95以下為特佳。 在本說明書中,分子量的分散度為利用重量平均分子量/數量平均分子量計算出之值。The weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the polyimide precursor is preferably 18,000 to 30,000, more preferably 20,000 to 27,000, and further preferably 22,000 to 25,000. Moreover, the number average molecular weight (Mn) is preferably 7,200 to 14,000, more preferably 8,000 to 12,000, and further preferably 9,200 to 11,200. The molecular weight dispersion of the polyimide precursor is preferably 2.5 or more, more preferably 2.7 or more, and further preferably 2.8 or more. There is no particular upper limit for the molecular weight dispersion of the polyimide precursor, for example, 4.5 or less is preferred, 4.0 or less is more preferred, 3.8 or less is further preferred, 3.2 or less is further preferred, 3.1 or less is further preferred, 3.0 or less is still further preferred, and 2.95 or less is particularly preferred. In this specification, the molecular weight dispersion is a value calculated using weight average molecular weight/number average molecular weight.
〔聚醯亞胺〕 本發明中所使用之聚醯亞胺可以為鹼可溶性聚醯亞胺,亦可以為可溶於以有機溶劑為主成分之顯影液之聚醯亞胺。 在本說明書中,鹼可溶性聚醯亞胺是指相對於100g的2.38質量%四甲基銨水溶液在23℃下溶解0.1g以上之聚醯亞胺,從圖案形成性的觀點考慮,溶解0.5g以上之聚醯亞胺為較佳,溶解1.0g以上之聚醯亞胺為進一步較佳。上述溶解量的上限並無特別限定,但是100g以下為較佳。 又,從所獲得之硬化膜的膜強度及絕緣性的觀點考慮,聚醯亞胺為在主鏈中具有複數個醯亞胺結構之聚醯亞胺為較佳。 在本說明書中,“主鏈”是指在構成樹脂之高分子化合物的分子中相對最長的鍵結鏈,“側鏈”是指除此以外的鍵結鏈。[Polyimide] The polyimide used in the present invention may be an alkali-soluble polyimide or a polyimide soluble in a developer having an organic solvent as a main component. In this specification, an alkali-soluble polyimide refers to a polyimide that dissolves 0.1 g or more relative to 100 g of a 2.38 mass % tetramethylammonium aqueous solution at 23°C. From the viewpoint of pattern formation, it is preferred to dissolve 0.5 g or more of the polyimide, and it is further preferred to dissolve 1.0 g or more of the polyimide. The upper limit of the above-mentioned dissolution amount is not particularly limited, but it is preferably 100 g or less. In addition, from the viewpoint of the film strength and insulation of the obtained cured film, the polyimide is preferably a polyimide having a plurality of imide structures in the main chain. In this specification, "main chain" refers to the longest bond in the molecule of the polymer compound constituting the resin, and "side chain" refers to other bonds.
-氟原子- 從所獲得之硬化膜的膜強度的觀點考慮,聚醯亞胺具有氟原子為較佳。 氟原子例如包含於後述式(4)所表示之重複單元中之R132 或後述式(4)所表示之重複單元中之R131 中為較佳,作為氟化烷基而包含於後述式(4)所表示之重複單元中之R132 或後述式(4)所表示之重複單元中之R131 中為更佳。 氟原子的量相對於聚醯亞胺的總質量為1~50mol/g為較佳,5~30mol/g為更佳。-Fluorine Atom- From the viewpoint of the film strength of the obtained cured film, the polyimide preferably has fluorine atoms. The fluorine atoms are preferably contained in R 132 in the repeating unit represented by the formula (4) described below or R 131 in the repeating unit represented by the formula (4) described below, and are more preferably contained in R 132 in the repeating unit represented by the formula (4) described below or R 131 in the repeating unit represented by the formula (4) described below as a fluorinated alkyl group . The amount of fluorine atoms is preferably 1 to 50 mol/g, more preferably 5 to 30 mol/g, relative to the total mass of the polyimide.
-矽原子- 從所獲得之硬化膜的膜強度的觀點考慮,聚醯亞胺具有矽原子為較佳。 矽原子例如包含於後述式(4)所表示之重複單元中之R131 中為較佳,作為後述有機改質(聚)矽氧烷結構而包含於後述式(4)所表示之重複單元中之R131 中為更佳。 又,上述矽原子或上述有機改質(聚)矽氧烷結構亦可以包含於聚醯亞胺的側鏈中,但是包含於聚醯亞胺的主鏈中為較佳。 矽原子的量相對於聚醯亞胺的總質量為0.01~5mol/g為較佳,0.05~1mol/g為更佳。-Silicon Atoms- From the viewpoint of the film strength of the obtained cured film, it is preferable that the polyimide has silicon atoms. The silicon atom is preferably contained in R 131 in the repeating unit represented by the formula (4) described below, and is more preferably contained in R 131 in the repeating unit represented by the formula (4) described below as an organic modified (poly)siloxane structure described below. In addition, the above silicon atom or the above organic modified (poly)siloxane structure may also be contained in the side chain of the polyimide, but is preferably contained in the main chain of the polyimide. The amount of silicon atoms is preferably 0.01 to 5 mol/g, and more preferably 0.05 to 1 mol/g relative to the total mass of the polyimide.
-乙烯性不飽和鍵- 從所獲得之硬化膜的膜強度的觀點考慮,聚醯亞胺具有乙烯性不飽和鍵為較佳。 聚醯亞胺可以在主鏈末端具有乙烯性不飽和鍵,亦可以在側鏈中具有乙烯性不飽和鍵,但是在側鏈中具有乙烯性不飽和鍵為較佳。 上述乙烯性不飽和鍵具有自由基聚合性為較佳。 乙烯性不飽和鍵包含於後述式(4)所表示之重複單元中之R132 或後述式(4)所表示之重複單元中之R131 中為較佳,作為具有乙烯性不飽和鍵之基團而包含於後述式(4)所表示之重複單元中之R132 或後述式(4)所表示之重複單元中之R131 中為更佳。 在該等之中,乙烯性不飽和鍵包含於後述式(4)所表示之重複單元中之R131 中為較佳,作為具有乙烯性不飽和鍵之基團而包含於後述式(4)所表示之重複單元中之R131 中為更佳。 作為具有乙烯性不飽和鍵之基團,可以舉出乙烯基、烯丙基、乙烯基苯基等與芳香環直接鍵結且可以經取代之具有乙烯基之基團、(甲基)丙烯醯基、(甲基)丙烯醯氧基、下述式(IV)所表示之基團等。- Ethylenically unsaturated bonds - From the viewpoint of the film strength of the obtained cured film, it is preferable that the polyimide has ethylenically unsaturated bonds. The polyimide may have ethylenically unsaturated bonds at the ends of the main chain or in the side chains, but it is preferable that the ethylenically unsaturated bonds are in the side chains. It is preferable that the above-mentioned ethylenically unsaturated bonds have free radical polymerizability. It is preferred that the ethylenic unsaturated bond is contained in R132 in the repeating unit represented by the formula (4) described below or in R131 in the repeating unit represented by the formula (4) described below, and it is more preferred that the ethylenic unsaturated bond is contained in R132 in the repeating unit represented by the formula (4) described below or in R131 in the repeating unit represented by the formula (4) described below as a group having an ethylenic unsaturated bond. Among them, it is preferred that the ethylenic unsaturated bond is contained in R131 in the repeating unit represented by the formula (4) described below, and it is more preferred that the ethylenic unsaturated bond is contained in R131 in the repeating unit represented by the formula (4) described below as a group having an ethylenic unsaturated bond. Examples of the group having an ethylenic unsaturated bond include a group having a vinyl group directly bonded to an aromatic ring such as a vinyl group, an allyl group, a vinylphenyl group, and an optionally substituted group having a vinyl group, a (meth)acryloyl group, a (meth)acryloyloxy group, and a group represented by the following formula (IV).
[化學式19] [Chemical formula 19]
式(IV)中,R20 表示氫原子或甲基,甲基為較佳。In formula (IV), R 20 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, preferably a methyl group.
式(IV)中,R21 表示碳數2~12的伸烷基、-O-CH2 CH(OH)CH2 -、-C(=O)O-、-O(C=O)NH-、碳數2~30的(聚)伸烷氧基(伸烷基的碳數為2~12為較佳,2~6為更佳,2或3為特佳;重複數為1~12為較佳,1~6為更佳,1~3為特佳)或將該等中的2個以上組合而成之基團。In formula (IV), R21 represents an alkylene group having 2 to 12 carbon atoms, -O- CH2CH (OH) CH2- , -C(=O)O-, -O(C=O)NH-, a (poly)alkyleneoxy group having 2 to 30 carbon atoms (the alkylene group preferably has 2 to 12 carbon atoms, more preferably 2 to 6 carbon atoms, and particularly preferably 2 or 3 carbon atoms; the number of carbon atoms repeated is preferably 1 to 12, more preferably 1 to 6 carbon atoms, and particularly preferably 1 to 3 carbon atoms), or a group consisting of two or more of the above groups in combination.
在該等之中,R21 為下述式(R1)~式(R3)中的任一個所表示之基團為較佳,式(R1)所表示之基團為更佳。 [化學式20] 式(R1)~式(R3)中,L表示單鍵或碳數2~12的伸烷基、碳數2~30的(聚)伸烷氧基或將該等中的2個以上鍵結而成之基團,X表示氧原子或硫原子,*表示與其他結構的鍵結部位,●表示與式(III)中的R201 所鍵結之氧原子的鍵結部位。 式(R1)~式(R3)中,L中之碳數2~12的伸烷基或碳數2~30的(聚)伸烷氧基的較佳態樣與上述的R21 中之碳數2~12的伸烷基或碳數2~30的(聚)伸烷氧基的較佳態樣相同。 式(R1)中,X為氧原子為較佳。 式(R1)~式(R3)中,*與式(IV)中的*的含義相同,較佳態樣亦相同。 式(R1)所表示之結構例如藉由使具有酚性羥基等羥基之聚醯亞胺與具有異氰酸酯基及乙烯性不飽和鍵之化合物(例如,甲基丙烯酸2-異氰酸酯基乙酯等)進行反應而獲得。 式(R2)所表示之結構例如藉由使具有羧基之聚醯亞胺與具有羥基及乙烯性不飽和鍵之化合物(例如,甲基丙烯酸2-羥乙酯等)進行反應而獲得。 式(R3)所表示之結構例如藉由使具有酚性羥基等羥基之聚醯亞胺與具有縮水甘油基及乙烯性不飽和鍵之化合物(例如,甲基丙烯酸縮水甘油酯等)進行反應而獲得。 作為聚伸烷氧基,從溶劑溶解性及耐溶劑性的觀點考慮,聚伸乙氧基、聚伸丙氧基、聚三亞甲氧基、聚四亞甲氧基或由複數個伸乙氧基和複數個伸丙氧基鍵結而成之基團為較佳,聚伸乙氧基或聚伸丙氧基為更佳,聚伸乙氧基為進一步較佳。在由上述複數個伸乙氧基和複數個伸丙氧基鍵結而成之基團中,伸乙氧基和伸丙氧基可以無規排列,亦可以形成嵌段而排列,亦可以排列成交替等圖案狀。該等基團中之伸乙氧基等的重複數的較佳態樣如上所述。Among them, R21 is preferably a group represented by any one of the following formulas (R1) to (R3), and more preferably a group represented by formula (R1). [Chemical Formula 20] In formula (R1) to formula (R3), L represents a single bond or an alkylene group having 2 to 12 carbon atoms, a (poly)alkoxyene group having 2 to 30 carbon atoms, or a group formed by bonding two or more of them, X represents an oxygen atom or a sulfur atom, * represents a bonding site with other structures, and ● represents a bonding site with the oxygen atom bonded to R 201 in formula (III). In formula (R1) to formula (R3), preferred embodiments of the alkylene group having 2 to 12 carbon atoms or the (poly)alkoxyene group having 2 to 30 carbon atoms in L are the same as preferred embodiments of the alkylene group having 2 to 12 carbon atoms or the (poly)alkoxyene group having 2 to 30 carbon atoms in R 21 described above. In formula (R1), X is preferably an oxygen atom. In formula (R1) to formula (R3), * has the same meaning as * in formula (IV), and the preferred embodiment is also the same. The structure represented by formula (R1) is obtained, for example, by reacting a polyimide having a hydroxyl group such as a phenolic hydroxyl group with a compound having an isocyanate group and an ethylenic unsaturated bond (for example, 2-isocyanateethyl methacrylate). The structure represented by formula (R2) is obtained, for example, by reacting a polyimide having a carboxyl group with a compound having a hydroxyl group and an ethylenic unsaturated bond (for example, 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate). The structure represented by formula (R3) is obtained, for example, by reacting a polyimide having a hydroxyl group such as a phenolic hydroxyl group with a compound having a glycidyl group and an ethylenic unsaturated bond (e.g., glycidyl methacrylate, etc.). As the polyalkoxy group, from the viewpoint of solvent solubility and solvent resistance, polyethoxy, polypropoxy, polytrimethyleneoxy, polytetramethyleneoxy, or a group formed by bonding a plurality of ethoxy groups and a plurality of propoxy groups is preferred, polyethoxy or polypropoxy is more preferred, and polyethoxy is further preferred. In the group formed by bonding a plurality of ethoxy groups and a plurality of propoxy groups, the ethoxy and propoxy groups may be arranged randomly, may be arranged in blocks, or may be arranged in an alternating pattern. The preferred aspects of the repetition numbers of the ethoxy group and the like in these groups are as described above.
式(IV)中,*表示與其他結構的鍵結部位,與聚醯亞胺的主鏈的鍵結部位為較佳。In formula (IV), * represents a bonding site with other structures, preferably a bonding site with the main chain of polyimide.
乙烯性不飽和鍵的量相對於聚醯亞胺的總質量為0.05~10mol/g為較佳,0.1~5mol/g為更佳。又,在製造適性的觀點上,乙烯性不飽和鍵的量相對於聚醯亞胺的總質量為0.0001~0.1mol/g為較佳,0.0005~0.05mol/g為更佳。The amount of ethylenic unsaturated bonds is preferably 0.05 to 10 mol/g, more preferably 0.1 to 5 mol/g, relative to the total mass of the polyimide. Furthermore, from the viewpoint of production suitability, the amount of ethylenic unsaturated bonds is preferably 0.0001 to 0.1 mol/g, more preferably 0.0005 to 0.05 mol/g, relative to the total mass of the polyimide.
-除了乙烯性不飽和鍵以外的交聯性基- 聚醯亞胺可以具有除了乙烯性不飽和鍵以外的交聯性基。 作為除了乙烯性不飽和鍵以外的交聯性基,可以舉出環氧基、氧環丁基等環狀醚基、甲氧基甲基等烷氧基甲基、羥甲基等。 除了乙烯性不飽和鍵以外的交聯性基例如包含於後述式(4)所表示之重複單元中之R131 中為較佳。 除了乙烯性不飽和鍵以外的交聯性基的量相對於聚醯亞胺的總質量為0.05~10mol/g為較佳,0.1~5mol/g為更佳。又,在製造適性的觀點上,除了乙烯性不飽和鍵以外的交聯性基的量相對於聚醯亞胺的總質量為0.0001~0.1mol/g為較佳,0.001~0.05mol/g為更佳。- Crosslinking groups other than ethylenic unsaturated bonds - Polyimide may have crosslinking groups other than ethylenic unsaturated bonds. Examples of crosslinking groups other than ethylenic unsaturated bonds include cyclic ether groups such as epoxy groups and cyclobutyl groups, alkoxymethyl groups such as methoxymethyl groups, and hydroxymethyl groups. Crosslinking groups other than ethylenic unsaturated bonds are preferably contained in R 131 in the repeating unit represented by the formula (4) described below. The amount of crosslinking groups other than ethylenic unsaturated bonds is preferably 0.05 to 10 mol/g, and more preferably 0.1 to 5 mol/g, relative to the total mass of the polyimide. Furthermore, from the viewpoint of production suitability, the amount of the crosslinking groups other than the ethylenically unsaturated bonds is preferably 0.0001 to 0.1 mol/g, more preferably 0.001 to 0.05 mol/g, based on the total mass of the polyimide.
-極性轉換基- 聚醯亞胺可以具有酸分解性基等極性轉換基。聚醯亞胺中之酸分解性基與在上述式(2)中之R113 及R114 中所說明之酸分解性基相同,較佳態樣亦相同。-Polarity Converting Group- The polyimide may have a polarity converting group such as an acid-decomposable group. The acid-decomposable group in the polyimide is the same as the acid-decomposable group described in R 113 and R 114 in the above formula (2), and the preferred embodiment is also the same.
-酸值- 在將聚醯亞胺供於鹼顯影之情況下,從提高顯影性之觀點考慮,聚醯亞胺的酸值為30mgKOH/g以上為較佳,50mgKOH/g以上為更佳,70mgKOH/g以上為進一步較佳。 又,上述酸值為500mgKOH/g以下為較佳,400mgKOH/g以下為更佳,200mgKOH/g以下為進一步較佳。 又,在將聚醯亞胺供於使用了以有機溶劑為主成分之顯影液之顯影(例如,後述“溶劑顯影”)之情況下,聚醯亞胺的酸值為2~35mgKOH/g為較佳,3~30mgKOH/g為更佳,5~20mgKOH/g為進一步較佳。 上述酸值藉由公知的方法進行測定,例如藉由JIS K 0070:1992中所記載的方法進行測定。 又,作為聚醯亞胺中所包含之酸基,從兼顧保存穩定性及顯影性之觀點考慮,pKa為0~10的酸基為較佳,3~8的酸基為更佳。 pKa為考慮到從酸中釋放氫離子之解離反應而將其平衡常數Ka用其負的常用對數pKa表示者。 作為這樣的酸基,聚醯亞胺包含選自包括羧基及酚性羥基的群組中之至少一種為較佳,包含酚性羥基為更佳。-Acid value- When polyimide is subjected to alkaline development, from the viewpoint of improving the developing property, the acid value of polyimide is preferably 30 mgKOH/g or more, more preferably 50 mgKOH/g or more, and even more preferably 70 mgKOH/g or more. In addition, the acid value is preferably 500 mgKOH/g or less, more preferably 400 mgKOH/g or less, and even more preferably 200 mgKOH/g or less. Furthermore, when the polyimide is subjected to development using a developer having an organic solvent as a main component (for example, "solvent development" described below), the acid value of the polyimide is preferably 2 to 35 mgKOH/g, more preferably 3 to 30 mgKOH/g, and even more preferably 5 to 20 mgKOH/g. The above acid value is measured by a known method, for example, by the method described in JIS K 0070:1992. Furthermore, as the acid group contained in the polyimide, from the viewpoint of both storage stability and development properties, an acid group having a pKa of 0 to 10 is preferred, and an acid group having a pKa of 3 to 8 is more preferred. pKa is a negative common logarithm pKa of the equilibrium constant Ka in consideration of the dissociation reaction of releasing hydrogen ions from an acid. As such an acid group, the polyimide preferably contains at least one selected from the group consisting of a carboxyl group and a phenolic hydroxyl group, and more preferably contains a phenolic hydroxyl group.
-酚性羥基- 從使基於鹼顯影液之顯影速度成為適當者之觀點考慮,聚醯亞胺具有酚性羥基為較佳。 聚醯亞胺可以在主鏈末端中具有酚性羥基,亦可以在側鏈中具有酚性羥基。 酚性羥基例如包含於後述式(4)所表示之重複單元中之R132 或後述式(4)所表示之重複單元中之R131 中為較佳。 酚性羥基的量相對於聚醯亞胺的總質量為0.1~30mol/g為較佳,1~20mol/g為更佳。- Phenolic hydroxyl group - From the viewpoint of making the developing speed based on the alkaline developer appropriate, it is preferable that the polyimide has a phenolic hydroxyl group. The polyimide may have a phenolic hydroxyl group at the end of the main chain or in the side chain. The phenolic hydroxyl group is preferably contained in R 132 in the repeating unit represented by the formula (4) described later or in R 131 in the repeating unit represented by the formula (4) described later. The amount of the phenolic hydroxyl group is preferably 0.1 to 30 mol/g, more preferably 1 to 20 mol/g, relative to the total mass of the polyimide.
作為本發明中所使用之聚醯亞胺,只要為具有醯亞胺環之高分子化合物,則並無特別限定,但是包含下述式(4)所表示之重複單元為較佳,包含式(4)所表示之重複單元且具有聚合性基之化合物為更佳。 式(4) [化學式21] 式(4)中,R131 表示2價的有機基,R132 表示4價的有機基。 在具有聚合性基之情況下,聚合性基可以位於R131 及R132 中的至少一者上,如下述式(4-1)或式(4-2)所示,亦可以位於聚醯亞胺的末端。 [化學式22] 式(4-1)中,R133 為聚合性基,其他基團與式(4)的含義相同。 [化學式23] R134 及R135 中的至少一者為聚合性基,在不是聚合性基之情況下為有機基,其他基團與式(4)的含義相同。The polyimide used in the present invention is not particularly limited as long as it is a polymer compound having an imide ring, but preferably comprises a repeating unit represented by the following formula (4), and more preferably comprises a repeating unit represented by the formula (4) and has a polymerizable group. Formula (4) [Chemical Formula 21] In formula (4), R 131 represents a divalent organic group, and R 132 represents a tetravalent organic group. When a polymerizable group is present, the polymerizable group may be located on at least one of R 131 and R 132 , as shown in the following formula (4-1) or formula (4-2), or may be located at the end of the polyimide. [Chemical Formula 22] In formula (4-1), R 133 is a polymerizable group, and the other groups have the same meanings as in formula (4). [Chemical formula 23] At least one of R 134 and R 135 is a polymerizable group, and if it is not a polymerizable group, it is an organic group, and the other groups have the same meanings as in formula (4).
聚合性基與在上述聚醯亞胺前驅物等所具有之聚合性基中敘述之聚合性基的含義相同。 R131 表示2價的有機基。作為2價的有機基,可以例示出與式(2)中之R111 相同者,較佳範圍亦相同。 又,作為R131 ,可以舉出去除二胺的胺基之後殘存之二胺殘基。作為二胺,可以舉出脂肪族、環式脂肪族或芳香族二胺等。作為具體例,可以舉出聚醯亞胺前驅物的式(2)中的R111 的例子。The polymerizable group has the same meaning as the polymerizable group described in the above-mentioned polymerizable group of the polyimide precursor. R 131 represents a divalent organic group. As the divalent organic group, the same as R 111 in formula (2) can be exemplified, and the preferred range is also the same. In addition, as R 131 , a diamine residue remaining after removing the amino group of the diamine can be cited. As the diamine, aliphatic, cycloaliphatic or aromatic diamine can be cited. As a specific example, the example of R 111 in formula (2) of the polyimide precursor can be cited.
在更有效地抑制煅燒時產生翹曲之觀點上,R131 為在主鏈中具有至少2個伸烷基二醇單元之二胺殘基為較佳。更佳為在1個分子中合計包含2個以上的乙二醇鏈、丙二醇鏈中的任一者或兩者之二胺殘基,進一步較佳為不包含芳香環之二胺殘基。From the viewpoint of more effectively suppressing warping during calcination, R 131 is preferably a diamine residue having at least two alkylene glycol units in the main chain. More preferably, it is a diamine residue containing two or more ethylene glycol chains or propylene glycol chains or both in total in one molecule, and further preferably, it is a diamine residue containing no aromatic ring.
作為在1個分子中合計包含2個以上的乙二醇鏈、丙二醇鏈中的任一者或兩者之二胺,可以舉出JEFFAMINE(註冊商標)KH-511、ED-600、ED-900、ED-2003、EDR-148、EDR-176、D-200、D-400、D-2000、D-4000(以上為商品名,HUNTSMAN公司製造)、1-(2-(2-(2-胺基丙氧基)乙氧基)丙氧基)丙烷-2-胺、1-(1-(1-(2-胺基丙氧基)丙烷-2-基)氧基)丙烷-2-胺等,但是並不限定於該等。Examples of the diamine containing two or more ethylene glycol chains or propylene glycol chains or both in total in one molecule include JEFFAMINE (registered trademark) KH-511, ED-600, ED-900, ED-2003, EDR-148, EDR-176, D-200, D-400, D-2000, and D-4000 (these are trade names, manufactured by HUNTSMAN Co., Ltd.), 1-(2-(2-(2-aminopropoxy)ethoxy)propoxy)propan-2-amine, and 1-(1-(1-(2-aminopropoxy)propan-2-yl)oxy)propan-2-amine, but are not limited to these.
R132 表示4價的有機基。作為4價的有機基,可以例示出與式(2)中之R115 相同者,較佳範圍亦相同。 例如,作為R115 而例示之4價的有機基的4個鍵結子與上述式(4)中的4個-C(=O)-部分鍵結而形成縮合環。R 132 represents a tetravalent organic group. Examples of the tetravalent organic group include the same ones as those for R 115 in formula (2), and the preferred range is also the same. For example, four bonders of the tetravalent organic group exemplified as R 115 bond to four -C(=O)- moieties in the above formula (4) to form a condensed ring.
又,R132 可以舉出從四羧酸二酐中去除酸酐基之後殘存之四羧酸殘基等。作為具體例,可以舉出聚醯亞胺前驅物的式(2)中的R115 的例子。從硬化膜的強度的觀點考慮,R132 為具有1~4個芳香環之芳香族二胺殘基為較佳。 R132 may be a tetracarboxylic acid residue remaining after removing the anhydride group from tetracarboxylic dianhydride. As a specific example, R115 in the formula (2) of the polyimide precursor may be cited. From the viewpoint of the strength of the cured film, R132 is preferably an aromatic diamine residue having 1 to 4 aromatic rings.
R131 和R132 中的至少一者具有OH基亦為較佳。更具體而言,作為R131 ,作為較佳例可以舉出2,2-雙(3-羥基-4-胺基苯基)丙烷、2,2-雙(3-羥基-4-胺基苯基)六氟丙烷、2,2-雙(3-胺基-4-羥基苯基)丙烷、2,2-雙(3-胺基-4-羥基苯基)六氟丙烷、上述(DA-1)~(DA-18),作為R132 ,作為更佳例可以舉出上述(DAA-1)~(DAA-5)。It is also preferred that at least one of R 131 and R 132 has an OH group. More specifically, as R 131 , preferred examples include 2,2-bis(3-hydroxy-4-aminophenyl)propane, 2,2-bis(3-hydroxy-4-aminophenyl)hexafluoropropane, 2,2-bis(3-amino-4-hydroxyphenyl)propane, 2,2-bis(3-amino-4-hydroxyphenyl)hexafluoropropane, and the above-mentioned (DA-1) to (DA-18), and as R 132 , more preferred examples include the above-mentioned (DAA-1) to (DAA-5).
在聚醯亞胺包含式(1-1)所表示之結構之情況下,式(1-1)所表示之結構可以位於如下述式(2-2)所示的聚醯亞胺的末端。 [化學式24] 式(2-2)中,R131 表示2價的有機基,R132 表示4價的有機基,RX1 及RX2 分別獨立地表示包含式(1-1)所表示之結構之基團或有機基,RX1 及RX2 中的至少一者為包含式(1-1)所表示之結構之基團。 式(2-2)中,R131 及R132 分別與式(4)中的R131 及R132 的含義相同,較佳態樣亦相同。 式(2-1)中,RX1 及RX2 中的至少一者表示包含式(1-1)所表示之結構之基團。 包含上述式(1-1)所表示之結構之基團為上述式(X-1)所表示之基團為較佳。In the case where the polyimide includes the structure represented by formula (1-1), the structure represented by formula (1-1) may be located at the end of the polyimide as shown in the following formula (2-2). [Chemical Formula 24] In formula (2-2), R 131 represents a divalent organic group, R 132 represents a tetravalent organic group, RX1 and RX2 each independently represent a group or an organic group containing the structure represented by formula (1-1), and at least one of RX1 and RX2 is a group containing the structure represented by formula (1-1). In formula (2-2), R 131 and R 132 have the same meanings as R 131 and R 132 in formula (4), and preferred embodiments are also the same. In formula (2-1), at least one of RX1 and RX2 represents a group containing the structure represented by formula (1-1). It is preferred that the group containing the structure represented by the above formula (1-1) is a group represented by the above formula (X-1).
式(2-1)中,RX1 及RX2 中的一者可以為上述式(R-1)所表示之基團。In formula (2-1), one of RX1 and RX2 may be the group represented by the above formula (R-1).
又,在聚醯亞胺包含式(1-1)所表示之結構之情況下,聚醯亞胺可以包含上述式(2-1)所表示之結構。 在聚醯亞胺包含式(2-1)所表示之結構之情況下,式(2-1)中之RX1 及RX2 中的至少一者可以閉環而形成醯亞胺環。Furthermore, when the polyimide includes the structure represented by formula (1-1), the polyimide may include the structure represented by formula (2-1). When the polyimide includes the structure represented by formula (2-1), at least one of RX1 and RX2 in formula (2-1) may be ring-closed to form an imide ring.
又,聚醯亞胺在結構單元中具有氟原子亦為較佳。聚醯亞胺中的氟原子的含量為10質量%以上為較佳,並且20質量%以下為較佳。Furthermore, the polyimide preferably has fluorine atoms in the structural unit. The content of fluorine atoms in the polyimide is preferably 10 mass % or more and preferably 20 mass % or less.
又,以提高與基板的密接性為目的,聚醯亞胺可以與具有矽氧烷結構之脂肪族基共聚。具體而言,作為二胺成分,可以舉出雙(3-胺基丙基)四甲基二矽氧烷、雙(對胺基苯基)八甲基五矽氧烷等。In order to improve the adhesion to the substrate, the polyimide may be copolymerized with an aliphatic group having a siloxane structure. Specifically, as the diamine component, bis(3-aminopropyl)tetramethyldisiloxane, bis(p-aminophenyl)octamethylpentasiloxane, etc. may be mentioned.
又,為了提高組成物的保存穩定性,用單胺、酸酐、單羧酸、單氯化物化合物、單活性酯化合物等封端劑密封聚醯亞胺的主鏈末端為較佳。在該等之中,使用單胺為更佳,作為單胺的較佳化合物,可以舉出苯胺、2-乙炔基苯胺、3-乙炔基苯胺、4-乙炔基苯胺、5-胺基-8-羥基喹啉、1-羥基-7-胺基萘、1-羥基-6-胺基萘、1-羥基-5-胺基萘、1-羥基-4-胺基萘、2-羥基-7-胺基萘、2-羥基-6-胺基萘、2-羥基-5-胺基萘、1-羧基-7-胺基萘、1-羧基-6-胺基萘、1-羧基-5-胺基萘、2-羧基-7-胺基萘、2-羧基-6-胺基萘、2-羧基-5-胺基萘、2-胺基苯甲酸、3-胺基苯甲酸、4-胺基苯甲酸、4-胺基水楊酸、5-胺基水楊酸、6-胺基水楊酸、2-胺基苯磺酸、3-胺基苯磺酸、4-胺基苯磺酸、3-胺基-4,6-二羥基嘧啶、2-胺基苯酚、3-胺基苯酚、4-胺基苯酚、2-胺基苯硫酚、3-胺基苯硫酚、4-胺基苯硫酚等。該等可以使用兩種以上,藉由使複數種封端劑進行反應,可以導入複數個不同之末端基。In order to improve the storage stability of the composition, it is preferred to seal the main chain terminal of the polyimide with a capping agent such as a monoamine, an acid anhydride, a monocarboxylic acid, a monochloride compound, a monoactive ester compound, etc. Among them, it is more preferred to use a monoamine. As preferred compounds of the monoamine, there can be mentioned aniline, 2-ethynylaniline, 3-ethynylaniline, 4-ethynylaniline, 5-amino-8-hydroxyquinoline, 1-hydroxy-7-aminonaphthalene, 1-hydroxy-6-aminonaphthalene, 1-hydroxy-5-aminonaphthalene, 1-hydroxy-4-aminonaphthalene, 2-hydroxy-7-aminonaphthalene, 2-hydroxy-6-aminonaphthalene, 2-hydroxy-5-aminonaphthalene, 1-carboxy-7-aminonaphthalene, 1-carboxy-6-aminonaphthalene, 1-carboxy- 5-aminonaphthalene, 2-carboxy-7-aminonaphthalene, 2-carboxy-6-aminonaphthalene, 2-carboxy-5-aminonaphthalene, 2-aminobenzoic acid, 3-aminobenzoic acid, 4-aminobenzoic acid, 4-aminosalicylic acid, 5-aminosalicylic acid, 6-aminosalicylic acid, 2-aminobenzenesulfonic acid, 3-aminobenzenesulfonic acid, 4-aminobenzenesulfonic acid, 3-amino-4,6-dihydroxypyrimidine, 2-aminophenol, 3-aminophenol, 4-aminophenol, 2-aminothiophenol, 3-aminothiophenol, 4-aminothiophenol, etc. Two or more of these can be used, and by reacting a plurality of end-capping agents, a plurality of different terminal groups can be introduced.
-醯亞胺化率(閉環率)- 從所獲得之硬化膜的膜強度、絕緣性等觀點考慮,聚醯亞胺的醯亞胺化率(亦稱為“閉環率”)為70%以上為較佳,80%以上為更佳,90%以上為更佳。 上述醯亞胺化率的上限並無特別限定,只要為100%以下即可。 上述醯亞胺化率例如藉由下述方法來進行測定。 測定聚醯亞胺的紅外吸收光譜,求出作為來自於醯亞胺結構之吸收峰值之1377cm-1 附近的峰值強度P1。接著,將該聚醯亞胺在350℃下進行1小時的熱處理之後,再次測定紅外吸收光譜,求出1377cm-1 附近的峰值強度P2。使用所獲得之峰值強度P1、P2,依據下述式能夠求出聚醯亞胺的醯亞胺化率。 醯亞胺化率(%)=(峰值強度P1/峰值強度P2)×100- Imidization rate (ring closure rate) - From the viewpoint of film strength and insulation of the obtained cured film, the imidization rate (also referred to as "ring closure rate") of the polyimide is preferably 70% or more, more preferably 80% or more, and more preferably 90% or more. The upper limit of the imidization rate is not particularly limited as long as it is 100% or less. The imidization rate is measured, for example, by the following method. The infrared absorption spectrum of the polyimide is measured, and the peak intensity P1 near 1377 cm -1 , which is the absorption peak derived from the imide structure, is obtained. Next, the polyimide was heat treated at 350°C for 1 hour, and the infrared absorption spectrum was measured again to obtain the peak intensity P2 near 1377 cm -1 . Using the obtained peak intensities P1 and P2, the imidization rate of the polyimide can be calculated according to the following formula. Imidization rate (%) = (peak intensity P1/peak intensity P2) × 100
聚醯亞胺可以全部都含有包含一種R131 或R132 之上述式(4)的重複結構單元,亦可以含有包含2個以上的不同種類的R131 或R132 之上述式(4)的重複單元。又,聚醯亞胺除了上述式(4)的重複單元以外,亦可以包含其他種類的重複結構單元。The polyimide may contain all repeating units of the above formula (4) containing one type of R 131 or R 132 , or may contain repeating units of the above formula (4) containing two or more different types of R 131 or R 132. Furthermore, the polyimide may contain repeating units of other types in addition to the repeating units of the above formula (4).
聚醯亞胺例如能夠利用如下方法來進行合成:在低溫下使四羧酸二酐與二胺化合物(將一部分取代為單胺之封端劑)進行反應之方法;在低溫下使四羧酸二酐(將一部分取代為酸酐或單氯化物化合物或單活性酯化合物之封端劑)與二胺化合物進行反應之方法;藉由四羧酸二酐和醇來獲得二酯,然後使其與二胺(將一部分取代為單胺之封端劑)在縮合劑的存在下進行反應之方法;利用藉由四羧酸二酐和醇獲得二酯,然後使其餘的二羧酸進行氯化物化,並使其與二胺(將一部分取代為單胺之封端劑)進行反應之方法等方法獲得聚醯亞胺前驅物,並且使用已知的醯亞胺化反應法使其完全醯亞胺化之方法;或者,在中途停止醯亞胺化反應,導入一部分醯亞胺結構之方法;以及藉由混合完全醯亞胺化之聚合物和該聚醯亞胺前驅物而導入一部分醯亞胺結構之方法。 作為聚醯亞胺的市售品,可以例示出Durimide(註冊商標)284(FUJIFILM Co.,Ltd.製造)、Matrimide5218(HUNTSMAN公司製造)。Polyimide can be synthesized by, for example, the following methods: a method of reacting tetracarboxylic dianhydride with a diamine compound (a capping agent in which a part is substituted with a monoamine) at low temperature; a method of reacting tetracarboxylic dianhydride (a capping agent in which a part is substituted with an acid anhydride, a monochloride compound, or a monoactive ester compound) with a diamine compound at low temperature; a method of obtaining a diester from tetracarboxylic dianhydride and an alcohol, and then reacting the diester with a diamine (a capping agent in which a part is substituted with a monoamine) in the presence of a condensation agent; A method of obtaining a polyimide precursor by obtaining a diester from tetracarboxylic dianhydride and an alcohol, then chlorinating the remaining dicarboxylic acid, and reacting the resulting product with a diamine (a capping agent partially substituted with a monoamine), and then completely imidizing the product using a known imidization reaction method; or a method of stopping the imidization reaction midway and introducing a portion of the imide structure; and a method of introducing a portion of the imide structure by mixing a completely imidized polymer with the polyimide precursor. Commercially available products of polyimide include Durimide (registered trademark) 284 (manufactured by FUJIFILM Co., Ltd.) and Matrimide 5218 (manufactured by HUNTSMAN).
聚醯亞胺的重量平均分子量(Mw)可以舉出4,000~100,000,5,000~70,000為較佳,8,000~50,000為更佳,10,000~30,000為進一步較佳。藉由將重量平均分子量設為5,000以上,能夠提高硬化後的膜的耐折性。為了獲得機械特性優異之硬化膜,重量平均分子量為20,000以上為特佳。又,在含有兩種以上的聚醯亞胺之情況下,至少一種聚醯亞胺的重量平均分子量在上述範圍內為較佳。The weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the polyimide can be 4,000 to 100,000, preferably 5,000 to 70,000, more preferably 8,000 to 50,000, and even more preferably 10,000 to 30,000. By setting the weight average molecular weight to 5,000 or more, the folding resistance of the cured film can be improved. In order to obtain a cured film with excellent mechanical properties, a weight average molecular weight of 20,000 or more is particularly preferred. In addition, when containing two or more polyimides, it is preferred that the weight average molecular weight of at least one polyimide is within the above range.
〔聚醯亞胺前驅物等的製造方法〕 聚醯亞胺前驅物等為藉由使二羧酸或二羧酸衍生物與二胺進行反應而獲得。較佳為藉由使用亞硫氯化物等鹵化劑使二羧酸或二羧酸衍生物鹵化之後,與二胺進行反應而獲得。[Method for producing polyimide precursors, etc.] Polyimide precursors, etc. are obtained by reacting dicarboxylic acid or dicarboxylic acid derivatives with diamines. Preferably, dicarboxylic acid or dicarboxylic acid derivatives are halogenated using a halogenating agent such as sulfite chloride and then reacted with diamines.
又,不使用上述鹵化劑而使用非鹵素系觸媒進行合成亦為較佳。作為上述非鹵素系觸媒,能夠無特別限制地使用不含鹵素原子之公知的醯胺化觸媒,例如可以舉出硼氧烴三聚物(boroxine)化合物、N-羥基化合物、三級胺、磷酸酯、胺鹽、脲化合物等、碳二亞胺化合物。作為上述碳二亞胺化合物,可以舉出N,N’-二異丙基碳二亞胺、N,N’-二環己基碳二亞胺、(2,6-二異丙基苯基)碳二亞胺等。Furthermore, it is also preferable to use a non-halogen catalyst for synthesis instead of the above-mentioned halogenating agent. As the above-mentioned non-halogen catalyst, a known amidation catalyst that does not contain a halogen atom can be used without particular limitation, for example, boroxine compounds, N-hydroxy compounds, tertiary amines, phosphates, amine salts, urea compounds, and carbodiimide compounds can be mentioned. As the above-mentioned carbodiimide compound, N,N'-diisopropylcarbodiimide, N,N'-dicyclohexylcarbodiimide, (2,6-diisopropylphenyl)carbodiimide, etc. can be mentioned.
在聚醯亞胺前驅物等的製造方法中,在進行反應時,使用有機溶劑為較佳。有機溶劑可以為一種,亦可以為兩種以上。 作為有機溶劑,能夠依據原料適當地規定,可以例示出吡啶、二乙二醇二甲醚(二甘二甲醚)、N-甲基吡咯啶酮及N-乙基吡咯啶酮。 聚醯亞胺可以在合成聚醯亞胺前驅物之後藉由熱醯亞胺化、化學醯亞胺化(例如,藉由使觸媒起作用而促進環化反應)等方法使其環化來進行製造,亦可以直接合成聚醯亞胺。In the method for producing a polyimide precursor, it is preferred to use an organic solvent when performing the reaction. The organic solvent may be one kind or two or more kinds. As the organic solvent, it can be appropriately specified according to the raw materials, and examples thereof include pyridine, diethylene glycol dimethyl ether (DDM), N-methylpyrrolidone, and N-ethylpyrrolidone. Polyimide can be produced by cyclizing the polyimide precursor by thermal imidization, chemical imidization (for example, by promoting the cyclization reaction by causing a catalyst to act), etc., after synthesizing the polyimide precursor, or directly synthesizing the polyimide.
-封端劑- 在聚醯亞胺前驅物等的製造方法中,為了進一步提高保存穩定性,用酸酐、單羧酸、單氯化物化合物、單活性酯化合物等封端劑密封聚醯亞胺前驅物等的末端為較佳。作為封端劑,使用單胺為更佳,作為單胺的較佳化合物,可以舉出苯胺、2-乙炔基苯胺、3-乙炔基苯胺、4-乙炔基苯胺、5-胺基-8-羥基喹啉、1-羥基-7-胺基萘、1-羥基-6-胺基萘、1-羥基-5-胺基萘、1-羥基-4-胺基萘、2-羥基-7-胺基萘、2-羥基-6-胺基萘、2-羥基-5-胺基萘、1-羧基-7-胺基萘、1-羧基-6-胺基萘、1-羧基-5-胺基萘、2-羧基-7-胺基萘、2-羧基-6-胺基萘、2-羧基-5-胺基萘、2-胺基苯甲酸、3-胺基苯甲酸、4-胺基苯甲酸、4-胺基水楊酸、5-胺基水楊酸、6-胺基水楊酸、2-胺基苯磺酸、3-胺基苯磺酸、4-胺基苯磺酸、3-胺基-4,6-二羥基嘧啶、2-胺基苯酚、3-胺基苯酚、4-胺基苯酚、2-胺基苯硫酚、3-胺基苯硫酚、4-胺基苯硫酚等。該等可以使用兩種以上,藉由使複數種封端劑進行反應,可以導入複數個不同之末端基。-Capping agent- In the production method of polyimide precursors, in order to further improve storage stability, it is preferred to seal the ends of the polyimide precursors with a capping agent such as an acid anhydride, a monocarboxylic acid, a monochloride compound, a monoactive ester compound, etc. As the end-capping agent, it is more preferable to use a monoamine. As preferred compounds of the monoamine, there can be cited aniline, 2-ethynylaniline, 3-ethynylaniline, 4-ethynylaniline, 5-amino-8-hydroxyquinoline, 1-hydroxy-7-aminonaphthalene, 1-hydroxy-6-aminonaphthalene, 1-hydroxy-5-aminonaphthalene, 1-hydroxy-4-aminonaphthalene, 2-hydroxy-7-aminonaphthalene, 2-hydroxy-6-aminonaphthalene, 2-hydroxy-5-aminonaphthalene, 1-carboxy-7-aminonaphthalene, 1-carboxy-6-aminonaphthalene, 1-carboxy- 5-aminonaphthalene, 2-carboxy-7-aminonaphthalene, 2-carboxy-6-aminonaphthalene, 2-carboxy-5-aminonaphthalene, 2-aminobenzoic acid, 3-aminobenzoic acid, 4-aminobenzoic acid, 4-aminosalicylic acid, 5-aminosalicylic acid, 6-aminosalicylic acid, 2-aminobenzenesulfonic acid, 3-aminobenzenesulfonic acid, 4-aminobenzenesulfonic acid, 3-amino-4,6-dihydroxypyrimidine, 2-aminophenol, 3-aminophenol, 4-aminophenol, 2-aminothiophenol, 3-aminothiophenol, 4-aminothiophenol, etc. Two or more of these can be used, and by reacting a plurality of end-capping agents, a plurality of different terminal groups can be introduced.
-固體析出- 在製造聚醯亞胺前驅物等時,可以包括使固體析出之步驟。具體而言,使反應液中的聚醯亞胺前驅物等在水中沉澱,並將其溶解於四氫呋喃等聚醯亞胺前驅物等可溶之溶劑中,藉此能夠使固體析出。 然後,乾燥聚醯亞胺前驅物等,能夠獲得粉末狀的聚醯亞胺前驅物等。-Solid precipitation- When manufacturing a polyimide precursor, a solid precipitation step may be included. Specifically, the polyimide precursor in the reaction solution is precipitated in water and dissolved in a solvent such as tetrahydrofuran in which the polyimide precursor is soluble, thereby allowing the solid to precipitate. Then, the polyimide precursor is dried to obtain a powdered polyimide precursor.
-式(1-1)所表示之結構的導入- 在特定樹脂包含式(1-1)所表示之結構之情況下,上述特定樹脂例如藉由下述(1)或(2)中所記載的方法來合成。 (1)在上述聚醯亞胺前驅物的製造方法中將碳二亞胺化合物用作非鹵素系觸媒,並適當調整反應時間、反應溫度、碳二亞胺化合物的添加時刻。 (2)使藉由上述聚醯亞胺前驅物的製造方法而獲得之聚醯亞胺前驅物或聚醯亞胺和碳二亞胺化合物在溶劑中進行反應。 作為該等方法的具體例,可以舉出後述合成例中所記載的方法,但是並不限定於該等。-Introduction of the structure represented by formula (1-1)- When the specific resin contains the structure represented by formula (1-1), the specific resin is synthesized, for example, by the method described in (1) or (2) below. (1) In the method for producing the polyimide precursor, a carbodiimide compound is used as a non-halogen catalyst, and the reaction time, reaction temperature, and timing of adding the carbodiimide compound are appropriately adjusted. (2) The polyimide precursor or polyimide obtained by the method for producing the polyimide precursor and the carbodiimide compound are reacted in a solvent. As specific examples of these methods, the methods described in the synthesis examples described below can be cited, but are not limited to these.
〔含量〕 本發明的組成物中之特定樹脂的含量相對於組成物的總固體成分為20質量%以上為較佳,30質量%以上為更佳,40質量%以上為進一步較佳,50質量%以上為進一步較佳。又,本發明的組成物中之樹脂的含量相對於組成物的總固體成分為99.5質量%以下為較佳,99質量%以下為更佳,98質量%以下為進一步較佳,97質量%以下為進一步較佳,95質量%以下為更進一步較佳。 本發明的樹脂組成物可以僅包含一種特定樹脂,亦可以包含兩種以上。在包含兩種以上之情況下,合計量成為上述範圍為較佳。[Content] The content of the specific resin in the composition of the present invention is preferably 20% by mass or more, 30% by mass or more, 40% by mass or more, and 50% by mass or more relative to the total solid content of the composition. In addition, the content of the resin in the composition of the present invention is preferably 99.5% by mass or less, 99% by mass or less is more preferred, 98% by mass or less is more preferred, 97% by mass or less is more preferred, and 95% by mass or less is more preferred relative to the total solid content of the composition. The resin composition of the present invention may contain only one specific resin or two or more. When containing two or more, it is preferred that the total amount be within the above range.
<特定化合物> 本發明的樹脂組成物為包含上述式(1-1)所表示之結構之化合物且包含與上述樹脂不同之化合物(特定化合物)為較佳。<Specific compound> The resin composition of the present invention preferably includes a compound having a structure represented by the above formula (1-1) and a compound different from the above resin (specific compound).
特定化合物包含式(1-1)所表示之結構,除此以外,並無特別限定,但是低分子化合物為較佳。 具體而言,特定化合物的分子量為75~1,000為較佳,100~800為更佳,150~500為進一步較佳。The specific compound includes the structure represented by formula (1-1), and other than that, there is no particular limitation, but a low molecular weight compound is preferred. Specifically, the molecular weight of the specific compound is preferably 75 to 1,000, more preferably 100 to 800, and even more preferably 150 to 500.
特定化合物為下述式(3-1)所表示之化合物為較佳。 [化學式25] 式(3-1)中,R1 及R2 分別獨立地表示脂肪族基或芳香族基,上述脂肪族基或芳香族基的碳原子或烴基可以經雜原子取代,X1 表示氧原子或硫原子,L1 表示-C(=O)-或-S(=O)2 -,R3 表示氫原子或1價的有機基,R4 表示1價的有機基,R1 、R2 、R3 及R4 中的至少2個可以鍵結而形成環結構。The specific compound is preferably a compound represented by the following formula (3-1). [Chemical Formula 25] In formula (3-1), R1 and R2 each independently represent an aliphatic group or an aromatic group, the carbon atom or the hydrocarbon group of the aliphatic group or the aromatic group may be substituted by a heteroatom, X1 represents an oxygen atom or a sulfur atom, L1 represents -C(=O)- or -S(=O) 2- , R3 represents a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group, R4 represents a monovalent organic group, and at least two of R1 , R2 , R3 and R4 may be bonded to form a ring structure.
式(3-1)中,R1 、R2 、X1 及L1 分別與式(1-1)中的R1 、R2 、X1 及L1 的含義相同,較佳態樣亦相同。 式(3-2)中,R3 與式(1-2)中的R23 的含義相同,較佳態樣亦相同。In formula (3-1), R 1 , R 2 , X 1 and L 1 have the same meanings as R 1 , R 2 , X 1 and L 1 in formula (1-1), respectively, and preferred embodiments thereof are also the same. In formula (3-2), R 3 has the same meaning as R 23 in formula (1-2), and preferred embodiments thereof are also the same.
式(3-1)中,R4 為1價的有機基,烴基為較佳。 作為上述烴基,脂肪族烴基或芳香族烴基為較佳,芳香族烴基為更佳。 作為上述脂肪族烴基,碳數1~20的飽和脂肪族烴基為較佳,碳數3~10的飽和脂肪族烴基為更佳。 作為上述芳香族烴基,碳數6~20的芳香族烴基為較佳,苯基或萘基為更佳,苯基為進一步較佳。 R4 中之1價的有機基可以具有取代基,作為取代基,可以舉出烷基、烷氧羰基、芳氧羰基等。 在該等之中,作為R4 ,苯基、烷基苯基或烷氧羰基苯基為較佳,苯基、第三丁基苯基或烷基的碳數為1~4的烷氧羰基苯基為進一步較佳。In formula (3-1), R4 is a monovalent organic group, preferably a alkyl group. As the above-mentioned alkyl group, an aliphatic alkyl group or an aromatic alkyl group is preferred, and an aromatic alkyl group is more preferred. As the above-mentioned aliphatic alkyl group, a saturated aliphatic alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms is preferred, and a saturated aliphatic alkyl group having 3 to 10 carbon atoms is more preferred. As the above-mentioned aromatic alkyl group, an aromatic alkyl group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms is preferred, and a phenyl group or a naphthyl group is more preferred, and a phenyl group is further preferred. The monovalent organic group in R4 may have a substituent, and examples of the substituent include an alkyl group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, an aryloxycarbonyl group, and the like. Among them, R 4 is preferably a phenyl group, an alkylphenyl group or an alkoxycarbonylphenyl group, and more preferably a phenyl group, a tert-butylphenyl group or an alkoxycarbonylphenyl group in which the alkyl group has 1 to 4 carbon atoms.
式(3-1)中,R1 、R2 、R3 及R4 中的至少2個可以鍵結而形成環結構。作為所形成之環結構,可以舉出乙內醯脲環、N-醯基咪唑啶酮環等,但是並不限定於該等。 又,在本發明中,R1 、R2 、R3 及R4 中的任一者不形成環結構的態樣亦為較佳態樣之一。In formula (3-1), at least two of R 1 , R 2 , R 3 and R 4 may be bonded to form a ring structure. Examples of the ring structure to be formed include a hydantoin ring, an N-acyl imidazolidinone ring, etc., but the ring structure is not limited thereto. In the present invention, an aspect in which any one of R 1 , R 2 , R 3 and R 4 does not form a ring structure is also one of the preferred aspects.
以下舉出特定化合物的較佳態樣的具體例,但是本發明並不限定於該等。 [化學式26] [化學式27] Specific examples of preferred embodiments of the specific compound are given below, but the present invention is not limited thereto. [Chemical Formula 26] [Chemical formula 27]
在樹脂組成物含有特定化合物之情況下,其含量並無特別限定,只要將相對於樹脂組成物的總固體成分之式(1-1)所表示之結構的含有莫耳量適當調整為在上述範圍內之量即可。 又,在樹脂組成物含有特定化合物之情況下,其含量例如相對於本發明的樹脂組成物的總固體成分為0.01~1.0質量%為較佳,0.01~0.85質量%為更佳,0.015~0.75質量%為進一步較佳。 特定化合物可以單獨使用一種,但是亦可以使用兩種以上。在同時使用兩種以上之情況下,其合計量成為上述範圍為較佳。When the resin composition contains a specific compound, its content is not particularly limited, as long as the molar amount of the structure represented by formula (1-1) relative to the total solid content of the resin composition is appropriately adjusted to an amount within the above range. In addition, when the resin composition contains a specific compound, its content is preferably 0.01 to 1.0 mass % relative to the total solid content of the resin composition of the present invention, 0.01 to 0.85 mass % is more preferably, and 0.015 to 0.75 mass % is further preferably. The specific compound can be used alone, but two or more can also be used. When two or more are used simultaneously, it is preferred that the total amount be within the above range.
<溶劑> 本發明的樹脂組成物含有溶劑。溶劑能夠任意使用公知的溶劑。溶劑為有機溶劑為較佳。作為有機溶劑,可以舉出酯類、醚類、酮類、環式烴類、亞碸類、醯胺類、脲類、醇類等化合物。<Solvent> The resin composition of the present invention contains a solvent. Any known solvent can be used as the solvent. It is preferred that the solvent is an organic solvent. Examples of the organic solvent include compounds such as esters, ethers, ketones, cyclic hydrocarbons, sulfones, amides, ureas, and alcohols.
作為酯類,作為較佳者例如可以舉出乙酸乙酯、乙酸正丁酯、乙酸異丁酯、乙酸己酯、甲酸戊酯、乙酸異戊酯、丙酸丁酯、丁酸異丙酯、丁酸乙酯、丁酸丁酯、乳酸甲酯、乳酸乙酯、γ-丁內酯、ε-己內酯、δ-戊內酯、烷氧基乙酸烷基酯(例如,烷氧基乙酸甲酯、烷氧基乙酸乙酯、烷氧基乙酸丁酯(例如,甲氧基乙酸甲酯、甲氧基乙酸乙酯、甲氧基乙酸丁酯、乙氧基乙酸甲酯、乙氧基乙酸乙酯等))、3-烷氧基丙酸烷基酯類(例如,3-烷氧基丙酸甲酯、3-烷氧基丙酸乙酯等(例如,3-甲氧基丙酸甲酯、3-甲氧基丙酸乙酯、3-乙氧基丙酸甲酯、3-乙氧基丙酸乙酯等))、2-烷氧基丙酸烷基酯類(例如,2-烷氧基丙酸甲酯、2-烷氧基丙酸乙酯、2-烷氧基丙酸丙酯等(例如,2-甲氧基丙酸甲酯、2-甲氧基丙酸乙酯、2-甲氧基丙酸丙酯、2-乙氧基丙酸甲酯、2-乙氧基丙酸乙酯))、2-烷氧基-2-甲基丙酸甲酯及2-烷氧基-2-甲基丙酸乙酯(例如,2-甲氧基-2-甲基丙酸甲酯、2-乙氧基-2-甲基丙酸乙酯等)、丙酮酸甲酯、丙酮酸乙酯、丙酮酸丙酯、乙醯乙酸甲酯、乙醯乙酸乙酯、2-氧代丁酸甲酯、2-氧代丁酸乙酯、己酸乙酯、庚酸乙酯、丙二酸二甲酯、丙二酸二乙酯等。As esters, preferred examples include ethyl acetate, n-butyl acetate, isobutyl acetate, hexyl acetate, amyl formate, isoamyl acetate, butyl propionate, isopropyl butyrate, ethyl butyrate, butyl butyrate, methyl lactate, ethyl lactate, γ-butyrolactone, ε-caprolactone, δ-valerolactone, alkyl alkoxyacetates (e.g., methyl alkoxyacetate, ethyl alkoxyacetate, butyl alkoxyacetate (e.g., methyl methoxyacetate, ethyl methoxyacetate, butyl methoxyacetate, methyl ethoxyacetate, ethyl ethoxyacetate, etc.)), alkyl 3-alkoxypropionates (e.g., methyl 3-alkoxypropionate, ethyl 3-alkoxypropionate, etc. (e.g., methyl 3-methoxypropionate, ethyl 3-methoxypropionate, methyl 3-ethoxypropionate, methyl 3- ethyl ethoxypropionate, etc.)), alkyl 2-alkoxypropionates (e.g., methyl 2-alkoxypropionate, ethyl 2-alkoxypropionate, propyl 2-alkoxypropionate, etc. (e.g., methyl 2-methoxypropionate, ethyl 2-methoxypropionate, propyl 2-methoxypropionate, methyl 2-ethoxypropionate, ethyl 2-ethoxypropionate)), methyl 2-alkoxy-2-methylpropionate and ethyl 2-alkoxy-2-methylpropionate (e.g., methyl 2-methoxy-2-methylpropionate, ethyl 2-ethoxy-2-methylpropionate, etc.), methyl pyruvate, ethyl pyruvate, propyl pyruvate, methyl acetylacetate, ethyl acetylacetate, methyl 2-oxobutyrate, ethyl 2-oxobutyrate, ethyl hexanoate, ethyl heptanoate, dimethyl malonate, diethyl malonate, etc.
作為醚類,作為較佳者例如可以舉出二乙二醇二甲醚、四氫呋喃、乙二醇單甲醚、乙二醇單乙醚、甲基賽路蘇乙酸酯、乙基賽路蘇乙酸酯、二乙二醇單甲醚、二乙二醇單乙醚、二乙二醇單丁醚、丙二醇單甲醚、丙二醇單甲醚乙酸酯、丙二醇單乙醚乙酸酯、乙二醇單丁醚、乙二醇單丁醚乙酸酯、二乙二醇乙基甲醚、丙二醇單丙醚乙酸酯等。As ethers, preferred examples include diethylene glycol dimethyl ether, tetrahydrofuran, ethylene glycol monomethyl ether, ethylene glycol monoethyl ether, methyl thiourea acetate, ethyl thiourea acetate, diethylene glycol monomethyl ether, diethylene glycol monoethyl ether, diethylene glycol monobutyl ether, propylene glycol monomethyl ether, propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, propylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate, ethylene glycol monobutyl ether, ethylene glycol monobutyl ether acetate, diethylene glycol ethyl methyl ether, propylene glycol monopropyl ether acetate, and the like.
作為酮類,作為較佳者例如可以舉出甲基乙基酮、環己酮、環戊酮、2-庚酮、3-甲基環己酮、左旋葡萄聚糖、二氫左旋葡萄聚糖3-庚酮等。As ketones, preferred examples include methyl ethyl ketone, cyclohexanone, cyclopentanone, 2-heptanone, 3-methylcyclohexanone, levoglucosan, and dihydrolevoglucosan 3-heptanone.
作為環狀烴類,作為較佳者例如可以舉出甲苯、二甲苯、苯甲醚等芳香族烴類、檸檬烯等環式萜烯類。Preferred examples of the cyclic hydrocarbons include aromatic hydrocarbons such as toluene, xylene, and anisole, and cyclic terpenes such as limonene.
作為亞碸類,作為較佳者例如可以舉出二甲基亞碸。As the sulfoxides, dimethyl sulfoxide can be preferably mentioned, for example.
作為醯胺類,作為較佳者可以舉出N-甲基-2-吡咯啶酮、N-乙基-2-吡咯啶酮、N,N-二甲基乙醯胺、N,N-二甲基甲醯胺、N,N-二甲基異丁醯胺、3-甲氧基-N,N-二甲基丙醯胺、3-丁氧基-N,N-二甲基丙醯胺、N-甲醯基嗎啉、N-乙醯基嗎啉等。As the amides, preferred ones include N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone, N-ethyl-2-pyrrolidone, N,N-dimethylacetamide, N,N-dimethylformamide, N,N-dimethylisobutyramide, 3-methoxy-N,N-dimethylpropionamide, 3-butoxy-N,N-dimethylpropionamide, N-formylmorpholine, N-acetylmorpholine and the like.
作為脲類,作為較佳者可以舉出N,N,N’,N’-四甲基脲、1,3-二甲基-2-咪唑啶酮等。As the urea, N,N,N',N'-tetramethylurea, 1,3-dimethyl-2-imidazolidinone and the like are preferred.
作為醇類,可以舉出甲醇、乙醇、1-丙醇、2-丙醇、1-丁醇、1-戊醇、1-己醇、苯甲醇、乙二醇單甲醚、1-甲氧基-2-丙醇、2-乙氧基乙醇、二乙二醇單乙醚、二乙二醇單己醚、三乙二醇單甲醚、丙二醇單乙醚、丙二醇單甲醚、聚乙二醇單甲醚、聚丙二醇、四乙二醇、乙二醇單丁醚、乙二醇單苄基醚、乙二醇單苯基醚、甲基苯基甲醇、正戊醇、甲基戊醇及二丙酮醇等。As alcohols, there can be cited methanol, ethanol, 1-propanol, 2-propanol, 1-butanol, 1-pentanol, 1-hexanol, benzyl alcohol, ethylene glycol monomethyl ether, 1-methoxy-2-propanol, 2-ethoxyethanol, diethylene glycol monoethyl ether, diethylene glycol monohexyl ether, triethylene glycol monomethyl ether, propylene glycol monoethyl ether, propylene glycol monomethyl ether, polyethylene glycol monomethyl ether, polypropylene glycol, tetraethylene glycol, ethylene glycol monobutyl ether, ethylene glycol monobenzyl ether, ethylene glycol monophenyl ether, methyl phenyl carbinol, n-pentanol, methyl pentanol and diacetone alcohol.
從塗佈面性狀的改良等觀點考慮,溶劑為混合兩種以上之形態亦為較佳。From the perspective of improving the properties of the coated surface, it is also preferred that the solvent be in the form of a mixture of two or more solvents.
在本發明中,選自3-乙氧基丙酸甲酯、3-乙氧基丙酸乙酯、乙基賽路蘇乙酸酯、乳酸乙酯、二乙二醇二甲醚、乙酸丁酯、3-甲氧基丙酸甲酯、2-庚酮、環己酮、環戊酮、γ-丁內酯、二甲基亞碸、乙基卡必醇乙酸酯、丁基卡必醇乙酸酯、N-甲基-2-吡咯啶酮、丙二醇甲基醚及丙二醇甲醚乙酸酯中之一種溶劑或由兩種以上構成之混合溶劑為較佳。同時使用二甲基亞碸和γ-丁內酯為特佳。又,N-甲基-2-吡咯啶酮與乳酸乙酯、N-甲基-2-吡咯啶酮與乳酸乙酯、二丙酮醇與乳酸乙酯、環戊酮與γ-丁內酯的組合亦為較佳。In the present invention, a solvent selected from 3-ethoxypropionic acid methyl ester, 3-ethoxypropionic acid ethyl ester, ethyl celulose acetate, ethyl lactate, diethylene glycol dimethyl ether, butyl acetate, 3-methoxypropionic acid methyl ester, 2-heptanone, cyclohexanone, cyclopentanone, γ-butyrolactone, dimethyl sulfoxide, ethyl carbitol acetate, butyl carbitol acetate, N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone, propylene glycol methyl ether and propylene glycol methyl ether acetate, or a mixed solvent consisting of two or more of the above is preferred. It is particularly preferred to use dimethyl sulfoxide and γ-butyrolactone simultaneously. In addition, the combination of N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone and ethyl lactate, N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone and ethyl lactate, diacetone alcohol and ethyl lactate, cyclopentanone and γ-butyrolactone is also preferred.
從塗佈性的觀點考慮,溶劑的含量設為本發明的樹脂組成物的總固體成分濃度成為5~80質量%之量為較佳,設為本發明的樹脂組成物的總固體成分濃度成為5~75質量%之量為更佳,設為本發明的樹脂組成物的總固體成分濃度成為10~70質量%之量為進一步較佳,設為本發明的樹脂組成物的總固體成分濃度成為40~70質量%為進一步較佳。溶劑含量只要依據塗膜的所期望之厚度和塗佈方法進行調節即可。From the viewpoint of coating properties, the content of the solvent is preferably set to an amount where the total solid content concentration of the resin composition of the present invention is 5 to 80 mass %, more preferably set to an amount where the total solid content concentration of the resin composition of the present invention is 5 to 75 mass %, further preferably set to an amount where the total solid content concentration of the resin composition of the present invention is 10 to 70 mass %, and further preferably set to an amount where the total solid content concentration of the resin composition of the present invention is 40 to 70 mass %. The content of the solvent can be adjusted according to the desired thickness of the coating film and the coating method.
溶劑可以僅含有一種,亦可以含有兩種以上。在含有兩種以上的溶劑之情況下,其合計在上述範圍內為較佳。The solvent may contain only one kind or two or more kinds. When two or more kinds of solvents are contained, it is preferred that the total amount of the solvents is within the above range.
<其他樹脂> 本發明的組成物除了上述特定樹脂以外,還可以包含與特定樹脂不同之其他樹脂(以下,亦簡稱為“其他樹脂”。)。 作為其他樹脂,可以舉出聚醯胺醯亞胺、聚醯胺醯亞胺前驅物、酚醛樹脂、聚醯胺、環氧樹脂、聚矽氧烷、包含矽氧烷結構之樹脂、丙烯酸樹脂等。 例如,藉由進一步加入丙烯酸樹脂,可以獲得塗佈性優異之組成物,並且可以獲得耐溶劑性優異之硬化膜。 例如,藉由代替後述聚合性化合物或者除了後述聚合性化合物以外,還將重量平均分子量為20,000以下的聚合性基值高的丙烯酸系樹脂添加到組成物中,能夠提高組成物的塗佈性、硬化膜的耐溶劑性等。<Other resins> The composition of the present invention may contain other resins different from the specific resins (hereinafter, also referred to as "other resins") in addition to the specific resins mentioned above. Examples of other resins include polyamide imide, polyamide imide precursor, phenolic resin, polyamide, epoxy resin, polysiloxane, resin containing a siloxane structure, acrylic resin, etc. For example, by further adding an acrylic resin, a composition with excellent coating properties can be obtained, and a cured film with excellent solvent resistance can be obtained. For example, by adding a high polymerizable acrylic resin having a weight average molecular weight of 20,000 or less to the composition instead of or in addition to the polymerizable compound described below, the coating properties of the composition and the solvent resistance of the cured film can be improved.
在本發明的組成物包含其他樹脂之情況下,其他樹脂的含量相對於組成物的總固體成分為0.01質量%以上為較佳,0.05質量%以上為更佳,1質量%以上為進一步較佳,2質量%以上為進一步較佳,5質量%以上為更進一步較佳,10質量%以上為再進一步較佳。 又,本發明的組成物中之其他樹脂的含量相對於組成物的總固體成分為80質量%以下為較佳,75質量%以下為更佳,70質量%以下為進一步較佳,60質量%以下為進一步較佳,50質量%以下為更進一步較佳。 又,作為本發明的組成物的較佳的一態樣,亦能夠設為其他樹脂的含量為低含量的態樣。在上述態樣中,其他樹脂的含量相對於組成物的總固體成分為20質量%以下為較佳,15質量%以下為更佳,10質量%以下為進一步較佳,5質量%以下為進一步較佳,1質量%以下為更進一步較佳。上述含量的下限並無特別限定,只要為0質量%以上即可。 本發明的組成物可以僅包含一種其他樹脂,亦可以包含兩種以上。在包含兩種以上之情況下,合計量成為上述範圍為較佳。When the composition of the present invention contains other resins, the content of the other resins is preferably 0.01% by mass or more, more preferably 0.05% by mass or more, more preferably 1% by mass or more, more preferably 2% by mass or more, more preferably 5% by mass or more, and more preferably 10% by mass or more relative to the total solid content of the composition. In addition, the content of the other resins in the composition of the present invention is preferably 80% by mass or less, more preferably 75% by mass or less, more preferably 70% by mass or less, more preferably 60% by mass or less, and more preferably 50% by mass or less relative to the total solid content of the composition. In addition, as a preferred embodiment of the composition of the present invention, the content of other resins can also be set to a low content. In the above embodiment, the content of other resins relative to the total solid content of the composition is preferably 20% by mass or less, 15% by mass or less is more preferred, 10% by mass or less is further preferred, 5% by mass or less is further preferred, and 1% by mass or less is further preferred. The lower limit of the above content is not particularly limited, as long as it is 0% by mass or more. The composition of the present invention may contain only one other resin, or may contain two or more. When containing two or more, it is preferred that the total amount be within the above range.
<聚合起始劑> 本發明的樹脂組成物包含聚合起始劑為較佳。 作為聚合起始劑,光聚合起始劑為較佳。<Polymerization initiator> The resin composition of the present invention preferably contains a polymerization initiator. As the polymerization initiator, a photopolymerization initiator is preferred.
〔光聚合起始劑〕 本發明的樹脂組成物包含光聚合起始劑為較佳。 光聚合起始劑為光自由基聚合起始劑為較佳。作為光自由基聚合起始劑並無特別限制,能夠從公知的光自由基聚合起始劑中適當地選擇。例如,對紫外線區域至可見區域的光線具有感光性之光自由基聚合起始劑為較佳。又,亦可以為與被光激發之增感劑產生某種作用而生成活性自由基之活性劑。[Photopolymerization initiator] The resin composition of the present invention preferably contains a photopolymerization initiator. The photopolymerization initiator is preferably a photoradical polymerization initiator. There is no particular limitation on the photoradical polymerization initiator, and it can be appropriately selected from known photoradical polymerization initiators. For example, a photoradical polymerization initiator that is sensitive to light in the ultraviolet region to the visible region is preferred. In addition, it can also be an activator that generates active radicals by reacting with a photoexcited sensitizer in some way.
光自由基聚合起始劑含有至少一種在約300~800nm(較佳為330~500nm)的範圍內具有至少約50L/mol-1 /cm-1 的莫耳吸光係數之化合物為較佳。關於化合物的莫耳吸光係數,能夠使用公知的方法進行測定。例如,藉由紫外可見分光光度計(Varian公司製造的Cary-5分光光度計(spectrophotometer)),使用乙酸乙酯溶劑以0.01g/L的濃度進行測定為較佳。The photo-free radical polymerization initiator preferably contains at least one compound having a molar absorption coefficient of at least about 50 L/mol -1 /cm -1 in the range of about 300 to 800 nm (preferably 330 to 500 nm). The molar absorption coefficient of the compound can be measured using a known method. For example, it is preferably measured using an ultraviolet-visible spectrophotometer (Cary-5 spectrophotometer manufactured by Varian) using an ethyl acetate solvent at a concentration of 0.01 g/L.
作為光自由基聚合起始劑,能夠任意使用公知的化合物。例如,可以舉出鹵化烴衍生物(例如,具有三𠯤骨架之化合物、具有㗁二唑骨架之化合物、具有三鹵甲基之化合物等)、醯基氧化膦等醯基膦化合物、六芳基聯咪唑、肟衍生物等肟化合物、有機過氧化物、硫化合物、酮化合物、芳香族鎓鹽、酮肟醚、胺基苯乙酮化合物、羥基苯乙酮、偶氮系化合物、疊氮化合物、茂金屬化合物、有機硼化合物、鐵芳烴錯合物等。關於該等的詳細內容,能夠參閱日本特開2016-027357號公報的0165~0182段、國際公開第2015/199219號的0138~0151段的記載,該內容被編入本說明書中。As the photoradical polymerization initiator, any known compound can be used. For example, alkyl halides derivatives (e.g., compounds having a trioxane skeleton, compounds having a diazole skeleton, compounds having a trihalomethyl group, etc.), acylphosphine compounds such as acylphosphine oxide, hexaarylbiimidazole, oxime compounds such as oxime derivatives, organic peroxides, sulfur compounds, ketone compounds, aromatic onium salts, ketone oxime ethers, aminoacetophenone compounds, hydroxyacetophenones, azo compounds, azide compounds, metallocene compounds, organic boron compounds, iron aromatic complexes, etc. can be cited. For the details thereof, reference can be made to paragraphs 0165 to 0182 of Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2016-027357 and paragraphs 0138 to 0151 of International Publication No. 2015/199219, the contents of which are incorporated into this specification.
作為酮化合物,例如可以例示出日本特開2015-087611號公報的0087段中所記載的化合物,該內容被編入本說明書中。在市售品中,亦可以較佳地使用KAYACURE DETX(Nippon Kayaku Co.,Ltd.製造)。Examples of the ketone compound include compounds described in paragraph 0087 of JP-A-2015-087611, the contents of which are incorporated herein. Among commercially available products, KAYACURE DETX (manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.) can also be preferably used.
在本發明的一實施態樣中,作為光自由基聚合起始劑,可以較佳地使用羥基苯乙酮化合物、胺基苯乙酮化合物及醯基膦化合物。更具體而言,例如能夠使用日本特開平10-291969號公報中所記載的胺基苯乙酮系起始劑、日本專利第4225898號中所記載的醯基氧化膦系起始劑。In one embodiment of the present invention, hydroxyacetophenone compounds, aminoacetophenone compounds and acylphosphine compounds can be preferably used as photoradical polymerization initiators. More specifically, for example, aminoacetophenone-based initiators described in Japanese Patent Publication No. 10-291969 and acylphosphine oxide-based initiators described in Japanese Patent No. 4225898 can be used.
作為羥基苯乙酮系起始劑,能夠使用IRGACURE 184(IRGACURE為註冊商標)、DAROCUR 1173、IRGACURE 500、IRGACURE-2959、IRGACURE 127(商品名:均為BASF公司製造)。As the hydroxyacetophenone-based initiator, IRGACURE 184 (IRGACURE is a registered trademark), DAROCUR 1173, IRGACURE 500, IRGACURE-2959, and IRGACURE 127 (trade names: all manufactured by BASF) can be used.
作為胺基苯乙酮系起始劑,能夠使用作為市售品之IRGACURE 907、IRGACURE 369及IRGACURE 379(商品名:均為BASF公司製造)。As the aminoacetophenone-based initiator, commercially available products such as IRGACURE 907, IRGACURE 369, and IRGACURE 379 (trade names: all manufactured by BASF Corporation) can be used.
作為胺基苯乙酮系起始劑,亦能夠使用吸收極大波長與365nm或405nm等波長光源匹配之日本特開2009-191179號公報中所記載的化合物。As the aminoacetophenone-based initiator, the compound described in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2009-191179, which has an absorption maximum wavelength matching a light source of wavelength such as 365 nm or 405 nm, can also be used.
作為醯基膦系起始劑,可以舉出2,4,6-三甲基苯甲醯基-二苯基-氧化膦等。又,能夠使用作為市售品之IRGACURE-819或IRGACURE-TPO(商品名:均為BASF公司製造)。Examples of the acylphosphine-based initiator include 2,4,6-trimethylbenzyl-diphenyl-phosphine oxide, etc. Commercially available products such as IRGACURE-819 and IRGACURE-TPO (trade names: both manufactured by BASF) can be used.
作為茂金屬化合物,可以例示出IRGACURE-784(BASF公司製造)等。Examples of the metallocene compound include IRGACURE-784 (manufactured by BASF Corporation) and the like.
作為光自由基聚合起始劑,可以更佳地舉出肟化合物。藉由使用肟化合物,能夠更有效地提高曝光寬容度。肟化合物由於曝光寬容度(曝光餘裕度)寬且還作為光硬化促進劑而發揮作用,因此為特佳。As a photo-radical polymerization initiator, an oxime compound can be preferably cited. By using an oxime compound, the exposure latitude can be more effectively improved. Oxime compounds are particularly preferred because they have a wide exposure latitude (exposure margin) and also function as a photohardening accelerator.
作為肟化合物的具體例,能夠使用日本特開2001-233842號公報中所記載的化合物、日本特開2000-080068號公報中所記載的化合物、日本特開2006-342166號公報中所記載的化合物。Specific examples of the oxime compound include compounds described in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2001-233842, compounds described in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2000-080068, and compounds described in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2006-342166.
作為較佳的肟化合物,例如可以舉出下述結構的化合物或3-苯甲醯氧基亞胺基丁烷-2-酮、3-乙醯氧基亞胺基丁烷-2-酮、3-丙醯氧基亞胺基丁烷-2-酮、2-乙醯氧基亞胺基戊烷-3-酮、2-乙醯氧基亞胺基-1-苯基丙烷-1-酮、2-苯甲醯氧基亞胺基-1-苯基丙烷-1-酮、3-(4-甲苯磺醯氧基)亞胺基丁烷-2-酮及2-乙氧基羰氧基亞胺基-1-苯基丙烷-1-酮等。在本發明的樹脂組成物中,尤其使用肟化合物(肟系的光聚合起始劑)作為光自由基聚合起始劑為較佳。肟系的光聚合起始劑在分子內具有>C=N-O-C(=O)-的連接基。Preferred oxime compounds include, for example, compounds having the following structures or 3-benzyloxyiminobutane-2-one, 3-acetyloxyiminobutane-2-one, 3-propionyloxyiminobutane-2-one, 2-acetyloxyiminopentane-3-one, 2-acetyloxyimino-1-phenylpropane-1-one, 2-benzyloxyimino-1-phenylpropane-1-one, 3-(4-toluenesulfonyloxy)iminobutane-2-one and 2-ethoxycarbonyloxyimino-1-phenylpropane-1-one. In the resin composition of the present invention, it is particularly preferred to use an oxime compound (oxime-based photopolymerization initiator) as the photoradical polymerization initiator. Oxime-based photopolymerization initiators have a linking group of >C=N-O-C(=O)- in the molecule.
[化學式28] [Chemical formula 28]
在市售品中,亦可以較佳地使用IRGACURE OXE 01、IRGACURE OXE 02、IRGACURE OXE 03、IRGACURE OXE 04(以上為BASF公司製造)、Adeka Optomer N-1919(ADEKA CORPORATION製造,日本特開2012-014052號公報中所記載的光自由基聚合起始劑2)。又,亦能夠使用TR-PBG-304(Changzhou Tronly New Electronic Materials CO.,LTD.製造)、ADEKA ARKLS NCI-831及ADEKA ARKLS NCI-930(ADEKA CORPORATION製造)。又,能夠使用DFI-091(Daito Chemix Corporation製造)。 又,亦能夠使用下述結構的肟化合物。 [化學式29] Among the commercially available products, IRGACURE OXE 01, IRGACURE OXE 02, IRGACURE OXE 03, IRGACURE OXE 04 (all manufactured by BASF), Adeka Optomer N-1919 (manufactured by ADEKA CORPORATION, photoradical polymerization initiator 2 described in Japanese Patent Publication No. 2012-014052) can also be preferably used. In addition, TR-PBG-304 (manufactured by Changzhou Tronly New Electronic Materials CO., LTD.), ADEKA ARKLS NCI-831 and ADEKA ARKLS NCI-930 (manufactured by ADEKA CORPORATION) can also be used. In addition, DFI-091 (manufactured by Daito Chemix Corporation) can be used. In addition, an oxime compound having the following structure can also be used. [Chemical Formula 29]
作為光聚合起始劑,亦能夠使用具有茀環之肟化合物。作為具有茀環之肟化合物的具體例,可以舉出日本特開2014-137466號公報中所記載的化合物、日本專利06636081號中所記載的化合物。As the photopolymerization initiator, an oxime compound having a fluorene ring can also be used. Specific examples of the oxime compound having a fluorene ring include compounds described in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2014-137466 and compounds described in Japanese Patent No. 06636081.
作為光聚合起始劑,亦能夠使用具有咔唑環的至少1個苯環成為萘環之骨架之肟化合物。作為該種肟化合物的具體例,可以舉出國際公開第2013/083505號中所記載的化合物。As the photopolymerization initiator, an oxime compound having a carbazole ring and at least one benzene ring being a naphthalene ring can also be used. Specific examples of such oxime compounds include compounds described in International Publication No. 2013/083505.
又,亦能夠使用具有氟原子之肟化合物。作為該種肟化合物的具體例,可以舉出日本特開2010-262028號公報中所記載之化合物、日本特表2014-500852號公報的0345段中所記載之化合物24、36~40、日本特開2013-164471號公報的0101段中所記載之化合物(C-3)等。In addition, oxime compounds having fluorine atoms can also be used. Specific examples of such oxime compounds include compounds described in Japanese Unexamined Patent Publication No. 2010-262028, compounds 24, 36 to 40 described in paragraph 0345 of Japanese Unexamined Patent Publication No. 2014-500852, and compound (C-3) described in paragraph 0101 of Japanese Unexamined Patent Publication No. 2013-164471.
作為最佳之肟化合物,可以舉出日本特開2007-269779號公報所示之具有特定取代基之肟化合物或日本特開2009-191061號公報所示之具有硫代芳基之肟化合物等。As the most preferable oxime compound, there can be mentioned an oxime compound having a specific substituent as disclosed in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2007-269779 or an oxime compound having a thioaryl group as disclosed in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2009-191061.
從曝光靈敏度的觀點考慮,光自由基聚合起始劑為選自包括三鹵甲基三𠯤化合物、苄基二甲基縮酮化合物、α-羥基酮化合物、α-胺基酮化合物、醯基膦化合物、氧化膦化合物、茂金屬化合物、肟化合物、三芳基咪唑二聚物、鎓鹽化合物、苯并噻唑化合物、二苯甲酮化合物、苯乙酮化合物及其衍生物、環戊二烯-本-鐵錯合物及其鹽、鹵甲基㗁二唑化合物、3-芳基取代香豆素化合物的群組中之化合物為較佳。From the viewpoint of exposure sensitivity, the photoradical polymerization initiator is preferably a compound selected from the group consisting of trihalomethyl trioxane compounds, benzyl dimethyl ketal compounds, α-hydroxy ketone compounds, α-amino ketone compounds, acyl phosphine compounds, phosphine oxide compounds, metallocene compounds, oxime compounds, triaryl imidazole dimers, onium salt compounds, benzothiazole compounds, benzophenone compounds, acetophenone compounds and their derivatives, cyclopentadiene-benzyl-iron complexes and their salts, halogenated methyl oxadiazole compounds, and 3-aryl substituted coumarin compounds.
進一步較佳的光自由基聚合起始劑為三鹵甲基三𠯤化合物、α-胺基酮化合物、醯基膦化合物、氧化膦化合物、茂金屬化合物、肟化合物、三芳基咪唑二聚物、鎓鹽化合物、二苯甲酮化合物、苯乙酮化合物,選自包括三鹵甲基三𠯤化合物、α-胺基酮化合物、肟化合物、三芳基咪唑二聚物、二苯甲酮化合物的群組中之至少一種化合物為進一步較佳,使用茂金屬化合物或肟化合物為更進一步較佳,肟化合物為再進一步較佳。Further preferred photoradical polymerization initiators are trihalogenomethyl trioxime compounds, α-amino ketone compounds, acyl phosphine compounds, phosphine oxide compounds, metallocene compounds, oxime compounds, triaryl imidazole dimers, onium salt compounds, benzophenone compounds, and acetophenone compounds. At least one compound selected from the group consisting of trihalogenomethyl trioxime compounds, α-amino ketone compounds, oxime compounds, triaryl imidazole dimers, and benzophenone compounds is further preferred. It is further preferred to use metallocene compounds or oxime compounds, and it is still further preferred to use oxime compounds.
又,光自由基聚合起始劑亦能夠使用二苯甲酮、N,N’-四甲基-4,4’-二胺基二苯甲酮(米其勒酮)等N,N’-四烷基-4,4’-二胺基二苯甲酮、2-苄基-2-二甲基胺基-1-(4-嗎啉基苯基)-丁酮-1,2-甲基-1-[4-(甲硫基)苯基]-2-嗎啉基-丙酮-1等芳香族酮、烷基蒽醌等與芳香環縮環之醌類、苯偶姻烷基醚等苯偶姻醚化合物、苯偶姻、烷基苯偶姻等苯偶姻化合物、苄基二甲基縮酮等苄基衍生物等。又,亦能夠使用下述式(I)所表示之化合物。In addition, the photoradical polymerization initiator may include benzophenone, N,N'-tetraalkyl-4,4'-diaminobenzophenone (Michelle's ketone) and other N,N'-tetraalkyl-4,4'-diaminobenzophenone, 2-benzyl-2-dimethylamino-1-(4-morpholinylphenyl)-butanone-1,2-methyl-1-[4-(methylthio)phenyl]-2-morpholinyl-propanone-1 and other aromatic ketones, quinones with aromatic ring condensation such as alkyl anthraquinone, benzoin ether compounds such as benzoin alkyl ether, benzoin, benzoin compounds such as alkyl benzoin, benzyl derivatives such as benzyl dimethyl ketal, and the like. In addition, the compound represented by the following formula (I) may be used.
[化學式30] [Chemical formula 30]
式(I)中,RI00 為碳數1~20的烷基、被1個以上的氧原子中斷之碳數2~20的烷基、碳數1~12的烷氧基、苯基、碳數1~20的烷基、碳數1~12的烷氧基、鹵素原子、環戊基、環己基、碳數2~12的烯基、被1個以上的氧原子中斷之碳數2~18的烷基及經碳數1~4的烷基中的至少1個取代之苯基或聯苯基,RI01 為式(II)所表示之基團或為與RI00 相同之基團,RI02 ~RI04 各自獨立地為碳數1~12的烷基、碳數1~12的烷氧基或鹵素原子。In the formula (I), R I00 is an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, an alkyl group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms interrupted by one or more oxygen atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, a phenyl group, an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, a halogen atom, a cyclopentyl group, a cyclohexyl group, an alkenyl group having 2 to 12 carbon atoms, an alkyl group having 2 to 18 carbon atoms interrupted by one or more oxygen atoms, and a phenyl group or a biphenyl group substituted by at least one of an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, R I01 is a group represented by the formula (II) or a group identical to R I00 , and R I02 to R I04 are each independently an alkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, or a halogen atom.
[化學式31] [Chemical formula 31]
式中,RI05 ~RI07 與上述式(I)的RI02 ~RI04 相同。In the formula, R I05 to R I07 are the same as R I02 to R I04 in the above formula (I).
又,光自由基聚合起始劑亦能夠使用國際公開第2015/125469號的0048~0055段中所記載的化合物。Furthermore, the photoradical polymerization initiator may also include the compounds described in paragraphs 0048 to 0055 of International Publication No. 2015/125469.
在包含光聚合起始劑之情況下,其含量相對於本發明的樹脂組成物的總固體成分為0.1~30質量%為較佳,更佳為0.1~20質量%,進一步較佳為0.5~15質量%,進一步較佳為1.0~10質量%。光聚合起始劑可以僅含有一種,亦可以含有兩種以上。在含有兩種以上的光聚合起始劑之情況下,其合計在上述範圍內為較佳。When a photopolymerization initiator is included, its content is preferably 0.1 to 30 mass %, more preferably 0.1 to 20 mass %, further preferably 0.5 to 15 mass %, and further preferably 1.0 to 10 mass % relative to the total solid content of the resin composition of the present invention. The photopolymerization initiator may contain only one type or two or more types. When two or more photopolymerization initiators are contained, the total amount thereof is preferably within the above range.
〔熱聚合起始劑〕 本發明的樹脂組成物可以包含熱聚合起始劑作為聚合起始劑,尤其可以包含熱自由基聚合起始劑。熱自由基聚合起始劑為藉由熱能而產生自由基來引發或促進具有聚合性之化合物的聚合反應之化合物。藉由添加熱自由基聚合起始劑,在後述加熱步驟中亦能夠進行特定樹脂及聚合性化合物的聚合反應,因此能夠進一步提高耐藥品性。[Thermal polymerization initiator] The resin composition of the present invention may contain a thermal polymerization initiator as a polymerization initiator, and may particularly contain a thermal free radical polymerization initiator. A thermal free radical polymerization initiator is a compound that generates free radicals by heat energy to initiate or promote the polymerization reaction of a polymerizable compound. By adding a thermal free radical polymerization initiator, the polymerization reaction of the specific resin and the polymerizable compound can also be carried out in the heating step described later, thereby further improving the drug resistance.
作為熱自由基聚合起始劑,具體而言,可以舉出日本特開2008-063554號公報的0074~0118段中所記載之化合物。Specific examples of the thermal radical polymerization initiator include compounds described in paragraphs 0074 to 0118 of JP-A-2008-063554.
在包含熱聚合起始劑之情況下,其含量相對於本發明的樹脂組成物的總固體成分為0.1~30質量%為較佳,更佳為0.1~20質量%,進一步較佳為5~15質量%。熱聚合起始劑可以僅含有一種,亦可以含有兩種以上。在含有兩種以上的熱聚合起始劑之情況下,其合計在上述範圍內為較佳。When a thermal polymerization initiator is included, its content is preferably 0.1 to 30 mass %, more preferably 0.1 to 20 mass %, and further preferably 5 to 15 mass % relative to the total solid content of the resin composition of the present invention. The thermal polymerization initiator may contain only one kind or two or more kinds. When two or more thermal polymerization initiators are contained, their total content is preferably within the above range.
〔光酸產生劑〕 又,本發明的組成物可以包含光酸產生劑。 藉由含有光酸產生劑,例如在組成物層的曝光部產生酸而上述曝光部對顯影液(例如,鹼水溶液)的溶解性增大,能夠獲得曝光部被顯影液去除之正型圖案。 又,亦能夠設為如下態樣:藉由組成物含有光酸產生劑和後述除了自由基聚合性化合物以外的聚合性化合物,例如利用在曝光部產生之酸來促進上述聚合性化合物的交聯反應,使得曝光部比非曝光部更不易被顯影液去除。依據這樣的態樣,能夠獲得負型圖案。[Photoacid generator] In addition, the composition of the present invention may contain a photoacid generator. By containing a photoacid generator, for example, acid is generated in the exposed part of the composition layer, and the solubility of the exposed part in the developer (for example, alkaline aqueous solution) is increased, and a positive pattern in which the exposed part is removed by the developer can be obtained. In addition, it is also possible to set it as follows: by containing a photoacid generator and a polymerizable compound other than a free radical polymerizable compound described later, for example, the acid generated in the exposed part is used to promote the crosslinking reaction of the polymerizable compound, so that the exposed part is less likely to be removed by the developer than the non-exposed part. According to such an aspect, a negative pattern can be obtained.
作為光酸產生劑,只要為藉由曝光產生酸者,則並無特別限定,可以舉出醌二疊氮化合物、重氮鹽、鏻鹽、鋶鹽、錪鹽等鎓鹽化合物、醯亞胺磺酸鹽、肟磺酸鹽、重氮二碸、二碸、鄰硝基苄基磺酸鹽等磺酸鹽化合物等。The photoacid generator is not particularly limited as long as it generates an acid by exposure, and examples thereof include quinonediazide compounds, onium salt compounds such as diazo salts, phosphonium salts, coronium salts, and iodonium salts, sulfonate compounds such as acylimidesulfonates, oximesulfonates, diazodisulfonates, disulfonates, and o-nitrobenzylsulfonates.
作為醌二疊氮化合物,可以舉出在多羥基化合物上藉由酯鍵結有醌二疊氮的磺酸者、在多胺基化合物上藉由磺醯胺鍵結有醌二疊氮的磺酸者、在多羥基多胺基化合物上藉由酯鍵及磺醯胺鍵中的至少一者鍵結有醌二疊氮的磺酸者等。在本發明中,例如,該等多羥基化合物或多胺基化合物的官能基整體的50莫耳%以上經醌二疊氮基取代為較佳。Examples of the quinone diazide compound include a quinone diazide sulfonic acid bonded to a polyhydroxy compound via an ester bond, a quinone diazide sulfonic acid bonded to a polyamine compound via a sulfonamide bond, a quinone diazide sulfonic acid bonded to a polyhydroxy polyamine compound via an ester bond and a sulfonamide bond, etc. In the present invention, for example, preferably, 50 mol% or more of the functional groups of the polyhydroxy compound or polyamine compound are substituted with quinone diazide groups.
在本發明中,醌二疊氮可以較佳地使用5-萘醌二疊氮磺醯基、4-萘醌二疊氮磺醯基中的任一者。4-萘醌二疊氮磺醯酯化合物在水銀燈的i射線區域具有吸收,適於i射線曝光。5-萘醌二疊氮磺醯酯化合物的吸收擴展到水銀燈的g射線區域,適於g射線曝光。在本發明中,依據曝光波長來選擇4-萘醌二疊氮磺醯酯化合物、5-萘醌二疊氮磺醯酯化合物為較佳。又,可以含有在同一分子中具有4-萘醌二疊氮磺醯基、5-萘醌二疊氮磺醯基之萘醌二疊氮磺醯酯化合物,亦可以含有4-萘醌二疊氮磺醯酯化合物和5-萘醌二疊氮磺醯酯化合物。In the present invention, the quinone diazide can preferably use either 5-naphthoquinone diazide sulfonyl or 4-naphthoquinone diazide sulfonyl. The 4-naphthoquinone diazide sulfonyl compound has absorption in the i-ray region of a mercury lamp and is suitable for i-ray exposure. The absorption of the 5-naphthoquinone diazide sulfonyl compound extends to the g-ray region of a mercury lamp and is suitable for g-ray exposure. In the present invention, it is preferred to select the 4-naphthoquinone diazide sulfonyl compound or the 5-naphthoquinone diazide sulfonyl compound according to the exposure wavelength. Furthermore, it may contain a naphthoquinone diazide sulfonyl ester compound having a 4-naphthoquinone diazide sulfonyl group and a 5-naphthoquinone diazide sulfonyl group in the same molecule, or it may contain a 4-naphthoquinone diazide sulfonyl ester compound and a 5-naphthoquinone diazide sulfonyl ester compound.
上述萘醌二疊氮化合物能夠藉由具有酚性羥基之化合物與醌二疊氮化物磺酸化合物的酯化反應來合成,並且能夠藉由公知的方法來合成。藉由使用該等萘醌二疊氮化合物,進一步提高解析度、靈敏度、殘膜率。 作為上述萘醌二疊氮化合物,例如可以舉出1,2-萘醌-2-二疊氮-5-磺酸或1,2-萘醌-2-二疊氮-4-磺酸、該等化合物的鹽或酯化合物等。The naphthoquinone diazide compound can be synthesized by an esterification reaction of a compound having a phenolic hydroxyl group and a quinone diazide sulfonic acid compound, and can be synthesized by a known method. By using such naphthoquinone diazide compounds, the resolution, sensitivity, and residual film rate are further improved. As the naphthoquinone diazide compound, for example, 1,2-naphthoquinone-2-diazido-5-sulfonic acid or 1,2-naphthoquinone-2-diazido-4-sulfonic acid, salts or ester compounds of such compounds, etc. can be cited.
作為鎓鹽化合物或磺酸鹽化合物,可以舉出日本特開2008-013646號公報的0064~0122段中所記載的化合物等。Examples of the onium salt compound or the sulfonate salt compound include compounds described in paragraphs 0064 to 0122 of JP-A-2008-013646.
光酸產生劑為包含肟磺酸鹽基之化合物(以下,亦簡稱為“肟磺酸鹽化合物”)亦為較佳。 肟磺酸鹽化合物只要具有肟磺酸鹽基,則並無特別限制,但是下述式(OS-1)、後述式(OS-103)、式(OS-104)或式(OS-105)所表示之肟磺酸鹽化合物為較佳。The photoacid generator is preferably a compound containing an oxime sulfonate group (hereinafter, also referred to as an "oxime sulfonate compound"). The oxime sulfonate compound is not particularly limited as long as it has an oxime sulfonate group, but an oxime sulfonate compound represented by the following formula (OS-1), the later-described formula (OS-103), the formula (OS-104) or the formula (OS-105) is preferred.
[化學式32] [Chemical formula 32]
式(OS-1)中,X3 表示烷基、烷氧基或鹵素原子。在存在複數個X3 之情況下,分別可以相同,亦可以不同。上述X3 中之烷基及烷氧基可以具有取代基。作為上述X3 中之烷基,碳數1~4的直鏈狀或支鏈狀烷基為較佳。作為上述X3 中之烷氧基,碳數1~4的直鏈狀或支鏈狀烷氧基為較佳。作為上述X3 中之鹵素原子,氯原子或氟原子為較佳。 式(OS-1)中,m3表示0~3的整數,0或1為較佳。在m3為2或3時,複數個X3 可以相同亦可以不同。 式(OS-1)中,R34 表示烷基或芳基,碳數1~10的烷基、碳數1~10的烷氧基、碳數1~5的鹵化烷基、碳數1~5的鹵化烷氧基、可以經W取代之苯基、可以經W取代之萘基或可以經W取代之蒽基為較佳。W表示鹵素原子、氰基、硝基、碳數1~10的烷基、碳數1~10的烷氧基、碳數1~5的鹵化烷基或碳數1~5的鹵化烷氧基、碳數6~20的芳基、碳數6~20的鹵化芳基。In formula (OS-1), X 3 represents an alkyl group, an alkoxy group or a halogen atom. When there are multiple X 3 , they may be the same or different. The alkyl group and alkoxy group in the above X 3 may have a substituent. As the alkyl group in the above X 3 , a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms is preferred. As the alkoxy group in the above X 3 , a linear or branched alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms is preferred. As the halogen atom in the above X 3 , a chlorine atom or a fluorine atom is preferred. In formula (OS-1), m3 represents an integer of 0 to 3, preferably 0 or 1. When m3 is 2 or 3, the multiple X 3 may be the same or different. In formula (OS-1), R 34 represents an alkyl group or an aryl group, preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, a halogenated alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, a halogenated alkoxy group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, a phenyl group which may be substituted with W, a naphthyl group which may be substituted with W, or an anthracenyl group which may be substituted with W. W represents a halogen atom, a cyano group, a nitro group, an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, a halogenated alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, or a halogenated alkoxy group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, an aryl group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms, or a halogenated aryl group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms.
式(OS-1)中,m3為3、X3 為甲基、X3 的取代位置為鄰位、R34 為碳數1~10的直鏈狀烷基、7,7-二甲基-2-氧代降崁基甲基或對甲苯基的化合物為特佳。In the formula (OS-1), the compound wherein m3 is 3, X3 is methyl, the substitution position of X3 is an ortho position, and R34 is a linear alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, 7,7-dimethyl-2-oxonorthomethyl or p-tolyl is particularly preferred.
作為式(OS-1)所表示之肟磺酸鹽化合物的具體例,可以例示出日本特開2011-209692號公報的段落號0064~0068、日本特開2015-194674號公報的段落號0158~0167中所記載之以下化合物,該等內容被編入本說明書中。Specific examples of the oxime sulfonate compound represented by formula (OS-1) include the following compounds described in paragraphs 0064 to 0068 of JP-A-2011-209692 and paragraphs 0158 to 0167 of JP-A-2015-194674, and the contents thereof are incorporated herein.
[化學式33] [Chemical formula 33]
式(OS-103)~式(OS-105)中,Rs1 表示烷基、芳基或雜芳基,有時存在複數個之Rs2 分別獨立地表示氫原子、烷基、芳基或鹵素原子,有時存在複數個之Rs6 分別獨立地表示鹵素原子、烷基、烷氧基、磺酸基、胺基磺醯基或烷氧基磺醯基,Xs表示O或S,ns表示1或2,ms表示0~6的整數。 式(OS-103)~式(OS-105)中,Rs1 所表示之烷基(碳數1~30為較佳)、芳基(碳數6~30為較佳)或雜芳基(碳數4~30為較佳)可以具有取代基T。In formula (OS-103) to formula (OS-105), R s1 represents an alkyl group, an aryl group or a heteroaryl group, a plurality of R s2 may exist and each independently represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an aryl group or a halogen atom, a plurality of R s6 may exist and each independently represents a halogen atom, an alkyl group, an alkoxy group, a sulfonic acid group, an aminosulfonyl group or an alkoxysulfonyl group, Xs represents O or S, ns represents 1 or 2, and ms represents an integer of 0 to 6. In formula (OS-103) to formula (OS-105), the alkyl group (preferably having 1 to 30 carbon atoms), aryl group (preferably having 6 to 30 carbon atoms) or heteroaryl group (preferably having 4 to 30 carbon atoms) represented by R s1 may have a substituent T.
式(OS-103)~式(OS-105)中,Rs2 係氫原子、烷基(碳數1~12為較佳)或芳基(碳數6~30為較佳)為較佳,氫原子或烷基為更佳。在化合物中有時存在2個以上之Rs2 中,1個或2個為烷基、芳基或鹵素原子為較佳,1個為烷基、芳基或鹵素原子為更佳,1個為烷基且其餘為氫原子為特佳。Rs2 所表示之烷基或芳基可以具有取代基T。 式(OS-103)、式(OS-104)或式(OS-105)中,Xs表示O或S,O為較佳。上述式(OS-103)~(OS-105)中,包含Xs作為環員之環為5員環或6員環。In formula (OS-103) to formula (OS-105), R s2 is preferably a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group (preferably having 1 to 12 carbon atoms) or an aryl group (preferably having 6 to 30 carbon atoms), and a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group is more preferred. In a compound, when there are two or more R s2 , one or two are preferably an alkyl group, an aryl group or a halogen atom, one is more preferably an alkyl group, an aryl group or a halogen atom, and one is particularly preferably an alkyl group and the rest are hydrogen atoms. The alkyl group or aryl group represented by R s2 may have a substituent T. In formula (OS-103), formula (OS-104) or formula (OS-105), Xs is O or S, and O is preferred. In the above formulae (OS-103) to (OS-105), the ring containing Xs as a ring member is a 5-membered ring or a 6-membered ring.
式(OS-103)~式(OS-105)中,ns表示1或2,在Xs為O之情況下,ns為1為較佳,並且在Xs為S之情況下,ns為2為較佳。 式(OS-103)~式(OS-105)中,Rs6 所表示之烷基(碳數1~30為較佳)及烷氧基(碳數1~30為較佳)可以具有取代基。 式(OS-103)~式(OS-105)中,ms表示0~6的整數,0~2的整數為較佳,0或1為更佳,0為特佳。In formula (OS-103) to formula (OS-105), ns represents 1 or 2, and when Xs is O, ns is preferably 1, and when Xs is S, ns is preferably 2. In formula (OS-103) to formula (OS-105), the alkyl group (preferably having 1 to 30 carbon atoms) and the alkoxy group (preferably having 1 to 30 carbon atoms) represented by Rs6 may have a substituent. In formula (OS-103) to formula (OS-105), ms represents an integer of 0 to 6, preferably an integer of 0 to 2, more preferably 0 or 1, and particularly preferably 0.
又,上述式(OS-103)所表示之化合物為下述式(OS-106)、式(OS-110)或式(OS-111)所表示之化合物為特佳,上述式(OS-104)所表示之化合物為下述式(OS-107)所表示之化合物為特佳,上述式(OS-105)所表示之化合物為下述式(OS-108)或式(OS-109)所表示之化合物為特佳。 [化學式34] Furthermore, the compound represented by the above formula (OS-103) is particularly preferably a compound represented by the following formula (OS-106), formula (OS-110) or formula (OS-111), the compound represented by the above formula (OS-104) is particularly preferably a compound represented by the following formula (OS-107), and the compound represented by the above formula (OS-105) is particularly preferably a compound represented by the following formula (OS-108) or formula (OS-109). [Chemical Formula 34]
式(OS-106)~式(OS-111)中,Rt1 表示烷基、芳基或雜芳基,Rt7 表示氫原子或溴原子,Rt8 表示氫原子、碳數1~8的烷基、鹵素原子、氯甲基、溴甲基、溴乙基、甲氧基甲基、苯基或氯苯基,Rt9 表示氫原子、鹵素原子、甲基或甲氧基,Rt2 表示氫原子或甲基。 式(OS-106)~式(OS-111)中,Rt7 表示氫原子或溴原子,氫原子為較佳。In formula (OS-106) to formula (OS-111), R t1 represents an alkyl group, an aryl group or a heteroaryl group, R t7 represents a hydrogen atom or a bromine atom, R t8 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, a halogen atom, a chloromethyl group, a bromomethyl group, a bromoethyl group, a methoxymethyl group, a phenyl group or a chlorophenyl group, R t9 represents a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, a methyl group or a methoxy group, and R t2 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group. In formula (OS-106) to formula (OS-111), R t7 represents a hydrogen atom or a bromine atom, and a hydrogen atom is preferably used.
式(OS-106)~式(OS-111)中,Rt8 表示氫原子、碳數1~8的烷基、鹵素原子、氯甲基、溴甲基、溴乙基、甲氧基甲基、苯基或氯苯基,碳數1~8的烷基、鹵素原子或苯基為較佳,碳數1~8的烷基為更佳,碳數1~6的烷基為進一步較佳,甲基為特佳。In formula (OS-106) to formula (OS-111), R t8 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, a halogen atom, a chloromethyl group, a bromomethyl group, a bromoethyl group, a methoxymethyl group, a phenyl group or a chlorophenyl group, preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, a halogen atom or a phenyl group, more preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, further preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, and particularly preferably a methyl group.
式(OS-106)~式(OS-111)中,Rt9 表示氫原子、鹵素原子、甲基或甲氧基,氫原子為較佳。 Rt2 表示氫原子或甲基,氫原子為較佳。 又,在上述肟磺酸鹽化合物中,關於肟的立體結構(E,Z),可以為其中任一者,亦可以為混合物。 作為上述式(OS-103)~式(OS-105)所表示之肟磺酸鹽化合物的具體例,可以例示出日本特開2011-209692號公報的段落號0088~0095、日本特開2015-194674號公報的段落號0168~0194中所記載的化合物,該等內容被編入本說明書中。In formula (OS-106) to formula (OS-111), R t9 represents a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, a methyl group or a methoxy group, preferably a hydrogen atom. R t2 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, preferably a hydrogen atom. In addition, in the above-mentioned oxime sulfonate compound, the stereostructure (E, Z) of the oxime may be any one of them or a mixture. As specific examples of the oxime sulfonate compounds represented by the above-mentioned formula (OS-103) to formula (OS-105), the compounds described in paragraphs 0088 to 0095 of Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2011-209692 and paragraphs 0168 to 0194 of Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2015-194674 can be exemplified, and the contents are incorporated into this specification.
作為包含至少1個肟磺酸鹽基之肟磺酸鹽化合物的較佳的其他態樣,可以舉出下述式(OS-101)、式(OS-102)所表示之化合物。As another preferred embodiment of the oxime sulfonate compound containing at least one oxime sulfonate group, compounds represented by the following formula (OS-101) and formula (OS-102) can be cited.
[化學式35] [Chemical formula 35]
式(OS-101)或式(OS-102)中,Ru9 表示氫原子、烷基、烯基、烷氧基、烷氧羰基、醯基、胺甲醯基、胺磺醯基、磺基、氰基、芳基或雜芳基。Ru9 為氰基或芳基的態樣為更佳,Ru9 為氰基、苯基或萘基的態樣為進一步較佳。 式(OS-101)或式(OS-102)中,Ru2a 表示烷基或芳基。 式(OS-101)或式(OS-102)中,Xu表示-O-、-S-、-NH-、-NRu5 -、-CH2 -、-CRu6 H-或CRu6 Ru7 -,Ru5 ~Ru7 分別獨立地表示烷基或芳基。In formula (OS-101) or (OS-102), R u9 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an alkoxy group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, an acyl group, a carbamoyl group, a sulfonyl group, a sulfonyl group, a cyano group, an aryl group, or a heteroaryl group. It is more preferred that R u9 is a cyano group or an aryl group, and it is further preferred that R u9 is a cyano group, a phenyl group, or a naphthyl group. In formula (OS-101) or (OS-102), R u2a represents an alkyl group or an aryl group. In formula (OS-101) or (OS-102), Xu represents -O-, -S-, -NH-, -NR u5 -, -CH 2 -, -CR u6 H-, or CR u6 R u7 -, and R u5 to R u7 each independently represent an alkyl group or an aryl group.
式(OS-101)或式(OS-102)中,Ru1 ~Ru4 分別獨立地表示氫原子、鹵素原子、烷基、烯基、烷氧基、胺基、烷氧羰基、烷基羰基、芳基羰基、醯胺基、磺基、氰基或芳基。Ru1 ~Ru4 中的2個分別可以彼此鍵結而形成環。此時,環可以進行縮環而與苯環一同形成縮合環。作為Ru1 ~Ru4 ,氫原子、鹵素原子或烷基為較佳,並且Ru1 ~Ru4 中的至少2個彼此鍵結而形成芳基之態樣亦為較佳。其中,Ru1 ~Ru4 均為氫原子的態樣為較佳。上述取代基均還可以具有取代基。In formula (OS-101) or formula (OS-102), R u1 to R u4 independently represent a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an alkoxy group, an amino group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, an alkylcarbonyl group, an arylcarbonyl group, an amide group, a sulfonyl group, a cyano group or an aryl group. Two of R u1 to R u4 may be bonded to each other to form a ring. In this case, the ring may be condensed to form a condensed ring together with a benzene ring. As R u1 to R u4 , a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom or an alkyl group is preferred, and at least two of R u1 to R u4 are bonded to each other to form an aryl group. Among them, the embodiment in which all of R u1 to R u4 are hydrogen atoms is preferred. The above substituents may further have substituents.
上述式(OS-101)所表示之化合物為式(OS-102)所表示之化合物為更佳。 又,在上述肟磺酸鹽化合物中,關於肟或苯并噻唑環的立體結構(E,Z等),分別可以為其中任一者,亦可以為混合物。 作為式(OS-101)所表示之化合物的具體例,可以例示出日本特開2011-209692號公報的段落號0102~0106、日本特開2015-194674號公報的段落號0195~0207中所記載的化合物,該等內容被編入本說明書中。 在上述化合物之中,b-9、b-16、b-31、b-33為較佳。 [化學式36] 除此以外,作為光酸產生劑,亦可以使用市售品。作為市售品,可以舉出WPAG-145、WPAG-149、WPAG-170、WPAG-199、WPAG-336、WPAG-367、WPAG-370、WPAG-443、WPAG-469、WPAG-638、WPAG-699(均為FUJIFILM Wako Pure Chemical Corporation製造)、Omnicat 250、Omnicat 270(均為IGM Resins B.V.公司製造)、Irgacure 250、Irgacure 270、Irgacure 290(均為BASF公司製造)、MBZ-101(Midori Kagaku Co.,Ltd.製造)等。The compound represented by the above formula (OS-101) is more preferably a compound represented by the formula (OS-102). In addition, in the above oxime sulfonate compound, the stereostructure (E, Z, etc.) of the oxime or benzothiazole ring may be any one of them, or a mixture. As specific examples of the compound represented by the formula (OS-101), the compounds described in paragraphs 0102 to 0106 of Japanese Patent Publication No. 2011-209692 and paragraphs 0195 to 0207 of Japanese Patent Publication No. 2015-194674 can be exemplified, and the contents are incorporated into this specification. Among the above compounds, b-9, b-16, b-31, and b-33 are preferred. [Chemical Formula 36] In addition, commercial products may be used as the photoacid generator. Examples of commercial products include WPAG-145, WPAG-149, WPAG-170, WPAG-199, WPAG-336, WPAG-367, WPAG-370, WPAG-443, WPAG-469, WPAG-638, and WPAG-699 (all manufactured by FUJIFILM Wako Pure Chemical Corporation), Omnicat 250 and Omnicat 270 (all manufactured by IGM Resins BV), Irgacure 250, Irgacure 270, and Irgacure 290 (all manufactured by BASF), and MBZ-101 (manufactured by Midori Kagaku Co., Ltd.).
又,作為較佳例,亦可以舉出下述結構式所表示之化合物。 [化學式37] As a more preferred example, the compound represented by the following structural formula can also be cited. [Chemical Formula 37]
作為光酸產生劑,亦能夠適用有機鹵化化合物。作為有機鹵化化合物,具體而言,可以舉出若林等“Bull Chem.Soc Japan”42、2924(1969)、美國專利第3,905,815號說明書、日本特公昭46-004605號、日本特開昭48-036281號、日本特開昭55-032070號、日本特開昭60-239736號、日本特開昭61-169835號、日本特開昭61-169837號、日本特開昭62-058241號、日本特開昭62-212401號、日本特開昭63-070243號、日本特開昭63-298339號、M.P.Hutt“Jurnal of Heterocyclic Chemistry”1(No3),(1970)等中所記載的化合物,尤其可以舉出經三鹵甲基取代之㗁唑化合物:S-三𠯤化合物。 更佳地,可以舉出至少1個單、二或三鹵素取代甲基與s-三𠯤環鍵結而成之s-三𠯤衍生物,具體而言,例如可以舉出2,4,6-三(單氯甲基)-s-三𠯤、2,4,6-三(二氯甲基)-s-三𠯤、2,4,6-三(三氯甲基)-s-三𠯤、2-甲基-4,6-雙(三氯甲基)-s-三𠯤、2-正丙基-4,6-雙(三氯甲基)-s-三𠯤、2-(α,α,β-三氯乙基)-4,6-雙(三氯甲基)-s-三𠯤、2-苯基-4,6-雙(三氯甲基)-s-三𠯤、2-(對甲氧基苯基)-4,6-雙(三氯甲基)-s-三𠯤、2-(3,4-環氧苯基)-4、6-雙(三氯甲基)-s-三𠯤、2-(對氯苯基)-4,6-雙(三氯甲基)-s-三𠯤、2-〔1-(對甲氧基苯基)-2,4-丁二烯基〕-4,6-雙(三氯甲基)-s-三𠯤、2-苯乙烯基-4,6-雙(三氯甲基)-s-三𠯤、2-(對甲氧基苯乙烯基)-4,6-雙(三氯甲基)-s-三𠯤、2-(對異丙氧基苯乙烯基)-4、6-雙(三氯甲基)-s-三𠯤、2-(對甲苯基)-4,6-雙(三氯甲基)-s-三𠯤、2-(4-萘氧基萘基)-4,6-雙(三氯甲基)-s-三𠯤、2-苯硫基-4,6-雙(三氯甲基)-s-三𠯤、2-苄硫基-4,6-雙(三氯甲基)-s-三𠯤、2,4,6-三(二溴甲基)-s-三𠯤、2,4,6-三(三溴甲基)-s-三𠯤、2-甲基-4,6-雙(三溴甲基)-s-三𠯤、2-甲氧基-4,6-雙(三溴甲基)-s-三𠯤等。As photoacid generators, organic halogenated compounds can also be used. As organic halogenated compounds, specifically, there can be cited Wakabayashi et al., "Bull Chem. Soc Japan" 42, 2924 (1969), U.S. Patent No. 3,905,815, Japanese Patent Publication No. 46-004605, Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 48-036281, Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 55-032070, Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 60-239736, Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 61-169835, Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 61-169837, Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 62-058241, Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 62-212401, Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 63-070243, Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 63-298339, M.P. Hutt, "Jurnal of Heterocyclic The compounds described in "Chemistry" 1 (No. 3), (1970), etc., in particular, can be cited as trihalomethyl-substituted azole compounds: S-trioxane compounds. More preferably, s-trioxane derivatives formed by at least one mono-, di- or trihalomethyl-substituted methyl group bonded to the s-trioxane ring can be cited. Specifically, for example, 2,4,6-tris(monochloromethyl)-s-trioxane, 2,4,6-tris(dichloromethyl)-s-trioxane, 2,4,6-tris(trichloromethyl)-s-trioxane, 2-methyl-4,6-bis(trichloromethyl)-s-trioxane, 2-n-propyl-4,6-bis(trichloromethyl)-s-trioxane can be cited. -trisinium, 2-(α,α,β-trichloroethyl)-4,6-bis(trichloromethyl)-s-trisinium, 2-phenyl-4,6-bis(trichloromethyl)-s-trisinium, 2-(p-methoxyphenyl)-4,6-bis(trichloromethyl)-s-trisinium, 2-(3,4-epoxyphenyl)-4,6-bis(trichloromethyl)-s-trisinium, 2-(p-chlorophenyl)-4,6-bis(trichloromethyl)-s-trisinium, 2-〔1-(p-methoxyphenyl)- phenyl)-2,4-butadienyl]-4,6-bis(trichloromethyl)-s-trisinyl, 2-(p-methoxyphenyl)-4,6-bis(trichloromethyl)-s-trisinyl, 2-(p-isopropoxyphenyl)-4,6-bis(trichloromethyl)-s-trisinyl, 2-(p-tolyl)-4,6-bis(trichloromethyl)-s-trisinyl, 2-(4-naphthyloxyphenyl)-4,6-bis(trichloromethyl)-s-trisinyl, s-triazine, 2-naphthyl)-4,6-bis(trichloromethyl)-s-triazine, 2-phenylthio-4,6-bis(trichloromethyl)-s-triazine, 2-benzylthio-4,6-bis(trichloromethyl)-s-triazine, 2,4,6-tris(dibromomethyl)-s-triazine, 2,4,6-tris(tribromomethyl)-s-triazine, 2-methyl-4,6-bis(tribromomethyl)-s-triazine, 2-methoxy-4,6-bis(tribromomethyl)-s-triazine, etc.
作為光酸產生劑,亦能夠適用有機硼酸鹽化合物。作為有機硼酸鹽化合物,作為具體例例如可以舉出日本特開昭62-143044號、日本特開昭62-150242號、日本特開平9-188685號、日本特開平9-188686號、日本特開平9-188710號、日本特開2000-131837、日本特開2002-107916、日本專利第2764769號、日本特願2000-310808號等各公報及Kunz,Martin“Rad Tech'98.Proceeding April 19-22,1998,Chicago”等中所記載的有機硼酸鹽、日本特開平6-157623號公報、日本特開平6-175564號公報、日本特開平6-175561號公報中所記載的有機硼鋶錯合物或有機硼氧代鋶錯合物、日本特開平6-175554號公報、日本特開平6-175553號公報中所記載的有機硼錪錯合物、日本特開平9-188710號公報中所記載的有機硼鏻錯合物、日本特開平6-348011號公報、日本特開平7-128785號公報、日本特開平7-140589號公報、日本特開平7-306527號公報、日本特開平7-292014號公報等有機硼過渡金屬配位錯合物等。As the photoacid generator, an organic borate compound can also be used. As the organic borate compound, specific examples thereof include Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 62-143044, Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 62-150242, Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 9-188685, Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 9-188686, Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 9-188710, Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2000-131837, Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2002-107916, Japanese Patent No. 2764769, Japanese Patent Application No. 2000-310808, and Kunz, Martin "Rad Tech '98. Proceeding April 19-22, 1998, Chicago" etc., the organic borate salts described in Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 6-157623, Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 6-175564, the organic boron-zirconium complex or the organic boron-oxygen-zirconium complex described in Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 6-175561, the organic borate salts described in Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 6-175554, the organic borate salts described in Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 6-175553 The organic boron transition metal complex described in JP-A-9-188710, the organic boron phosphonium complex described in JP-A-6-348011, JP-A-7-128785, JP-A-7-140589, JP-A-7-306527, JP-A-7-292014, and the like.
作為光酸產生劑,亦能夠適用二碸化合物。作為二碸化合物,可以舉出日本特開昭61-166544號、日本特願2001-132318公報等中所記載之化合物及重氮二碸化合物。As the photoacid generator, a disulfide compound can also be used. Examples of the disulfide compound include compounds described in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 61-166544, Japanese Patent Application No. 2001-132318, and diazodisulfide compounds.
作為上述鎓鹽化合物,例如可以舉出S.I.Schlesinger,Photogr.Sci.Eng.,18,387(1974)、T.S.Bal et al,Polymer,21,423(1980)中所記載的重氮鹽、美國專利第4,069,055號說明書、日本特開平4-365049號等中所記載的銨鹽、美國專利第4,069,055號、美國專利第4,069,056號的各說明書中所記載的鏻鹽、歐洲專利第104,143號、美國專利第339,049號、美國專利第410,201號的各說明書、日本特開平2-150848號、日本特開平2-296514號中所記載的錪鹽、歐洲專利第370,693號、歐洲專利第390,214號、歐洲專利第233,567號、歐洲專利第297,443號、歐洲專利第297,442號、美國專利第4,933,377號、美國專利第161,811號、美國專利第410,201號、美國專利第339,049號、美國專利第4,760,013號、美國專利第4,734,444號、美國專利第2,833,827號、德國專利第2,904,626號、德國專利第3,604,580號、德國專利第3,604,581號的各說明書中所記載的鋶鹽、J.V.Crivello et al,Macromolecules,10(6),1307(1977)、J.V.Crivello et al,J.Polymer Sci.,Polymer Chem.Ed.,17,1047(1979)中所記載的硒鹽、C.S.Wen et al,Teh,Proc.Conf.Rad.Curing ASIA,p478 Tokyo,Oct(1988)中所記載的砷鹽、吡啶鎓鹽等鎓鹽等。Examples of the onium salt compounds include S.I.Schlesinger, Photogr. Sci. Eng., 18, 387 (1974), T.S.Bal et al. al, Polymer, 21,423 (1980), the diazonium salts described in U.S. Patent No. 4,069,055, Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 4-365049, etc., the phosphonium salts described in the specifications of U.S. Patent No. 4,069,055 and U.S. Patent No. 4,069,056, the specifications of European Patent No. 104,143, U.S. Patent No. 339,049, U.S. Patent No. 410,201, the iodine salts described in Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2-150848 and Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2-296514, European Patent No. 370,693, European Patent No. 390, Copper salts described in the specifications of U.S. Patent No. 214, European Patent No. 233,567, European Patent No. 297,443, European Patent No. 297,442, U.S. Patent No. 4,933,377, U.S. Patent No. 161,811, U.S. Patent No. 410,201, U.S. Patent No. 339,049, U.S. Patent No. 4,760,013, U.S. Patent No. 4,734,444, U.S. Patent No. 2,833,827, German Patent No. 2,904,626, German Patent No. 3,604,580, German Patent No. 3,604,581, J.V. Crivello et al, Macromolecules, 10 (6), 1307 (1977), selenium salts described in J.V.Crivello et al, J.Polymer Sci., Polymer Chem.Ed., 17, 1047 (1979), arsenic salts described in C.S.Wen et al, Teh, Proc.Conf.Rad.Curing ASIA, p478 Tokyo, Oct (1988), pyridinium salts and the like.
作為鎓鹽,可以舉出下述通式(RI-I)~(RI-III)所表示之鎓鹽。 [化學式38] 式(RI-I)中,Ar11 表示可以具有1~6個取代基之碳數20以下的芳基,作為較佳的取代基,可以舉出碳數1~12的烷基、碳數1~12的烯基、碳數1~12的炔基、碳數1~12的芳基、碳數1~12的烷氧基、碳數1~12的芳氧基、鹵素原子、碳數1~12的烷基胺基、碳數1~12的二烷基胺基、碳數1~12的烷基醯胺基或芳基醯胺基、羰基、羧基、氰基、磺醯基、碳數1~12的硫代烷基、碳數1~12的硫代芳基。Z11 - 表示1價的陰離子,為鹵素離子、過氯酸離子、六氟磷酸鹽離子、四氟硼酸鹽離子、磺酸離子、亞磺酸離子、硫代磺酸離子、硫酸離子,從穩定性的方面考慮,過氯酸離子、六氟磷酸鹽離子、四氟硼酸鹽離子、磺酸離子、亞磺酸離子為較佳。式(RI-II)中,Ar21 、Ar22 各自獨立地表示可以具有1~6個取代基之碳數20以下的芳基,作為較佳的取代基,可以舉出碳數1~12的烷基、碳數1~12的烯基、碳數1~12的炔基、碳數1~12的芳基、碳數1~12的烷氧基、碳數1~12的芳氧基、鹵素原子、碳數1~12的烷基胺基、碳數1~12的二烷基胺基、碳數1~12的烷基醯胺基或芳基醯胺基、羰基、羧基、氰基、磺醯基、碳數1~12的硫代烷基、碳數1~12的硫代芳基。Z21 - 表示1價的陰離子,為鹵素離子、過氯酸離子、六氟磷酸鹽離子、四氟硼酸鹽離子、磺酸離子、亞磺酸離子、硫代磺酸離子、硫酸離子,從穩定性、反應性的方面考慮,過氯酸離子、六氟磷酸鹽離子、四氟硼酸鹽離子、磺酸離子、亞磺酸離子、羧酸離子為較佳。式(RI-III)中,R31 、R32 、R33 各自獨立地表示可以具有1~6個取代基之碳數20以下的芳基或烷基、烯基、炔基,較佳地,從反應性、穩定性的方面考慮,芳基為較佳。作為較佳的取代基,可以舉出碳數1~12的烷基、碳數1~12的烯基、碳數1~12的炔基、碳數1~12的芳基、碳數1~12的烷氧基、碳數1~12的芳氧基、鹵素原子、碳數1~12的烷基胺基、碳數1~12的二烷基胺基、碳數1~12的烷基醯胺基或芳基醯胺基、羰基、羧基、氰基、磺醯基、碳數1~12的硫代烷基、碳數1~12的硫代芳基。Z31 - 表示1價的陰離子,為鹵素離子、過氯酸離子、六氟磷酸鹽離子、四氟硼酸鹽離子、磺酸離子、亞磺酸離子、硫代磺酸離子、硫酸離子,從穩定性、反應性的方面考慮,過氯酸離子、六氟磷酸鹽離子、四氟硼酸鹽離子、磺酸離子、亞磺酸離子、羧酸離子為較佳。As the onium salt, there can be mentioned onium salts represented by the following general formulas (RI-I) to (RI-III). [Chemical Formula 38] In the formula (RI-I), Ar 11 represents an aryl group having 20 or less carbon atoms which may have 1 to 6 substituents, and preferred substituents include an alkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, an alkynyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, an aryl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, an aryloxy group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, a halogen atom, an alkylamino group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, a dialkylamino group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, an alkylamide group or an arylamide group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, a carbonyl group, a carboxyl group, a cyano group, a sulfonyl group, a thioalkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, and a thioaryl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms. Z 11 - represents a monovalent anion, which is a halogen ion, a perchlorate ion, a hexafluorophosphate ion, a tetrafluoroborate ion, a sulfonic acid ion, a sulfinic acid ion, a thiosulfonic acid ion, or a sulfate ion. In view of stability, perchlorate ions, hexafluorophosphate ions, tetrafluoroborate ions, sulfonic acid ions, and sulfinic acid ions are preferred. In formula (RI-II), Ar 21 and Ar 22 each independently represent an aryl group having 20 or less carbon atoms which may have 1 to 6 substituents. Preferred substituents include an alkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, an alkynyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, an aryl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, an aryloxy group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, a halogen atom, an alkylamino group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, a dialkylamino group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, an alkylamide group or an arylamide group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, a carbonyl group, a carboxyl group, a cyano group, a sulfonyl group, a thioalkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, and a thioaryl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms. Z21- represents a monovalent anion, which is a halogen ion, a perchlorate ion, a hexafluorophosphate ion, a tetrafluoroborate ion, a sulfonic acid ion, a sulfinic acid ion, a thiosulfonic acid ion, or a sulfate ion. In terms of stability and reactivity, perchlorate ions, hexafluorophosphate ions, tetrafluoroborate ions, sulfonic acid ions, sulfinic acid ions, or carboxylic acid ions are preferred. In formula (RI-III), R31 , R32 , and R33 each independently represent an aryl group or an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, or an alkynyl group having 20 or less carbon atoms and which may have 1 to 6 substituents. In terms of reactivity and stability, an aryl group is preferred. Preferred substituents include an alkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, an alkynyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, an aryl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, an aryloxy group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, a halogen atom, an alkylamino group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, a dialkylamino group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, an alkylamide group or an arylamide group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, a carbonyl group, a carboxyl group, a cyano group, a sulfonyl group, a thioalkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, and a thioaryl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms. Z 31 - represents a monovalent anion, which is a halogen ion, a perchlorate ion, a hexafluorophosphate ion, a tetrafluoroborate ion, a sulfonic acid ion, a sulfinic acid ion, a thiosulfonic acid ion, or a sulfate ion. In view of stability and reactivity, perchlorate ions, hexafluorophosphate ions, tetrafluoroborate ions, sulfonic acid ions, sulfinic acid ions, and carboxylic acid ions are preferred.
作為具體例,可以舉出以下者。 [化學式39] [化學式40] [化學式41] [化學式42] As a specific example, the following can be cited. [Chemical formula 39] [Chemical formula 40] [Chemical formula 41] [Chemical formula 42]
在包含光酸產生劑之情況下,其含量相對於本發明的組成物的總固體成分為0.1~30質量%為較佳,0.1~20質量%為更佳,2~15質量%為進一步較佳。光酸產酸劑可以僅含有一種,亦可以含有兩種以上。在含有兩種以上的光酸產酸劑之情況下,其合計在上述範圍內為較佳。When a photoacid generator is included, its content is preferably 0.1 to 30 mass %, more preferably 0.1 to 20 mass %, and even more preferably 2 to 15 mass % relative to the total solid content of the composition of the present invention. The photoacid generator may contain only one type or two or more types. When two or more types of photoacid generators are contained, their total content is preferably within the above range.
<熱酸產生劑> 本發明的組成物可以包含熱酸產生劑。 熱酸產生劑具有如下效果:藉由加熱產生酸來促進選自具有羥基甲基、烷氧基甲基或醯氧基甲基之化合物、環氧化合物、氧環丁烷化合物及苯并㗁𠯤化合物中之至少一種化合物的交聯反應。<Thermal acid generator> The composition of the present invention may contain a thermal acid generator. The thermal acid generator has the following effect: by generating an acid by heating, the cross-linking reaction of at least one compound selected from compounds having a hydroxymethyl group, an alkoxymethyl group or an acyloxymethyl group, an epoxy compound, an oxobutane compound and a benzophenone compound is promoted.
熱酸產生劑的熱分解開始溫度為50℃~270℃為較佳,50℃~250℃為更佳。又,若選擇將組成物塗佈於基板之後進行乾燥(預烘烤:約70~140℃)時不產生酸,而在之後的曝光、顯影中進行圖案化之後進行最終加熱(硬化:約100~400℃)時產生酸者作為熱酸產生劑,則能夠抑制顯影時的靈敏度下降,因此為較佳。 關於熱分解開始溫度,在將熱酸產生劑在耐壓膠囊中以5℃/分鐘加熱至500℃之情況下,作為溫度最低的發熱峰值的峰值溫度而求出。 作為測定熱分解開始溫度時所使用之設備,可以舉出Q2000(TA Instruments公司製造)等。The thermal decomposition start temperature of the thermal acid generator is preferably 50°C to 270°C, and more preferably 50°C to 250°C. In addition, if a thermal acid generator is selected that does not generate acid when the composition is applied to the substrate and dried (pre-baking: about 70 to 140°C), but generates acid when patterned in the subsequent exposure and development and then finally heated (hardening: about 100 to 400°C), it is preferred because it can suppress the decrease in sensitivity during development. Regarding the thermal decomposition start temperature, the peak temperature of the lowest temperature heat peak is obtained when the thermal acid generator is heated to 500°C at 5°C/min in a pressure-resistant capsule. As an instrument used to measure the thermal decomposition starting temperature, Q2000 (manufactured by TA Instruments) and the like can be cited.
從熱酸產生劑產生之酸為強酸為較佳,例如為對甲苯磺酸、苯磺酸等芳基磺酸、甲磺酸、乙磺酸、丁磺酸等烷基磺酸或三氟甲磺酸等鹵代烷基磺酸等為較佳。作為這樣的熱酸產生劑的例子,可以舉出日本特開2013-072935號公報的0055段中所記載者。The acid generated from the thermal acid generator is preferably a strong acid, for example, an arylsulfonic acid such as p-toluenesulfonic acid and benzenesulfonic acid, an alkylsulfonic acid such as methanesulfonic acid, ethanesulfonic acid, butanesulfonic acid, or a halogenated alkylsulfonic acid such as trifluoromethanesulfonic acid. Examples of such thermal acid generators include those described in paragraph 0055 of Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2013-072935.
其中,從硬化膜中的殘留少而不易使硬化膜物性下降之觀點考慮,產生碳數1~4的烷基磺酸或碳數1~4的鹵代烷基磺酸者為更佳,甲磺酸(4-羥基苯基)二甲基鋶、甲磺酸(4-((甲氧基羰基)氧基)苯基)二甲基鋶、甲磺酸苄基(4-羥基苯基)甲基鋶、甲磺酸苄基(4-((甲氧基羰基)氧基)苯基)甲基鋶、甲磺酸(4-羥基苯基)甲基((2-甲基苯基)甲基)鋶、三氟甲磺酸(4-羥基苯基)二甲基鋶、三氟甲磺酸(4-((甲氧基羰基)氧基)苯基)二甲基鋶、三氟甲磺酸苄基(4-羥基苯基)甲基鋶、三氟甲磺酸苄基(4-((甲氧基羰基)氧基)苯基)甲基鋶、三氟甲磺酸(4-羥基苯基)甲基((2-甲基苯基)甲基)鋶、3-(5-(((丙基磺醯基)氧基)亞胺基)噻吩-2(5H)-亞基)-2-(鄰甲苯基)丙腈、2,2-雙(3-(甲烷磺醯基胺基)-4-羥基苯基)六氟丙烷作為熱酸產生劑而較佳。Among them, from the viewpoint of less residue in the cured film and less deterioration of the physical properties of the cured film, those that produce alkylsulfonic acids having 1 to 4 carbon atoms or halogenated alkylsulfonic acids having 1 to 4 carbon atoms are more preferred, such as (4-hydroxyphenyl)dimethylcoppersulfonate, (4-((methoxycarbonyl)oxy)phenyl)dimethylcoppersulfonate, benzyl(4-hydroxyphenyl)methylcoppersulfonate, benzyl(4-((methoxycarbonyl)oxy)phenyl)methylcoppersulfonate, (4-hydroxyphenyl)methyl((2-methylphenyl)methyl)coppersulfonate, (4-hydroxyphenyl)dimethylcoppersulfonate, Preferred as the thermal acid generator are (4-((methoxycarbonyl)oxy)phenyl)dimethylcopperium trifluoromethanesulfonate, benzyl(4-hydroxyphenyl)methylcopperium trifluoromethanesulfonate, benzyl(4-((methoxycarbonyl)oxy)phenyl)methylcopperium trifluoromethanesulfonate, (4-hydroxyphenyl)methyl((2-methylphenyl)methyl)copperium trifluoromethanesulfonate, 3-(5-(((propylsulfonyl)oxy)imino)thiophen-2(5H)-ylidene)-2-(o-tolyl)propionitrile, and 2,2-bis(3-(methanesulfonylamino)-4-hydroxyphenyl)hexafluoropropane.
又,日本特開2013-167742號公報的0059段中所記載的化合物亦作為熱酸產生劑而較佳。Furthermore, the compound described in paragraph 0059 of JP-A-2013-167742 is also preferred as a thermal acid generator.
熱酸產生劑的含量相對於特定樹脂100質量份為0.01質量份以上為較佳,0.1質量份以上為更佳。藉由含有0.01質量份以上來促進交聯反應,因此能夠進一步提高硬化膜的機械特性及耐溶劑性。又,從硬化膜的電絕緣性的觀點考慮,20質量份以下為較佳,15質量份以下為更佳,10質量份以下為進一步較佳。The content of the thermal acid generator is preferably 0.01 parts by mass or more, and more preferably 0.1 parts by mass or more, relative to 100 parts by mass of the specific resin. By containing 0.01 parts by mass or more, the crosslinking reaction is promoted, thereby further improving the mechanical properties and solvent resistance of the cured film. In addition, from the viewpoint of the electrical insulation of the cured film, 20 parts by mass or less is preferably, 15 parts by mass or less is more preferably, and 10 parts by mass or less is even more preferably.
<鎓鹽> 本發明的樹脂組成物還可以包含鎓鹽。 尤其,在本發明的樹脂組成物包含聚醯亞胺前驅物作為特定樹脂之情況下,包含鎓鹽為較佳。 鎓鹽的種類等並無特別規定,可以較佳地舉出銨鹽、亞銨(Iminium)鹽、鋶鹽、錪鹽或鏻鹽。 在該等之中,從熱穩定性高的觀點考慮,銨鹽或亞銨鹽為較佳,從與聚合物的相容性的觀點考慮,鋶鹽、錪鹽或鏻鹽為較佳。<Onium salt> The resin composition of the present invention may further contain an onium salt. In particular, when the resin composition of the present invention contains a polyimide precursor as a specific resin, it is preferable to contain an onium salt. The type of onium salt is not particularly specified, and preferably ammonium salts, ammonium salts, cobalt salts, iodine salts, or phosphonium salts can be cited. Among them, ammonium salts or ammonium salts are preferable from the viewpoint of high thermal stability, and cobalt salts, iodine salts, or phosphonium salts are preferable from the viewpoint of compatibility with polymers.
又,鎓鹽為具有鎓結構之陽離子與陰離子的鹽,上述陽離子和陰離子可以經由共價鍵鍵結,亦可以不經由共價鍵鍵結。 亦即,鎓鹽可以為在同一分子結構內具有陽離子部分和陰離子部分之分子內鹽,亦可以為分別為不同分子的陽離子分子和陰離子分子進行離子鍵結而成之分子間鹽,但是分子間鹽為較佳。又,在本發明的樹脂組成物中,上述陽離子部分或陽離子分子和上述陰離子部分或陰離子分子可以藉由離子鍵鍵結,亦可以解離。 作為鎓鹽中之陽離子,銨陽離子、吡啶鎓陽離子、鋶陽離子、錪陽離子或鏻陽離子為較佳,選自包括四烷基銨陽離子、鋶陽離子及錪陽離子的群組中之至少一種陽離子為更佳。Furthermore, the onium salt is a salt of a cation and anion having an onium structure, and the cation and anion may be bonded by covalent bonding or not. That is, the onium salt may be an intramolecular salt having a cation part and anion part in the same molecular structure, or an intermolecular salt formed by ionic bonding between cation molecules and anion molecules of different molecules, but intermolecular salts are preferred. Furthermore, in the resin composition of the present invention, the cation part or cation molecule and the anion part or anion molecule may be bonded by ionic bonding or may be dissociated. As the cation in the onium salt, an ammonium cation, a pyridinium cation, a coronium cation, an iodine cation or a phosphonium cation is preferred, and at least one cation selected from the group consisting of tetraalkylammonium cations, coronium cations and iodine cations is more preferred.
本發明中所使用之鎓鹽可以為後述熱鹼產生劑。 熱鹼產生劑是指藉由加熱而產生鹼之化合物,例如可以舉出加熱至40℃以上時產生鹼之化合物等。 作為鎓鹽,例如可以舉出國際公開第2018/043262號的0122~0138段中所記載的鎓鹽等。又,除此以外,能夠無特別限制地使用聚醯亞胺前驅物的領域中所使用之鎓鹽。The onium salt used in the present invention may be a thermal alkali generator described below. The thermal alkali generator refers to a compound that generates a base by heating, and examples thereof include compounds that generate a base when heated to 40°C or higher. As the onium salt, for example, onium salts described in paragraphs 0122 to 0138 of International Publication No. 2018/043262 may be cited. In addition, onium salts used in the field of polyimide precursors may be used without particular limitation.
在本發明的樹脂組成物包含鎓鹽之情況下,鎓鹽的含量相對於本發明的樹脂組成物的總固體成分為0.1~50質量%為較佳。下限為0.5質量%以上為更佳,0.85質量%以上為進一步較佳,1質量%以上為進一步較佳。上限為30質量%以下為更佳,20質量%以下為進一步較佳,10質量%以下為進一步較佳,亦可以為5質量%以下,亦可以為4質量%以下。 鎓鹽能夠使用一種或兩種以上。在使用兩種以上之情況下,合計量在上述範圍內為較佳。When the resin composition of the present invention contains an onium salt, the content of the onium salt is preferably 0.1 to 50 mass % relative to the total solid content of the resin composition of the present invention. The lower limit is preferably 0.5 mass % or more, 0.85 mass % or more is further preferred, and 1 mass % or more is further preferred. The upper limit is preferably 30 mass % or less, 20 mass % or less is further preferred, 10 mass % or less is further preferred, and it can also be 5 mass % or less, and it can also be 4 mass % or less. The onium salt can be used alone or in combination. When two or more are used, the total amount is preferably within the above range.
<熱鹼產生劑> 本發明的樹脂組成物還可以包含熱鹼產生劑。 尤其,在本發明的樹脂組成物包含聚醯亞胺前驅物作為特定樹脂之情況下,包含熱鹼產生劑為較佳。 其他熱鹼產生劑可以為對應於上述鎓鹽之化合物,亦可以為上述鎓鹽以外的熱鹼產生劑。 作為除了上述鎓鹽以外的熱鹼產生劑,可以舉出非離子系熱鹼產生劑。 作為非離子系熱鹼產生劑,可以舉出式(B1)或式(B2)所表示之化合物。 [化學式43] <Thermal alkali generator> The resin composition of the present invention may further contain a thermal alkali generator. In particular, when the resin composition of the present invention contains a polyimide precursor as a specific resin, it is preferable to contain a thermal alkali generator. Other thermal alkali generators may be compounds corresponding to the above-mentioned onium salts, or thermal alkali generators other than the above-mentioned onium salts. As thermal alkali generators other than the above-mentioned onium salts, non-ionic thermal alkali generators can be cited. As non-ionic thermal alkali generators, compounds represented by formula (B1) or formula (B2) can be cited. [Chemical Formula 43]
式(B1)及式(B2)中,Rb1 、Rb2 及Rb3 分別獨立地為不具有三級胺結構之有機基、鹵素原子或氫原子。但是,Rb1 及Rb2 不會同時成為氫原子。又,Rb1 、Rb2 及Rb3 不會均具有羧基。另外,在本說明書中,三級胺結構是指3價的氮原子的3個鍵結鍵均與烴系的碳原子共價鍵結之結構。因此,在所鍵結之碳原子為構成羰基之碳原子之情況下,亦即,與氮原子一同形成醯胺基之情況下,則不限於此。In formula (B1) and formula (B2), Rb1 , Rb2 and Rb3 are independently an organic group, a halogen atom or a hydrogen atom that does not have a tertiary amine structure. However, Rb1 and Rb2 will not be hydrogen atoms at the same time. Moreover, Rb1 , Rb2 and Rb3 will not all have carboxyl groups. In addition, in this specification, a tertiary amine structure refers to a structure in which the three bonds of a trivalent nitrogen atom are covalently bonded to a carbon atom of a hydrocarbon system. Therefore, when the carbon atom to which the bond is a carbon atom constituting a carbonyl group, that is, when an amide group is formed together with a nitrogen atom, it is not limited to this.
式(B1)、式(B2)中,關於Rb1 、Rb2 及Rb3 ,該等中至少1個包含環狀結構為較佳,至少2個包含環狀結構為更佳。作為環狀結構,可以為單環及縮合環中的任一種,單環或由2個單環縮合而成之縮合環為較佳。單環為5員環或6員環為較佳,6員環為較佳。單環為環己烷環及苯環為較佳,環己烷環為更佳。In formula (B1) and formula (B2), at least one of Rb1 , Rb2 and Rb3 preferably has a cyclic structure, and at least two of them more preferably have a cyclic structure. The cyclic structure may be a monocyclic ring or a condensed ring, and a monocyclic ring or a condensed ring formed by condensing two monocyclic rings is preferred. The monocyclic ring is preferably a 5-membered ring or a 6-membered ring, and a 6-membered ring is preferred. The monocyclic ring is preferably a cyclohexane ring or a benzene ring, and a cyclohexane ring is more preferred.
更具體而言,Rb1 及Rb2 為氫原子、烷基(碳數1~24為較佳,2~18為更佳,3~12為進一步較佳)、烯基(碳數2~24為較佳,2~18為更佳,3~12為進一步較佳)、芳基(碳數6~22為較佳,6~18為更佳,6~10為進一步較佳)或芳基烷基(碳數7~25為較佳,7~19為更佳,7~12為進一步較佳)為較佳。該等基團在發揮本發明的效果之範圍內可以具有取代基。Rb1 和Rb2 可以相互鍵結而形成環。作為所形成之環,4~7員的含氮雜環為較佳。Rb1 及Rb2 尤其為可以具有取代基之直鏈、支鏈或環狀烷基(碳數1~24為較佳,2~18為更佳,3~12為進一步較佳)為較佳,可以具有取代基之環烷基(碳數3~24為較佳,3~18為更佳,3~12為進一步較佳)為更佳,可以具有取代基之環己基為進一步較佳。More specifically, Rb1 and Rb2 are preferably hydrogen atoms, alkyl groups (preferably having 1 to 24 carbon atoms, more preferably 2 to 18 carbon atoms, and further preferably 3 to 12 carbon atoms), alkenyl groups (preferably having 2 to 24 carbon atoms, more preferably 2 to 18 carbon atoms, and further preferably 3 to 12 carbon atoms), aryl groups (preferably having 6 to 22 carbon atoms, more preferably 6 to 18 carbon atoms, and further preferably 6 to 10 carbon atoms), or arylalkyl groups (preferably having 7 to 25 carbon atoms, more preferably 7 to 19 carbon atoms, and further preferably 7 to 12 carbon atoms). These groups may have substituents within the scope of exerting the effects of the present invention. Rb1 and Rb2 may be bonded to each other to form a ring. As the formed ring, a 4-7-membered nitrogen-containing heterocyclic ring is preferred. Rb1 and Rb2 are preferably linear, branched or cyclic alkyl groups which may have a substituent (preferably having 1 to 24 carbon atoms, more preferably 2 to 18 carbon atoms, and further preferably 3 to 12 carbon atoms), more preferably cycloalkyl groups which may have a substituent (preferably having 3 to 24 carbon atoms, more preferably 3 to 18 carbon atoms, and further preferably 3 to 12 carbon atoms), and further preferably cyclohexyl groups which may have a substituent.
作為Rb3 ,可以舉出烷基(碳數1~24為較佳,2~18為更佳,3~12為進一步較佳)、芳基(碳數6~22為較佳,6~18為更佳,6~10為進一步較佳)、烯基(碳數2~24為較佳,2~12為更佳,2~6為進一步較佳)、芳基烷基(碳數7~23為較佳,7~19為更佳,7~12為進一步較佳)、芳基烯基(碳數8~24為較佳,8~20為更佳,8~16為進一步較佳)、烷氧基(碳數1~24為較佳,2~18為更佳,3~12為進一步較佳)、芳氧基(碳數6~22為較佳,6~18為更佳,6~12為進一步較佳)或芳基烷氧基(碳數7~23為較佳,7~19為更佳,7~12為進一步較佳)。其中,環烷基(碳數3~24為較佳,3~18為更佳,3~12為進一步較佳)、芳基烯基、芳基烷氧基為較佳。Rb3 在發揮本發明的效果之範圍內還可以具有取代基。Examples of Rb 3 include alkyl (preferably having 1 to 24 carbon atoms, more preferably 2 to 18 carbon atoms, and more preferably 3 to 12 carbon atoms), aryl (preferably having 6 to 22 carbon atoms, more preferably 6 to 18 carbon atoms, and more preferably 6 to 10 carbon atoms), alkenyl (preferably having 2 to 24 carbon atoms, more preferably 2 to 12 carbon atoms, and more preferably 2 to 6 carbon atoms), arylalkyl (preferably having 7 to 23 carbon atoms, more preferably 7 to 19 carbon atoms, and more preferably 7 to 12 carbon atoms), Arylalkenyl (preferably having 8 to 24 carbon atoms, more preferably 8 to 20 carbon atoms, and more preferably 8 to 16 carbon atoms), alkoxy (preferably having 1 to 24 carbon atoms, more preferably 2 to 18 carbon atoms, and more preferably 3 to 12 carbon atoms), aryloxy (preferably having 6 to 22 carbon atoms, more preferably 6 to 18 carbon atoms, and more preferably 6 to 12 carbon atoms), or arylalkoxy (preferably having 7 to 23 carbon atoms, more preferably 7 to 19 carbon atoms, and more preferably 7 to 12 carbon atoms). Among them, cycloalkyl (preferably having 3 to 24 carbon atoms, more preferably 3 to 18 carbon atoms, and more preferably 3 to 12 carbon atoms), arylalkenyl, and arylalkoxy are preferred. Rb3 may further have a substituent within the range in which the effect of the present invention is exerted.
式(B1)所表示之化合物為下述式(B1-1)或下述式(B1-2)所表示之化合物為較佳。 [化學式44] The compound represented by formula (B1) is preferably a compound represented by the following formula (B1-1) or the following formula (B1-2). [Chemical Formula 44]
式中,Rb11 及Rb12 以及Rb31 及Rb32 分別與式(B1)中之Rb1 及Rb2 相同。 Rb13 為烷基(碳數1~24為較佳,2~18為更佳,3~12為進一步較佳)、烯基(碳數2~24為較佳,2~18為更佳,3~12為進一步較佳)、芳基(碳數6~22為較佳,6~18為更佳,6~12為進一步較佳)、芳基烷基(碳數7~23為較佳,7~19為更佳,7~12為進一步較佳),在發揮本發明的效果之範圍內可以具有取代基。其中,Rb13 為芳基烷基為較佳。In the formula, Rb11 and Rb12 as well as Rb31 and Rb32 are the same as Rb1 and Rb2 in formula (B1), respectively. Rb13 is an alkyl group (preferably having 1 to 24 carbon atoms, more preferably 2 to 18 carbon atoms, and more preferably 3 to 12 carbon atoms), an alkenyl group (preferably having 2 to 24 carbon atoms, more preferably 2 to 18 carbon atoms, and more preferably 3 to 12 carbon atoms), an aryl group (preferably having 6 to 22 carbon atoms, more preferably 6 to 18 carbon atoms, and more preferably 6 to 12 carbon atoms), or an arylalkyl group (preferably having 7 to 23 carbon atoms, more preferably 7 to 19 carbon atoms, and more preferably 7 to 12 carbon atoms), and may have a substituent within the range in which the effect of the present invention is exerted. Among them, Rb13 is preferably an arylalkyl group.
Rb33 及Rb34 分別獨立地為氫原子、烷基(碳數1~12為較佳,1~8為更佳,1~3為進一步較佳)、烯基(碳數2~12為較佳,2~8為更佳,2~3為進一步較佳)、芳基(碳數6~22為較佳,6~18為更佳,6~10為進一步較佳)、芳基烷基(碳數7~23為較佳,7~19為更佳,7~11為進一步較佳),氫原子為較佳。 Rb33 and Rb34 are independently a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group (preferably having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 8 carbon atoms, and more preferably 1 to 3 carbon atoms), an alkenyl group (preferably having 2 to 12 carbon atoms, more preferably 2 to 8 carbon atoms, and more preferably 2 to 3 carbon atoms), an aryl group (preferably having 6 to 22 carbon atoms, more preferably 6 to 18 carbon atoms, and more preferably 6 to 10 carbon atoms), or an arylalkyl group (preferably having 7 to 23 carbon atoms, more preferably 7 to 19 carbon atoms, and more preferably 7 to 11 carbon atoms), preferably a hydrogen atom.
Rb35 為烷基(碳數1~24為較佳,1~12為更佳,3~8為進一步較佳)、烯基(碳數2~12為較佳,2~10為更佳,3~8為進一步較佳)、芳基(碳數6~22為較佳,6~18為更佳,6~12為進一步較佳)、芳基烷基(碳數7~23為較佳,7~19為更佳,7~12為進一步較佳),芳基為較佳。Rb 35 is an alkyl group (preferably having 1 to 24 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 12 carbon atoms, and further preferably 3 to 8 carbon atoms), an alkenyl group (preferably having 2 to 12 carbon atoms, more preferably 2 to 10 carbon atoms, and further preferably 3 to 8 carbon atoms), an aryl group (preferably having 6 to 22 carbon atoms, more preferably 6 to 18 carbon atoms, and further preferably 6 to 12 carbon atoms), and an arylalkyl group (preferably having 7 to 23 carbon atoms, more preferably 7 to 19 carbon atoms, and further preferably 7 to 12 carbon atoms), and aryl is preferred.
式(B1-1)所表示之化合物為式(B1-1a)所表示之化合物亦為較佳。 [化學式45] The compound represented by formula (B1-1) is preferably a compound represented by formula (B1-1a). [Chemical Formula 45]
Rb11 及Rb12 與式(B1-1)中之Rb11 及Rb12 的含義相同。 Rb15 及Rb16 為氫原子、烷基(碳數1~12為較佳,1~6為更佳,1~3為進一步較佳)、烯基(碳數2~12為較佳,2~6為更佳,2~3為進一步較佳)、芳基(碳數6~22為較佳,6~18為更佳,6~10為進一步較佳)、芳基烷基(碳數7~23為較佳,7~19為更佳,7~11為進一步較佳),氫原子或甲基為較佳。 Rb17 為烷基(碳數1~24為較佳,1~12為更佳,3~8為進一步較佳)、烯基(碳數2~12為較佳,2~10為更佳,3~8為進一步較佳)、芳基(碳數6~22為較佳,6~18為更佳,6~12為進一步較佳)、芳基烷基(碳數7~23為較佳,7~19為更佳,7~12為進一步較佳),其中,芳基為較佳。 Rb11 and Rb12 have the same meanings as Rb11 and Rb12 in formula (B1-1). Rb15 and Rb16 are hydrogen atoms, alkyl groups (preferably having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 6 carbon atoms, and more preferably 1 to 3 carbon atoms), alkenyl groups (preferably having 2 to 12 carbon atoms, more preferably 2 to 6 carbon atoms, and more preferably 2 to 3 carbon atoms), aryl groups (preferably having 6 to 22 carbon atoms, more preferably 6 to 18 carbon atoms, and more preferably 6 to 10 carbon atoms), arylalkyl groups (preferably having 7 to 23 carbon atoms, more preferably 7 to 19 carbon atoms, and more preferably 7 to 11 carbon atoms), preferably hydrogen atoms or methyl groups. Rb 17 is an alkyl group (preferably having 1 to 24 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 12 carbon atoms, and further preferably 3 to 8 carbon atoms), an alkenyl group (preferably having 2 to 12 carbon atoms, more preferably 2 to 10 carbon atoms, and further preferably 3 to 8 carbon atoms), an aryl group (preferably having 6 to 22 carbon atoms, more preferably 6 to 18 carbon atoms, and further preferably 6 to 12 carbon atoms), or an arylalkyl group (preferably having 7 to 23 carbon atoms, more preferably 7 to 19 carbon atoms, and further preferably 7 to 12 carbon atoms), wherein the aryl group is preferred.
非離子系熱鹼產生劑的分子量為800以下為較佳,600以下為更佳,500以下為進一步較佳。作為下限,100以上為較佳,200以上為更佳,300以上為進一步較佳。The molecular weight of the non-ionic thermal alkali generator is preferably 800 or less, more preferably 600 or less, and further preferably 500 or less. As the lower limit, it is preferably 100 or more, more preferably 200 or more, and further preferably 300 or more.
作為在上述鎓鹽中作為熱鹼產生劑之化合物的具體例或除了上述鎓鹽以外的熱鹼產生劑的具體例,可以舉出以下化合物。As specific examples of the compound serving as a thermal alkali generator among the above-mentioned onium salts or specific examples of the thermal alkali generator other than the above-mentioned onium salts, the following compounds can be cited.
[化學式46] [Chemical formula 46]
[化學式47] [Chemical formula 47]
[化學式48] [Chemical formula 48]
其他熱鹼產生劑的含量相對於本發明的樹脂組成物的總固體成分為0.1~50質量%為較佳。下限為0.5質量%以上為更佳,1質量%以上為進一步較佳。上限為30質量%以下為更佳,20質量%以下為進一步較佳。熱鹼產生劑能夠使用一種或兩種以上。在使用兩種以上之情況下,合計量在上述範圍內為較佳。The content of other alkali generators is preferably 0.1 to 50% by mass relative to the total solid content of the resin composition of the present invention. The lower limit is more preferably 0.5% by mass or more, and more preferably 1% by mass or more. The upper limit is more preferably 30% by mass or less, and more preferably 20% by mass or less. The alkali generator can be used alone or in combination. When two or more types are used, the total amount is preferably within the above range.
<交聯劑> 本發明的樹脂組成物包含交聯劑為較佳。 作為交聯劑,可以舉出自由基交聯劑或其他交聯劑。<Crosslinking agent> The resin composition of the present invention preferably contains a crosslinking agent. As the crosslinking agent, free radical crosslinking agents or other crosslinking agents can be cited.
<自由基交聯劑> 本發明的樹脂組成物還包含自由基交聯劑為較佳。 自由基交聯劑為具有自由基聚合性基之化合物。作為自由基聚合性基,包含乙烯性不飽和鍵之基團為較佳。作為上述包含乙烯性不飽和鍵之基團,可以舉出乙烯基、烯丙基、乙烯基苯基、(甲基)丙烯醯基等具有乙烯性不飽和鍵之基團。 在該等之中,作為上述包含乙烯性不飽和鍵之基團,(甲基)丙烯醯基為較佳,從反應性的觀點考慮,(甲基)丙烯醯基為更佳。<Free radical crosslinking agent> The resin composition of the present invention preferably further contains a free radical crosslinking agent. The free radical crosslinking agent is a compound having a free radical polymerizable group. As the free radical polymerizable group, a group containing an ethylenic unsaturated bond is preferred. As the above-mentioned group containing an ethylenic unsaturated bond, there can be cited groups having an ethylenic unsaturated bond such as vinyl, allyl, vinylphenyl, (meth)acryloyl, etc. Among them, as the above-mentioned group containing an ethylenic unsaturated bond, a (meth)acryloyl group is preferred, and from the viewpoint of reactivity, a (meth)acryloyl group is more preferred.
自由基交聯劑只要為具有1個以上的乙烯性不飽和鍵之化合物即可,具有2個以上之化合物為更佳。 具有2個乙烯性不飽和鍵之化合物為具有2個上述包含乙烯性不飽和鍵之基團之化合物為較佳。 又,從所獲得之圖案(硬化膜)的膜強度的觀點考慮,本發明的樹脂組成物包含有3個以上的乙烯性不飽和鍵之化合物作為自由基交聯劑為較佳。作為上述具有3個以上的乙烯性不飽和鍵之化合物,具有3~15個乙烯性不飽和鍵之化合物為較佳,具有3~10個乙烯性不飽和鍵之化合物為更佳,具有3~6個之化合物為進一步較佳。 又,上述具有3個以上的乙烯性不飽和鍵之化合物為具有3個以上的上述包含乙烯性不飽和鍵之基團之化合物為較佳,具有3~15個之化合物為更佳,具有3~10個之化合物為進一步較佳,具有3~6個之化合物為特佳。 又,從所獲得之圖案(硬化膜)的膜強度的觀點考慮,本發明的樹脂組成物包含具有2個乙烯性不飽和鍵之化合物和上述具有3個以上乙烯性不飽和鍵之化合物亦為較佳。The free radical crosslinking agent may be a compound having one or more ethylenic unsaturated bonds, and a compound having two or more ethylenic unsaturated bonds is more preferred. The compound having two ethylenic unsaturated bonds is preferably a compound having two of the above-mentioned groups containing ethylenic unsaturated bonds. In addition, from the viewpoint of the film strength of the obtained pattern (cured film), the resin composition of the present invention preferably contains a compound having three or more ethylenic unsaturated bonds as a free radical crosslinking agent. As the above-mentioned compound having three or more ethylenic unsaturated bonds, a compound having 3 to 15 ethylenic unsaturated bonds is more preferred, a compound having 3 to 10 ethylenic unsaturated bonds is more preferred, and a compound having 3 to 6 ethylenic unsaturated bonds is further preferred. Furthermore, the compound having more than 3 ethylenic unsaturated bonds is preferably a compound having more than 3 groups containing ethylenic unsaturated bonds, a compound having 3 to 15 groups is more preferably, a compound having 3 to 10 groups is further preferably, and a compound having 3 to 6 groups is particularly preferably. In addition, from the perspective of the film strength of the obtained pattern (cured film), it is also preferred that the resin composition of the present invention contains a compound having 2 ethylenic unsaturated bonds and the above-mentioned compound having more than 3 ethylenic unsaturated bonds.
自由基交聯劑的分子量為2,000以下為較佳,1,500以下為更佳,900以下為進一步較佳。自由基交聯劑的分子量的下限為100以上為較佳。The molecular weight of the radical crosslinking agent is preferably 2,000 or less, more preferably 1,500 or less, and even more preferably 900 or less. The lower limit of the molecular weight of the radical crosslinking agent is preferably 100 or more.
作為自由基交聯劑的具體例,可以舉出不飽和羧酸(例如,丙烯酸、甲基丙烯酸、衣康酸、巴豆酸、異巴豆酸、順丁烯二酸等)或其酯類、醯胺類,較佳為不飽和羧酸與多元醇化合物的酯及不飽和羧酸與多元胺化合物的醯胺類。又,亦可以較佳地使用具有羥基或胺基、氫硫基(sulfanyl group)等親核性取代基之不飽和羧酸酯或醯胺類與單官能或多官能異氰酸酯類或環氧類的加成反應物或與單官能或多官能的羧酸的脫水縮合反應物等。又,亦可以較佳地使用具有異氰酸酯基或環氧基等拉電子性取代基之不飽和羧酸酯或醯胺類與單官能或多官能的醇類、胺類、硫醇類的加成反應物,以及具有鹵代基(halogeno group)或甲苯磺醯氧基(tosyloxy group)等脫離性取代基之不飽和羧酸酯或醯胺類與單官能或多官能的醇類、胺類、硫醇類的取代反應物。又,作為另一例,亦能夠使用代替上述不飽和羧酸而替換為不飽和膦酸、苯乙烯等乙烯苯衍生物、乙烯醚、烯丙醚等之化合物群組。作為具體例,能夠參閱日本特開2016-027357號公報的0113~0122段的記載,該等內容被編入本說明書中。Specific examples of free radical crosslinking agents include unsaturated carboxylic acids (e.g., acrylic acid, methacrylic acid, itaconic acid, crotonic acid, isocrotonic acid, maleic acid, etc.) or their esters and amides, preferably esters of unsaturated carboxylic acids and polyol compounds and amides of unsaturated carboxylic acids and polyamine compounds. In addition, addition reaction products of unsaturated carboxylic acid esters or amides having nucleophilic substituents such as hydroxyl groups, amino groups, sulfhydryl groups, etc., and monofunctional or polyfunctional isocyanates or epoxides, or dehydration condensation reaction products with monofunctional or polyfunctional carboxylic acids, etc. can also be preferably used. Furthermore, addition reaction products of unsaturated carboxylates or amides having electron-withdrawing substituents such as isocyanate groups or epoxy groups and monofunctional or polyfunctional alcohols, amines, and thiols, and substitution reaction products of unsaturated carboxylates or amides having dissociative substituents such as halogeno groups or tosyloxy groups and monofunctional or polyfunctional alcohols, amines, and thiols can also be preferably used. Furthermore, as another example, a compound group in which the unsaturated carboxylic acids are replaced with unsaturated phosphonic acids, vinylbenzene derivatives such as styrene, vinyl ethers, allyl ethers, and the like can also be used. As a specific example, reference can be made to paragraphs 0113 to 0122 of Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2016-027357, the contents of which are incorporated into this specification.
又,自由基交聯劑為在常壓下具有100℃以上的沸點之化合物亦為較佳。作為其例子,可以舉出使環氧乙烷或環氧丙烷加成於聚乙二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、三羥甲基乙烷三(甲基)丙烯酸酯、新戊二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、新戊四醇三(甲基)丙烯酸酯、新戊四醇四(甲基)丙烯酸酯、二新戊四醇五(甲基)丙烯酸酯、二新戊四醇六(甲基)丙烯酸酯、己二醇(甲基)丙烯酸酯、三羥甲基丙烷三(丙烯醯氧丙基)醚、三(丙烯醯氧乙基)異氰脲酸酯、甘油或三羥甲基乙烷等多官能醇上之後進行了(甲基)丙烯酸酯化之化合物、如日本特公昭48-041708號公報、日本特公昭50-006034號公報、日本特開昭51-037193號各公報中所記載之胺基甲酸酯(甲基)丙烯酸酯類、日本特開昭48-064183號、日本特公昭49-043191號、日本特公昭52-030490號各公報中所記載之聚酯丙烯酸酯類、作為環氧樹脂與(甲基)丙烯酸的反應產物之環氧丙烯酸酯類等多官能的丙烯酸酯或甲基丙烯酸酯及該等的混合物。又,日本特開2008-292970號公報的0254~0257段中所記載的化合物亦為較佳。又,還可以舉出使(甲基)丙烯酸縮水甘油酯等具有環狀醚基和乙烯性不飽和鍵之化合物與多官能羧酸進行反應而獲得之多官能(甲基)丙烯酸酯等。In addition, the radical crosslinking agent is preferably a compound having a boiling point of 100°C or higher under normal pressure. Examples thereof include a compound obtained by adding ethylene oxide or propylene oxide to a polyfunctional alcohol such as polyethylene glycol di(meth)acrylate, trihydroxymethylethane tri(meth)acrylate, neopentyl glycol di(meth)acrylate, pentaerythritol tri(meth)acrylate, pentaerythritol tetra(meth)acrylate, dipentaerythritol penta(meth)acrylate, dipentaerythritol hexa(meth)acrylate, hexanediol (meth)acrylate, trihydroxymethylpropane tri(acryloxypropyl) ether, tri(acryloxyethyl) isocyanurate, glycerol or trihydroxymethylethane, and then (meth)acrylating the resulting mixture. Esterified compounds, such as urethane (meth) acrylates described in Japanese Patent Publication No. 48-041708, Japanese Patent Publication No. 50-006034, Japanese Patent Publication No. 51-037193, polyester acrylates described in Japanese Patent Publication No. 48-064183, Japanese Patent Publication No. 49-043191, Japanese Patent Publication No. 52-030490, epoxy acrylates as reaction products of epoxy resin and (meth) acrylic acid, and mixtures thereof. In addition, compounds described in paragraphs 0254 to 0257 of Japanese Patent Publication No. 2008-292970 are also preferred. In addition, there can be mentioned polyfunctional (meth)acrylates obtained by reacting a compound having a cyclic ether group and an ethylenically unsaturated bond such as glycidyl (meth)acrylate with a polyfunctional carboxylic acid.
又,作為除了上述以外的較佳的自由基交聯劑,亦能夠使用日本特開2010-160418號公報、日本特開2010-129825號公報、日本專利第4364216號公報等中所記載之具有茀環且具有2個以上的含有乙烯性不飽和鍵之基團之化合物或卡多(cardo)樹脂。Furthermore, as a preferred radical crosslinking agent other than the above, a compound having a fluorene ring and having two or more groups containing ethylenic unsaturated bonds, or a cardo resin described in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2010-160418, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2010-129825, Japanese Patent Application No. 4364216, etc. can also be used.
另外,作為其他例子,亦可以舉出日本特公昭46-043946號公報、日本特公平01-040337號公報、日本特公平01-040336號公報中所記載的特定的不飽和化合物或日本特開平02-025493號公報中所記載的乙烯基膦酸系化合物等。又,亦能夠使用日本特開昭61-022048號公報中所記載的包含全氟烷基之化合物。另外,亦能夠使用在日本接著協會誌vol.20、No.7、第300~308頁(1984年)中作為光聚合性單體及寡聚物而介紹者。As other examples, specific unsaturated compounds described in Japanese Patent Publication No. 46-043946, Japanese Patent Publication No. 01-040337, Japanese Patent Publication No. 01-040336, or vinylphosphonic acid compounds described in Japanese Patent Publication No. 02-025493 can be cited. In addition, compounds containing perfluoroalkyl groups described in Japanese Patent Publication No. 61-022048 can also be used. In addition, those introduced as photopolymerizable monomers and oligomers in the Journal of the Japan Association of Adhesion, vol. 20, No. 7, pp. 300-308 (1984) can also be used.
除了上述以外,亦可以較佳地使用日本特開2015-034964號公報的0048~0051段中所記載的化合物、國際公開第2015/199219號的0087~0131段中所記載的化合物,該等內容被編入本說明書中。In addition to the above, the compounds described in paragraphs 0048 to 0051 of JP-A-2015-034964 and the compounds described in paragraphs 0087 to 0131 of WO-2015/199219 can also be preferably used, and the contents thereof are incorporated into the present specification.
又,在日本特開平10-062986號公報中作為式(1)及式(2)而與其具體例一同記載的使環氧乙烷或環氧丙烷加成於多官能醇上之後進行了(甲基)丙烯酸酯化之化合物亦能夠用作自由基交聯劑。In addition, compounds described in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 10-062986 as formula (1) and formula (2) together with specific examples thereof, in which ethylene oxide or propylene oxide is added to a polyfunctional alcohol and then (meth)acrylic acid is esterified, can also be used as a radical crosslinking agent.
另外,日本特開2015-187211號公報的0104~0131段中所記載的化合物亦能夠用作自由基交聯劑,該等內容被編入本說明書中。In addition, the compounds described in paragraphs 0104 to 0131 of JP-A-2015-187211 can also be used as a radical crosslinking agent, and these contents are incorporated into this specification.
作為自由基交聯劑,二新戊四醇三丙烯酸酯(作為市售品為KAYARAD D-330;Nippon Kayaku Co.,Ltd.製造)、二新戊四醇四丙烯酸酯(作為市售品為KAYARAD D-320;Nippon Kayaku Co.,Ltd.製造,A-TMMT:Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co.,Ltd.製造)、二新戊四醇五(甲基)丙烯酸酯(作為市售品為KAYARAD D-310;Nippon Kayaku Co.,Ltd.製造)、二新戊四醇六(甲基)丙烯酸酯(作為市售品為KAYARAD DPHA;Nippon Kayaku Co.,Ltd.製造,A-DPH;Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co.,Ltd.製造)及該等的(甲基)丙烯醯基經由乙二醇殘基或丙二醇殘基鍵結之結構為較佳。亦能夠使用該等的寡聚物型。As the radical crosslinking agent, dipentatriol triacrylate (commercially available as KAYARAD D-330; manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.), dipentatriol tetraacrylate (commercially available as KAYARAD D-320; manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd., A-TMMT: manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.), dipentatriol penta(meth)acrylate (commercially available as KAYARAD D-310; manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.), dipentatriol hexa(meth)acrylate (commercially available as KAYARAD DPHA; manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd., A-DPH; manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.) and the structure in which the (meth)acryloyl group is bonded via an ethylene glycol residue or a propylene glycol residue is preferred. The oligomer type of the same can also be used.
作為自由基交聯劑的市售品,例如可以舉出Sartomer Company, Inc.製造的作為具有4個伸乙氧基鏈之4官能丙烯酸酯之SR-494、作為具有4個伸乙氧基鏈之2官能甲基丙烯酸酯的Sartomer Company, Inc.製造的SR-209、231、239、Nippon Kayaku Co.,Ltd.製造的作為具有6個戊烯氧基鏈之6官能丙烯酸酯的DPCA-60、作為具有3個異丁烯氧基鏈之3官能丙烯酸酯的TPA-330、胺基甲酸酯寡聚物UAS-10、UAB-140(Nippon Paper Industries Co.,Ltd.製造)、NK Ester M-40G、NK Ester 4G、NK Ester M-9300、NK Ester A-9300、UA-7200(Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co.,Ltd.製造)、DPHA-40H(Nippon Kayaku Co.,Ltd.製造)、UA-306H、UA-306T、UA-306I、AH-600、T-600、AI-600(Kyoeisha chemical Co.,Ltd.製造)、BLEMMER PME400(NOF CORPORATION製造)等。As commercially available free radical crosslinking agents, for example, SR-494 manufactured by Sartomer Company, Inc., which is a tetrafunctional acrylate having four ethoxy chains, SR-209, 231, 239 manufactured by Sartomer Company, Inc., which are bifunctional methacrylates having four ethoxy chains, DPCA-60 manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd., which is a hexafunctional acrylate having six pentyloxy chains, TPA-330, which is a trifunctional acrylate having three isobutyleneoxy chains, urethane oligomers UAS-10 and UAB-140 (manufactured by Nippon Paper Industries Co., Ltd.), NK Ester M-40G, NK Ester 4G, NK Ester M-9300, NK Ester A-9300, UA-7200 (manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.), DPHA-40H (manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.), UA-306H, UA-306T, UA-306I, AH-600, T-600, AI-600 (manufactured by Kyoeisha Chemical Co., Ltd.), BLEMMER PME400 (manufactured by NOF CORPORATION), etc.
作為自由基交聯劑,如日本特公昭48-041708號公報、日本特開昭51-037193號公報、日本特公平02-032293號公報、日本特公平02-016765號公報中所記載的胺基甲酸酯丙烯酸酯類或日本特公昭58-049860號公報、日本特公昭56-017654號公報、日本特公昭62-039417號公報、日本特公昭62-039418號公報中所記載的具有環氧乙烷系結構之胺基甲酸酯化合物類亦為較佳。另外,作為自由基交聯劑,亦能夠使用日本特開昭63-277653號公報、日本特開昭63-260909號公報、日本特開平01-105238號公報中所記載之在分子內具有胺基結構或硫化物結構之化合物。As the free radical crosslinking agent, urethane acrylates described in Japanese Patent Publication No. 48-041708, Japanese Patent Publication No. 51-037193, Japanese Patent Publication No. 02-032293, Japanese Patent Publication No. 02-016765, or urethane compounds having an ethylene oxide structure described in Japanese Patent Publication No. 58-049860, Japanese Patent Publication No. 56-017654, Japanese Patent Publication No. 62-039417, and Japanese Patent Publication No. 62-039418 are also preferred. In addition, as the radical crosslinking agent, compounds having an amino structure or a sulfide structure in the molecule described in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 63-277653, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 63-260909, and Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 01-105238 can also be used.
自由基交聯劑亦可以為具有羧基、磷酸基等酸基之自由基交聯劑。具有酸基之自由基交聯劑為脂肪族多羥基化合物與不飽和羧酸的酯為較佳,使非芳香族羧酸酐與脂肪族多羥基化合物的未反應的羥基進行反應而具有酸基之自由基交聯劑為更佳。特佳為,在使非芳香族羧酸酐與脂肪族多羥基化合物的未反應的羥基進行反應而具有酸基之自由基交聯劑中,脂肪族多羥基化合物為新戊四醇或二新戊四醇的化合物。作為市售品,例如作為TOAGOSEI CO.,LTD.製造的多元酸改質丙烯酸寡聚物,可以舉出M-510、M-520等。The free radical crosslinking agent may also be a free radical crosslinking agent having an acid group such as a carboxyl group or a phosphoric acid group. The free radical crosslinking agent having an acid group is preferably an ester of an aliphatic polyhydroxy compound and an unsaturated carboxylic acid, and a free radical crosslinking agent having an acid group by reacting a non-aromatic carboxylic acid anhydride with an unreacted hydroxyl group of an aliphatic polyhydroxy compound is more preferably. It is particularly preferred that, in the free radical crosslinking agent having an acid group by reacting a non-aromatic carboxylic acid anhydride with an unreacted hydroxyl group of an aliphatic polyhydroxy compound, the aliphatic polyhydroxy compound is a compound of neopentyl triol or dipentyl triol. As commercially available products, for example, polyacid-modified acrylic oligomers manufactured by TOAGOSEI CO., LTD. include M-510 and M-520.
具有酸基之自由基交聯劑的較佳酸值為0.1~40mgKOH/g,特佳為5~30mgKOH/g。只要自由基交聯劑的酸值在上述範圍內,則製造上的操作性優異,進而顯影性優異。又,聚合性良好。上述酸值依據JIS K 0070:1992的記載進行測定。The preferred acid value of the free radical crosslinking agent having an acid group is 0.1 to 40 mgKOH/g, and particularly preferably 5 to 30 mgKOH/g. As long as the acid value of the free radical crosslinking agent is within the above range, the operability in production is excellent, and further the developing property is excellent. In addition, the polymerizability is good. The above acid value is measured according to the description of JIS K 0070:1992.
從圖案的解像性和膜的伸縮性的觀點考慮,本發明的樹脂組成物使用2官能的甲基丙烯酸酯或丙烯酸酯為較佳。作為具體的化合物,能夠使用三乙二醇二丙烯酸酯、三乙二醇二甲基丙烯酸酯、四乙二醇二甲基丙烯酸酯、四乙二醇二丙烯酸酯、PEG200二丙烯酸酯、PEG200二甲基丙烯酸酯、PEG600二丙烯酸酯、PEG600二甲基丙烯酸酯、聚四乙二醇二丙烯酸酯、聚四乙二醇二甲基丙烯酸酯、新戊二醇二丙烯酸酯、新戊二醇二甲基丙烯酸酯、3-甲基-1,5-戊二醇二丙烯酸酯、1,6-己二醇二丙烯酸酯、1,6己二醇二甲基丙烯酸酯、二羥甲基-三環癸烷二丙烯酸酯、二羥甲基-三環癸烷二甲基丙烯酸酯、雙酚A的EO加成物二丙烯酸酯、雙酚A的EO加成物二甲基丙烯酸酯、雙酚A的PO加成物二丙烯酸酯、雙酚A的PO加成物二甲基丙烯酸酯、2-羥基-3-丙烯醯氧基丙基甲基丙烯酸酯、異氰脲酸EO改質二丙烯酸酯、異氰脲酸改質二甲基丙烯酸酯,以及具有胺基甲酸酯鍵之2官能丙烯酸酯、具有胺基甲酸酯鍵之2官能的甲基丙烯酸酯。該等依據需要能夠混合使用兩種以上。另外,例如PEG200二丙烯酸酯是指聚乙二醇二丙烯酸酯且聚乙二醇鏈的式量為200左右者。 又,從抑制伴隨圖案(硬化膜)的彈性模數控制而產生之翹曲之觀點考慮,作為自由基交聯劑,可以較佳地使用單官能自由基交聯劑。作為單官能自由基交聯劑,可以較佳地使用(甲基)丙烯酸正丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸2-乙基己酯、(甲基)丙烯酸2-羥基乙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸丁氧基乙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸卡必醇酯、(甲基)丙烯酸環己酯、(甲基)丙烯酸苄酯、(甲基)丙烯酸苯氧基乙酯、N-羥甲基(甲基)丙烯醯胺、(甲基)丙烯酸縮水甘油酯、聚乙二醇單(甲基)丙烯酸酯、聚丙二醇單(甲基)丙烯酸酯等(甲基)丙烯酸衍生物、N-乙烯基吡咯啶酮、N-乙烯基己內醯胺等N-乙烯基化合物類、烯丙基縮水甘油醚、鄰苯二甲酸二烯丙酯、偏苯三酸三烯丙酯等烯丙基化合物類等。作為單官能自由基交聯劑,為了抑制曝光前的揮發,在常壓下具有100℃以上的沸點之化合物亦為較佳。From the viewpoint of pattern resolution and film stretchability, the resin composition of the present invention preferably uses a bifunctional methacrylate or acrylate. As specific compounds, triethylene glycol diacrylate, triethylene glycol dimethacrylate, tetraethylene glycol dimethacrylate, tetraethylene glycol diacrylate, PEG200 diacrylate, PEG200 dimethacrylate, PEG600 diacrylate, PEG600 dimethacrylate, polyethylene glycol diacrylate, polyethylene glycol dimethacrylate, neopentyl glycol diacrylate, neopentyl glycol dimethacrylate, 3-methyl-1,5-pentanediol diacrylate, 1,6-hex ... Dimethacrylate, dihydroxymethyl-tricyclodecane diacrylate, dihydroxymethyl-tricyclodecane dimethacrylate, bisphenol A EO adduct diacrylate, bisphenol A EO adduct dimethacrylate, bisphenol A PO adduct diacrylate, bisphenol A PO adduct dimethacrylate, 2-hydroxy-3-acryloxypropyl methacrylate, isocyanuric acid EO modified diacrylate, isocyanuric acid modified dimethacrylate, and bifunctional acrylate with carbamate bond, bifunctional methacrylate with carbamate bond. Two or more of these can be used in combination as needed. In addition, for example, PEG200 diacrylate refers to polyethylene glycol diacrylate and the formula weight of the polyethylene glycol chain is about 200. Furthermore, from the viewpoint of suppressing the warping caused by the control of the elastic modulus of the pattern (cured film), a monofunctional radical crosslinking agent can be preferably used as the radical crosslinking agent. As the monofunctional free radical crosslinking agent, (meth)acrylic acid derivatives such as n-butyl (meth)acrylate, 2-ethylhexyl (meth)acrylate, 2-hydroxyethyl (meth)acrylate, butoxyethyl (meth)acrylate, carbitol (meth)acrylate, cyclohexyl (meth)acrylate, benzyl (meth)acrylate, phenoxyethyl (meth)acrylate, N-hydroxymethyl (meth)acrylamide, glycidyl (meth)acrylate, polyethylene glycol mono(meth)acrylate, polypropylene glycol mono(meth)acrylate, N-vinyl compounds such as N-vinylpyrrolidone and N-vinylcaprolactam, allyl compounds such as allyl glycidyl ether, diallyl phthalate, and triallyl trimellitate can be preferably used. As a monofunctional free radical crosslinking agent, a compound having a boiling point of 100° C. or higher at normal pressure is also preferred in order to suppress volatility before exposure.
在含有自由基交聯劑之情況下,其含量相對於本發明的樹脂組成物的總固體成分超過0質量%且60質量%以下為較佳。下限為5質量%以上為更佳。上限為50質量%以下為更佳,30質量%以下為進一步較佳。When a free radical crosslinking agent is contained, its content is preferably more than 0 mass % and less than 60 mass % relative to the total solid content of the resin composition of the present invention. The lower limit is more preferably 5 mass % or more. The upper limit is more preferably 50 mass % or less, and even more preferably 30 mass % or less.
自由基交聯劑可以單獨使用一種,但是亦可以混合使用兩種以上。在同時使用兩種以上之情況下,其合計量成為上述範圍為較佳。The free radical crosslinking agent may be used alone or in combination of two or more. When two or more are used simultaneously, the total amount thereof is preferably within the above range.
<其他交聯劑> 本發明的樹脂組成物包含與上述自由基交聯劑不同之其他交聯劑為較佳。 在本發明中,其他交聯劑是指除了上述自由基交聯劑以外的交聯劑,在分子內具有複數個藉由上述光敏劑的感光而促進在與組成物中的其他化合物或其反應產物之間形成共價鍵之反應之基團之化合物為較佳,在分子內具有複數個藉由酸或鹼的作用而促進在與組成物中的其他化合物或其反應產物之間形成共價鍵之反應之基團之化合物為較佳。 上述酸或鹼為在曝光步驟中從光敏劑產生之酸或鹼為較佳。 作為其他交聯劑,具有選自包括羥甲基及烷氧基甲基的群組中之至少一種基團之化合物為較佳,具有選自包括羥甲基及烷氧基甲基的群組中之至少一種基團與氮原子直接鍵結之結構之化合物為更佳。 作為其他交聯劑,例如可以舉出具有使甲醛或甲醛和醇與三聚氰胺、甘脲、脲、伸烷基脲、苯并胍胺等含有胺基之化合物進行反應而經羥甲基或烷氧基甲基取代之上述胺基的氫原子之結構之化合物。該等化合物的製造方法並無特別限定,只要為具有與藉由上述方法製造的化合物相同之結構之化合物即可。又,亦可以為該等化合物的羥甲基彼此自縮合而成之寡聚物。 將作為上述含有胺基之化合物而使用了三聚氰胺之交聯劑稱為三聚氰胺系交聯劑,使用了甘脲、脲或伸烷基脲之交聯劑稱為脲系交聯劑,將使用了伸烷基脲之交聯劑稱為伸烷基脲系交聯劑,將使用了苯并胍胺之交聯劑稱為苯并胍胺系交聯劑。 在該等之中,本發明的樹脂組成物包含選自包括脲系交聯劑及三聚氰胺系交聯劑的群組中之至少一種化合物為較佳,包含選自包括後述甘脲系交聯劑及三聚氰胺系交聯劑的群組中之至少一種化合物為更佳。<Other crosslinking agents> The resin composition of the present invention preferably contains other crosslinking agents different from the above-mentioned free radical crosslinking agents. In the present invention, other crosslinking agents refer to crosslinking agents other than the above-mentioned free radical crosslinking agents. It is preferred that the compound has multiple groups in the molecule that promote the reaction of forming covalent bonds with other compounds in the composition or their reaction products by the photosensitization of the above-mentioned photosensitizer, and it is preferred that the compound has multiple groups in the molecule that promote the reaction of forming covalent bonds with other compounds in the composition or their reaction products by the action of acids or bases. The above-mentioned acid or base is preferably an acid or base generated from the photosensitizer in the exposure step. As other crosslinking agents, compounds having at least one group selected from the group including hydroxymethyl and alkoxymethyl are preferred, and compounds having a structure in which at least one group selected from the group including hydroxymethyl and alkoxymethyl is directly bonded to a nitrogen atom are more preferred. As other crosslinking agents, for example, compounds having a structure in which the hydrogen atom of the above-mentioned amino group is substituted by a hydroxymethyl or alkoxymethyl group by reacting formaldehyde or formaldehyde and alcohol with amino group-containing compounds such as melamine, glycoluril, urea, alkyl urea, benzoguanamine, etc. The production method of these compounds is not particularly limited, as long as they are compounds having the same structure as the compounds produced by the above method. In addition, they may also be oligomers formed by self-condensation of the hydroxymethyl groups of these compounds. A crosslinking agent using melamine as the above-mentioned amino group-containing compound is called a melamine-based crosslinking agent, a crosslinking agent using glycoluril, urea or alkylene urea is called a urea-based crosslinking agent, a crosslinking agent using alkylene urea is called an alkylene urea-based crosslinking agent, and a crosslinking agent using benzoguanamine is called a benzoguanamine-based crosslinking agent. Among them, the resin composition of the present invention preferably contains at least one compound selected from the group including urea-based crosslinking agents and melamine-based crosslinking agents, and more preferably contains at least one compound selected from the group including glycoluril-based crosslinking agents and melamine-based crosslinking agents described later.
作為三聚氰胺系交聯劑的具體例,可以舉出六甲氧基甲基三聚氰胺、六乙氧基甲基三聚氰胺、六丙氧基甲基三聚氰胺、六丁氧基丁基三聚氰胺等。Specific examples of the melamine-based crosslinking agent include hexamethoxymethylmelamine, hexaethoxymethylmelamine, hexapropoxymethylmelamine, hexabutoxybutylmelamine, and the like.
作為脲系交聯劑的具體例,例如可以舉出單羥基甲基化甘脲、二羥基甲基化甘脲、三羥基甲基化甘脲、四羥基甲基化甘脲、單甲氧基甲基化甘脲,二甲氧基甲基化甘脲、三甲氧基甲基化甘脲、四甲氧基甲基化甘脲、單甲氧基甲基化甘脲、二甲氧基甲基化甘脲、三甲氧基甲基化甘脲、四乙氧基甲基化甘脲、單丙氧基甲基化甘脲、二丙氧基甲基化甘脲、三丙氧基甲基化甘脲、四丙氧基甲基化甘脲、單丁氧基甲基化甘脲、二丁氧基甲基化甘脲、三丁氧基甲基化甘脲或四丁氧基甲基化甘脲等甘脲系交聯劑; 雙甲氧基甲基脲、雙乙氧基甲基脲、雙丙氧基甲基脲、雙丁氧基甲基脲等脲系交聯劑; 單羥基甲基化伸乙脲或二羥基甲基化伸乙脲、單甲氧基甲基化伸乙脲、二甲氧基甲基化伸乙脲、單乙氧基甲基化伸乙脲、二乙氧基甲基化伸乙脲、單丙氧基甲基化伸乙脲、二丙氧基甲基化伸乙脲、單丁氧基甲基化伸乙脲或二丁氧基甲基化伸乙脲等伸乙脲系交聯劑; 單羥基甲基化伸丙脲、二羥基甲基化伸丙脲、單甲氧基甲基化伸丙脲、二甲氧基甲基化伸丙脲、單乙氧基甲基化伸丙脲、二乙氧基甲基化伸丙脲、單丙氧基甲基化伸丙脲、二丙氧基甲基化伸丙脲、單丁氧基甲基化伸丙脲或二丁氧基甲基化伸丙脲等伸丙脲系交聯劑; 1,3-二(甲氧基甲基)4,5-二羥基-2-咪唑啶酮、1,3-二(甲氧基甲基)-4,5-二甲氧基-2-咪唑啶酮等。Specific examples of urea-based crosslinking agents include monohydroxymethylated glycoluril, dihydroxymethylated glycoluril, trihydroxymethylated glycoluril, tetrahydroxymethylated glycoluril, monomethoxymethylated glycoluril, dimethoxymethylated glycoluril, trimethoxymethylated glycoluril, tetramethoxymethylated glycoluril, monomethoxymethylated glycoluril, dimethoxymethylated glycoluril, trimethoxymethylated glycoluril, tetraethoxymethylated glycoluril, monoprop ... Glycoluril-based crosslinking agents such as methylated glycoluril, dipropoxymethylated glycoluril, tripropoxymethylated glycoluril, tetrapropoxymethylated glycoluril, monobutoxymethylated glycoluril, dibutoxymethylated glycoluril, tributoxymethylated glycoluril or tetrabutoxymethylated glycoluril; Urea-based crosslinking agents such as bismethoxymethyl urea, diethoxymethyl urea, dipropoxymethyl urea, dibutoxymethyl urea; Monohydroxymethylated ethylurea or dihydroxymethyl Ethyl urea crosslinking agents such as ethyl urea, monomethoxymethyl ethyl urea, dimethoxymethyl ethyl urea, monoethoxymethyl ethyl urea, diethoxymethyl ethyl urea, monopropoxymethyl ethyl urea, dipropoxymethyl ethyl urea, monobutoxymethyl ethyl urea or dibutoxymethyl ethyl urea; Monohydroxymethyl ethyl urea, dihydroxymethyl ethyl urea, monomethoxymethyl ethyl urea, dimethoxymethyl ethyl urea, monoethoxymethyl ethyl urea, diethoxymethyl ethyl urea, monopropoxymethyl ethyl urea, dipropoxymethyl ethyl urea, monobutoxymethyl ethyl urea or dibutoxymethyl ethyl urea; Propylene urea crosslinking agents such as methylated propylene urea, monoethoxymethylated propylene urea, diethoxymethylated propylene urea, monopropoxymethylated propylene urea, dipropoxymethylated propylene urea, monobutoxymethylated propylene urea or dibutoxymethylated propylene urea; 1,3-bis(methoxymethyl)4,5-dihydroxy-2-imidazolidinone, 1,3-bis(methoxymethyl)-4,5-dimethoxy-2-imidazolidinone, etc.
作為苯并胍胺系交聯劑的具體例,例如可以舉出單羥基甲基化苯并胍胺、二羥基甲基化苯并胍胺、三羥基甲基化苯并胍胺、四羥基甲基化苯并胍胺、單甲氧基甲基化苯并胍胺、二甲氧基甲基化苯并胍胺、三甲氧基甲基化苯并胍胺、四甲氧基甲基化苯并胍胺、單甲氧基甲基化苯并胍胺、二甲氧基甲基化苯并胍胺、三甲氧基甲基化苯并胍胺、四乙氧基甲基化苯并胍胺、單丙氧基甲基化苯并胍胺、二丙氧基甲基化苯并胍胺、三丙氧基甲基化苯并胍胺、四丙氧基甲基化苯并胍胺、單丁氧基甲基化苯并胍胺、二丁氧基甲基化苯并胍胺、三丁氧基甲基化苯并胍胺、四丁氧基甲基化苯并胍胺等。Specific examples of the benzoguanamine-based crosslinking agent include monohydroxymethylated benzoguanamine, dihydroxymethylated benzoguanamine, trihydroxymethylated benzoguanamine, tetrahydroxymethylated benzoguanamine, monomethoxymethylated benzoguanamine, dimethoxymethylated benzoguanamine, trimethoxymethylated benzoguanamine, tetramethoxymethylated benzoguanamine, monomethoxymethylated benzoguanamine, dimethoxymethylated benzoguanamine, trimethoxymethylated benzoguanamine, tetraethoxymethylated benzoguanamine, monopropoxymethylated benzoguanamine, dipropoxymethylated benzoguanamine, tripropoxymethylated benzoguanamine, tetrapropoxymethylated benzoguanamine, monobutoxymethylated benzoguanamine, dibutoxymethylated benzoguanamine, tributoxymethylated benzoguanamine, and tetrabutoxymethylated benzoguanamine.
除此以外,作為具有選自包括羥甲基及烷氧基甲基的群組中之至少一種基團之化合物,亦可以較佳地使用在芳香環(較佳為苯環)上直接鍵結有選自包括羥甲基及烷氧基甲基的群組中之至少一種基團之化合物。 作為這樣的化合物的具體例,可以舉出苯二甲醇、雙(羥基甲基)甲酚、雙(羥基甲基)二甲氧基苯、雙(羥基甲基)二苯醚、雙(羥基甲基)二苯甲酮、羥基甲基苯甲酸羥基甲基苯酯、雙(羥基甲基)聯苯、二甲基雙(羥基甲基)聯苯、雙(甲氧基甲基)苯、雙(甲氧基甲基)甲酚、雙(甲氧基甲基)二甲氧基苯、雙(甲氧基甲基)二苯醚、雙(甲氧基甲基)二苯甲酮、甲氧基甲基苯甲酸甲氧基甲基苯酯、雙(甲氧基甲基)聯苯、二甲基雙(甲氧基甲基)聯苯、4,4’,4’’-亞乙基三[2,6-雙(甲氧基甲基)苯酚]、5,5’-[2,2,2‐三氟‐1‐(三氟甲基)亞乙基]雙[2‐羥基‐1,3‐苯二甲醇]、3,3’,5,5’-四(甲氧基甲基)-1,1’-聯苯-4,4’-二醇等。In addition, as the compound having at least one group selected from the group including hydroxymethyl and alkoxymethyl, a compound having at least one group selected from the group including hydroxymethyl and alkoxymethyl directly bonded to an aromatic ring (preferably a benzene ring) can also be preferably used. Specific examples of such compounds include benzyl alcohol, bis(hydroxymethyl)cresol, bis(hydroxymethyl)dimethoxybenzene, bis(hydroxymethyl)diphenyl ether, bis(hydroxymethyl)benzophenone, hydroxymethylphenyl hydroxymethylbenzoate, bis(hydroxymethyl)biphenyl, dimethylbis(hydroxymethyl)biphenyl, bis(methoxymethyl)benzene, bis(methoxymethyl)cresol, bis(methoxymethyl)dimethoxybenzene, bis(methoxymethyl)diphenyl ether, bis(methoxymethyl) benzophenone, methoxymethylphenyl methoxymethyl benzoate, bis(methoxymethyl)biphenyl, dimethylbis(methoxymethyl)biphenyl, 4,4',4''-ethylenetri[2,6-bis(methoxymethyl)phenol], 5,5'-[2,2,2-trifluoro-1-(trifluoromethyl)ethylene]bis[2-hydroxy-1,3-benzenedimethanol], 3,3',5,5'-tetrakis(methoxymethyl)-1,1'-biphenyl-4,4'-diol, etc.
作為其他交聯劑,亦可以使用市售品,作為較佳的市售品,可以舉出46DMOC、46DMOEP(以上為ASAHI YUKIZAI CORPORATION製造)、DML-PC、DML-PEP、DML-OC、DML-OEP、DML-34X、DML-PTBP、DML-PCHP、DML-OCHP、DML-PFP、DML-PSBP、DML-POP、DML-MBOC、DML-MBPC、DML-MTrisPC、DML-BisOC-Z、DML-BisOCHP-Z、DML-BPC、DMLBisOC-P、DMOM-PC、DMOM-PTBP、DMOM-MBPC、TriML-P、TriML-35XL、TML-HQ、TML-BP、TML-pp-BPF、TML-BPE、TML-BPA、TML-BPAF、TML-BPAP、TMOM-BP、TMOM-BPE、TMOM-BPA、TMOM-BPAF、TMOM-BPAP、HML-TPPHBA、HML-TPHAP、HMOM-TPPHBA、HMOM-TPHAP(以上為Honshu Chemical Industry Co.,Ltd.製造)、NIKARAC(註冊商標,以下相同)MX-290、NIKARAC MX-280、NIKARAC MX-270、NIKARAC MX-279、NIKARAC MW-100LM、NIKARAC MX-750LM(以上為Sanwa Chemical Co.,Ltd.製造)等。As other crosslinking agents, commercial products may be used. Preferred commercial products include 46DMOC, 46DMOEP (all manufactured by ASAHI YUKIZAI CORPORATION), DML-PC, DML-PEP, DML-OC, DML-OEP, DML-34X, DML-PTBP, DML-PCHP, DML-OCHP, DML-PFP, DML-PSBP, DML-POP, DML-MBOC, DML-MBPC, DML-MTrisPC, DML-BisOC-Z, DML-BisOCHP-Z, DML-BPC, DMLBisOC-P, DMOM-PC, DMOM -PTBP, DMOM-MBPC, TriML-P, TriML-35XL, TML-HQ, TML-BP, TML-pp-BPF, TML-BPE, TML-BPA, TML-BPAF, TML-BPAP, TMOM-BP, TMOM-BPE, TMOM-BPA, TMOM-BPAF, TMOM-BPAP, HML-TPPHBA, HML-TPHAP, HMOM-TPPHBA, HMOM-TPHAP (all manufactured by Honshu Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.), NIKARAC (registered trademark, hereinafter the same) MX-290, NIKARAC MX-280, NIKARAC MX-270, NIKARAC MX-279, NIKARAC MW-100LM, NIKARAC MX-750LM (all manufactured by Sanwa Chemical Co., Ltd.), etc.
又,本發明的樹脂組成物包含選自包括環氧化合物、氧環丁烷化合物及苯并㗁𠯤化合物的群組中之至少一種化合物作為其他交聯劑亦為較佳。In addition, the resin composition of the present invention preferably contains at least one compound selected from the group consisting of epoxy compounds, cyclohexane compounds and benzophenone compounds as other crosslinking agents.
〔環氧化合物(具有環氧基之化合物)〕 作為環氧化合物,在1個分子中具有2個以上的環氧基之化合物為較佳。環氧基在200℃以下進行交聯反應,並且不產生來自於交聯之脫水反應,因此不易產生膜收縮。因此,含有環氧化合物對於樹脂組成物的低溫硬化及翹曲的抑制是有效的。[Epoxy compounds (compounds having epoxy groups)] As epoxy compounds, compounds having two or more epoxy groups in one molecule are preferred. Epoxy groups undergo crosslinking reactions below 200°C and do not produce dehydration reactions from crosslinking, so film shrinkage is less likely to occur. Therefore, containing epoxy compounds is effective in suppressing low-temperature curing and warping of resin compositions.
環氧化合物含有聚環氧乙烷基為較佳。藉此,彈性模數進一步下降,並且能夠抑制翹曲。聚環氧乙烷基表示環氧乙烷的重複單元數為2以上者,重複單元數為2~15為較佳。The epoxy compound preferably contains a polyethylene oxide group. This further reduces the elastic modulus and can suppress warping. The polyethylene oxide group means that the number of repeating units of ethylene oxide is 2 or more, and the number of repeating units is preferably 2 to 15.
作為環氧化合物的例子,可以舉出雙酚A型環氧樹脂;雙酚F型環氧樹脂;丙二醇二縮水甘油醚、新戊二醇二縮水甘油醚、乙二醇二縮水甘油醚、丁二醇二縮水甘油醚、六亞甲基二醇二縮水甘油醚、三羥甲基丙烷三縮水甘油醚等伸烷基二醇型環氧樹脂或多元醇烴型環氧樹脂;聚丙二醇二縮水甘油醚等聚伸烷基二醇型環氧樹脂;聚甲基(縮水甘油氧基丙基)矽氧烷等環氧環氧基之矽酮等,但是並不限定於該等。具體而言,可以舉出EPICLON(註冊商標)850-S、EPICLON(註冊商標)HP-4032、EPICLON(註冊商標)HP-7200、EPICLON(註冊商標)HP-820、EPICLON(註冊商標)HP-4700、EPICLON(註冊商標)EXA-4710、EPICLON(註冊商標)HP-4770、EPICLON(註冊商標)EXA-859CRP、EPICLON(註冊商標)EXA-1514、EPICLON(註冊商標)EXA-4880、EPICLON(註冊商標)EXA-4850-150、EPICLON(註冊商標)EXA-4850-1000、EPICLON(註冊商標)EXA-4816、EPICLON(註冊商標)EXA-4822、EPICLON(註冊商標)EXA-830LVP、EPICLON(註冊商標)EXA-8183、EPICLON(註冊商標)EXA-8169、EPICLON(註冊商標)N-660、EPICLON(註冊商標)N-665-EXP-S、EPICLON(註冊商標)N-740、Rika Resin(註冊商標)BEO-20E(以上為商品名,DIC Corporation製造)、Rika Resin(註冊商標)BEO-60E(商品名,New Japan Chemical Co.,Ltd.製造)、EP-4003S、EP-4000S、Rika Resin(註冊商標)HBE-100、Rika Resin(註冊商標)DME-100、Rika Resin(註冊商標)L-200、EP-4088S、EP-3950S(以上為商品名,ADEKA CORPORATION製造)、CELLOXIDE(註冊商標)2021P、2081、2000、3000、EHPE3150、EPOLEAD(註冊商標)GT400、CELVENUS(註冊商標)B0134、B0177(以上為商品名,Daicel Corporation製造)、NC-3000、NC-3000-L、NC-3000-H、NC-3000-FH-75M、NC-3100、CER-3000-L、NC-2000-L、XD-1000、NC-7000L、NC-7300L、EPPN-501H、EPPN-501HY、EPPN-502H、EOCN-1020、EOCN-102S、EOCN-103S、EOCN-104S、CER-1020、EPPN-201、BREN-S、BREN-10S(以上為商品名,Nippon Kayaku Co.,Ltd.製造)等。Examples of epoxy compounds include bisphenol A type epoxy resins; bisphenol F type epoxy resins; propylene glycol diglycidyl ether, neopentyl glycol diglycidyl ether, ethylene glycol diglycidyl ether, butylene glycol diglycidyl ether, hexamethylene glycol diglycidyl ether, trihydroxymethylpropane triglycidyl ether and other alkylene glycol type epoxy resins or polyol hydrocarbon type epoxy resins; polypropylene glycol diglycidyl ether and other polyalkylene glycol type epoxy resins; epoxy epoxy silicones such as polymethyl (glycidyloxypropyl) siloxane, etc., but are not limited to these. Specifically, we can cite EPICLON (registered trademark) 850-S, EPICLON (registered trademark) HP-4032, EPICLON (registered trademark) HP-7200, EPICLON (registered trademark) HP-820, EPICLON (registered trademark) HP-4700, EPICLON (registered trademark) EXA-4710, EPICLON (registered trademark) HP-4770, EPICLON (registered trademark) EXA-859CRP, EPICLON (registered trademark) EXA-1514, EPICLON (registered trademark) EXA-4880, EPICL ON (registered trademark) EXA-4850-150, EPICLON (registered trademark) EXA-4850-1000, EPICLON (registered trademark) EXA-4816, EPICLON (registered trademark) EXA-4822, EPICLON (registered trademark) EXA-830LVP, EPICLON (registered trademark) EXA-8183, EPICLON (registered trademark) EXA-8169, EPICLON (registered trademark) N-660, EPICLON (registered trademark) N-665-EXP-S, EPICLON (registered trademark) N-740, Rika Resin (registered trademark) BEO-20E (the above are trade names, manufactured by DIC Corporation), Rika Resin (registered trademark) BEO-60E (trade name, manufactured by New Japan Chemical Co., Ltd.), EP-4003S, EP-4000S, Rika Resin (registered trademark) HBE-100, Rika Resin (registered trademark) DME-100, Rika Resin (registered trademark) L-200, EP-4088S, EP-3950S (the above are trade names, manufactured by ADEKA CORPORATION), CELLOXIDE (registered trademark) 2021P, 2081, 2000, 3000, EHPE3150, EPOLEAD (registered trademark) GT400, CELVENUS (registered trademark) B0134, B0177 (the above are product names, Daicel Corporation), NC-3000, NC-3000-L, NC-3000-H, NC-3000-FH-75M, NC-3100, CER-3000-L, NC-2000-L, XD-1000, NC-7000L, NC-7300L, EPPN-501H, EPPN-501HY, EPPN-502H, EOCN-1020, EOCN-102S, EOCN-103S, EOCN-104S, CER-1020, EPPN-201, BREN-S, BREN-10S (the above are trade names, manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.), etc.
〔氧環丁烷化合物(具有氧環丁基之化合物)〕 作為氧環丁烷化合物,可以舉出在1個分子中具有2個以上的氧環丁烷環之化合物、3-乙基-3-羥基甲基氧環丁烷、1,4-雙{[(3-乙基-3-氧環丁基)甲氧基]甲基}苯、3-乙基-3-(2-乙基己基甲基)氧環丁烷、1,4-苯二羧酸-雙[(3-乙基-3-氧環丁基)甲基]酯等。作為具體例,可以較佳地使用TOAGOSEI CO.,LTD.製造的ARON OXETANE系列(例如,OXT-121、OXT-221、OXT-191、OXT-223),該等可以單獨使用或者混合兩種以上。[Oxycyclobutane compounds (compounds having an oxycyclobutyl group)] As oxycyclobutane compounds, compounds having two or more oxycyclobutane rings in one molecule, 3-ethyl-3-hydroxymethyloxycyclobutane, 1,4-bis{[(3-ethyl-3-oxycyclobutyl)methoxy]methyl}benzene, 3-ethyl-3-(2-ethylhexylmethyl)oxycyclobutane, 1,4-benzenedicarboxylic acid-bis[(3-ethyl-3-oxycyclobutyl)methyl]ester, etc. can be cited. As specific examples, ARON OXETANE series (e.g., OXT-121, OXT-221, OXT-191, OXT-223) manufactured by TOAGOSEI CO., LTD. can be preferably used, and these can be used alone or in combination of two or more.
〔苯并㗁𠯤化合物(具有苯并㗁𠯤基之化合物)〕 苯并㗁𠯤化合物由於來自於開環加成反應之交聯反應而在硬化時不產生脫氣,並且進一步減少熱收縮而抑制產生翹曲,因此為較佳。[Benzothiocyanate compounds (compounds having a benzothiocyanate group)] Benzothiocyanate compounds are preferred because they do not produce degassing during curing due to the cross-linking reaction from the ring-opening addition reaction, and further reduce thermal shrinkage to suppress the occurrence of warping.
作為苯并㗁𠯤化合物的較佳例,可以舉出B-a型苯并㗁𠯤、B-m型苯并㗁𠯤、P-d型苯并㗁𠯤、F-a型苯并㗁𠯤(以上為商品名,SHIKOKU CHEMICALS CORPORATION製造)、多羥基苯乙烯樹脂的苯并㗁𠯤加成物、苯酚酚醛清漆型二氫苯并㗁𠯤化合物。該等可以單獨使用或者混合兩種以上。Preferred examples of benzophenone compounds include B-a type benzophenone, B-m type benzophenone, P-d type benzophenone, F-a type benzophenone (these are trade names, manufactured by SHIKOKU CHEMICALS CORPORATION), benzophenone adducts of polyhydroxystyrene resins, and phenol novolac type dihydrobenzophenone compounds. These may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
其他交聯劑的含量相對於本發明的樹脂組成物的總固體成分為0.1~30質量%為較佳,0.1~20質量%為更佳,0.5~15質量%為進一步較佳,1.0~10質量%為特佳。其他交聯劑可以僅含有一種,亦可以含有兩種以上。在含有兩種以上的其他交聯劑之情況下,其合計在上述範圍內為較佳。The content of other crosslinking agents is preferably 0.1 to 30 mass % relative to the total solid content of the resin composition of the present invention, more preferably 0.1 to 20 mass %, further preferably 0.5 to 15 mass %, and particularly preferably 1.0 to 10 mass %. Other crosslinking agents may be contained in one type or in two or more types. When two or more other crosslinking agents are contained, their total content is preferably within the above range.
<遷移抑制劑> 本發明的樹脂組成物還包含遷移抑制劑為較佳。藉由包含遷移抑制劑,能夠有效地抑制來自於金屬層(金屬配線)之金屬離子向樹脂組成物層內移動。<Migration inhibitor> The resin composition of the present invention preferably further comprises a migration inhibitor. By comprising the migration inhibitor, it is possible to effectively inhibit metal ions from the metal layer (metal wiring) from migrating into the resin composition layer.
作為遷移抑制劑,並無特別限制,可以舉出具有雜環(吡咯環、呋喃環、噻吩環、三唑環、咪唑環、㗁唑環、噻唑環、吡唑環、異㗁唑環、異噻唑環、四唑環、吡啶環、嗒𠯤環、嘧啶環、吡𠯤環、哌啶環、哌𠯤環、嗎啉環、2H-吡喃環及6H-吡喃環、三𠯤環)之化合物、具有硫脲類及氫硫基之化合物、受阻苯酚系化合物、水楊酸衍生物系化合物、醯肼衍生物系化合物。尤其,可以較佳地使用1,2,4-三唑、苯并三唑等三唑系化合物、1H-四唑、5-苯基四唑等四唑系化合物。The migration inhibitor is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include compounds having a heterocyclic ring (pyrrole ring, furan ring, thiophene ring, triazole ring, imidazole ring, isobutylene ring, thiazole ring, pyrazole ring, isobutylene ring, isothiazole ring, tetrazole ring, pyridine ring, pyrimidine ring, pyridine ring, piperidine ring, piperidine ring, morpholine ring, 2H-pyran ring, 6H-pyran ring, tributylene ring), compounds having thiourea and thiohydrin, hindered phenol-based compounds, salicylic acid derivative-based compounds, and hydrazide derivative-based compounds. In particular, triazole compounds such as 1,2,4-triazole and benzotriazole, and tetrazole compounds such as 1H-tetrazole and 5-phenyltetrazole can be preferably used.
或者,亦能夠使用捕捉鹵素離子等陰離子之離子捕捉劑。Alternatively, an ion scavenger that captures anions such as halogen ions may be used.
作為其他遷移抑制劑,能夠使用日本特開2013-015701號公報的0094段中所記載的防銹劑、日本特開2009-283711號公報的0073~0076段中所記載的化合物、日本特開2011-059656號公報的0052段中所記載的化合物、日本特開2012-194520號公報的0114、0116及0118段中所記載的化合物、國際公開第2015/199219號的0166段中所記載的化合物等。As other migration inhibitors, the rust inhibitor described in paragraph 0094 of Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2013-015701, the compounds described in paragraphs 0073 to 0076 of Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2009-283711, the compound described in paragraph 0052 of Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2011-059656, the compounds described in paragraphs 0114, 0116 and 0118 of Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2012-194520, the compound described in paragraph 0166 of International Publication No. 2015/199219, etc. can be used.
作為遷移抑制劑的具體例,可以舉出下述化合物。As specific examples of the migration inhibitor, the following compounds can be cited.
[化學式49] [Chemical formula 49]
在樹脂組成物具有遷移抑制劑之情況下,遷移抑制劑的含量相對於樹脂組成物的總固體成分為0.01~5.0質量%為較佳,0.05~2.0質量%為更佳,0.1~1.0質量%為進一步較佳。When the resin composition contains a migration inhibitor, the content of the migration inhibitor is preferably 0.01 to 5.0 mass % relative to the total solid content of the resin composition, more preferably 0.05 to 2.0 mass %, and even more preferably 0.1 to 1.0 mass %.
遷移抑制劑可以僅為一種,亦可以為兩種以上。在遷移抑制劑為兩種以上之情況下,其合計在上述範圍內為較佳。The migration inhibitor may be only one kind or two or more kinds. When there are two or more kinds of migration inhibitors, it is preferred that the total amount is within the above range.
<聚合抑制劑> 本發明的樹脂組成物包含聚合抑制劑為較佳。<Polymerization inhibitor> The resin composition of the present invention preferably contains a polymerization inhibitor.
作為聚合抑制劑,例如可以較佳地使用氫醌、鄰甲氧基苯酚、對甲氧基苯酚、二-第三丁基-對甲酚、五倍子酚、對第三丁基鄰苯二酚、1,4-苯醌、二苯基-對苯醌、4,4’-硫代雙(3-甲基-6-第三丁基苯酚)、2,2’-亞甲基雙(4-甲基-6-第三丁基苯酚)、N-亞硝基-N-苯基羥胺鋁鹽、啡噻𠯤、N-亞硝基二苯胺、N-苯基萘胺、2,6-二-第三丁基-4-甲基苯酚、5-亞硝基-8-羥基喹啉、1-亞硝基-2-萘酚、2-亞硝基-1-萘酚、2-亞硝基-5-(N-乙基-N-磺基丙基胺基)苯酚、N-亞硝基苯基羥胺第一鈰鹽、N-亞硝基-N-(1-萘基)羥胺銨鹽、雙(4-羥基-3,5-第三丁基)苯基甲烷、1,3,5-三(4-第三丁基-3-羥基-2,6-二甲基苄基)-1,3,5-三𠯤-2,4,6-(1H,3H,5H)-三酮、4‐羥基-2,2,6,6-四甲基哌啶1-氧基自由基、啡噻𠯤、1,1-二苯基-2-苦味基肼、二丁基二硫代胺基甲酸銅(II)、硝基苯、N-亞硝基-N-苯基羥胺鋁鹽、N-亞硝基-N-苯基羥胺銨鹽、N,N’-二苯基-對伸苯基二胺、2,4-二-第三丁基苯酚、二-第三丁基羥基甲苯、1,4-萘醌等。又,亦能夠使用日本特開2015-127817號公報的0060段中所記載的聚合抑制劑及國際公開第2015/125469號的0031~0046段中所記載的化合物。As the polymerization inhibitor, for example, hydroquinone, o-methoxyphenol, p-methoxyphenol, di-tert-butyl-p-cresol, gallol, p-tert-butyl-o-catechol, 1,4-benzoquinone, diphenyl-p-benzoquinone, 4,4'-thiobis(3-methyl-6-tert-butylphenol), 2,2'-methylenebis(4-methyl-6-tert-butylphenol) can be preferably used. , N-nitroso-N-phenylhydroxylamine aluminum salt, phenothiophene, N-nitrosodiphenylamine, N-phenylnaphthylamine, 2,6-di-tert-butyl-4-methylphenol, 5-nitroso-8-hydroxyquinoline, 1-nitroso-2-naphthol, 2-nitroso-1-naphthol, 2-nitroso-5-(N-ethyl-N-sulfopropylamino)phenol, N-nitrosophenylhydroxylamine First arsenic salt, N-nitroso-N-(1-naphthyl)hydroxylamine ammonium salt, bis(4-hydroxy-3,5-tert-butyl)phenylmethane, 1,3,5-tris(4-tert-butyl-3-hydroxy-2,6-dimethylbenzyl)-1,3,5-tris(2,4,6-(1H,3H,5H)-trione, 4-hydroxy-2,2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidine 1 -oxyl radical, phenothiocyanate, 1,1-diphenyl-2-picrylhydrazine, dibutyldithiocarbamate copper (II), nitrobenzene, N-nitroso-N-phenylhydroxylamine aluminum salt, N-nitroso-N-phenylhydroxylamine ammonium salt, N,N'-diphenyl-p-phenylenediamine, 2,4-di-tert-butylphenol, di-tert-butylhydroxytoluene, 1,4-naphthoquinone, etc. In addition, the polymerization inhibitor described in paragraph 0060 of Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2015-127817 and the compounds described in paragraphs 0031 to 0046 of International Publication No. 2015/125469 can also be used.
又,能夠使用下述化合物(Me為甲基)。Furthermore, the following compounds (Me is methyl group) can be used.
[化學式50] [Chemical formula 50]
在本發明的樹脂組成物具有聚合抑制劑之情況下,可以舉出聚合抑制劑的含量相對於本發明的樹脂組成物的總固體成分為0.01~20.0質量%,0.01~5質量%為較佳,0.02~3質量%為更佳,0.05~2.5質量%為進一步較佳。When the resin composition of the present invention contains a polymerization inhibitor, the content of the polymerization inhibitor is 0.01 to 20.0 mass %, preferably 0.01 to 5 mass %, more preferably 0.02 to 3 mass %, and even more preferably 0.05 to 2.5 mass % relative to the total solid content of the resin composition of the present invention.
聚合抑制劑可以僅為一種,亦可以為兩種以上。在聚合抑制劑為兩種以上之情況下,其合計在上述範圍內為較佳。The polymerization inhibitor may be one or more than one. When there are two or more polymerization inhibitors, the total amount thereof is preferably within the above range.
<金屬接著性改良劑> 本發明的樹脂組成物包含用於提高與電極或配線等中所使用之金屬材料的接著性之金屬接著性改良劑為較佳。作為金屬接著性改良劑,可以舉出矽烷偶合劑、鋁系接著助劑、鈦系接著助劑、具有磺醯胺結構之化合物及具有硫基脲結構之化合物、磷酸衍生物化合物、β酮酸酯(β keto ester)化合物、胺基化合物等。<Metallic Adhesion Improver> The resin composition of the present invention preferably contains a metallic adhesion improver for improving adhesion to metal materials used in electrodes or wiring. Examples of metallic adhesion improvers include silane coupling agents, aluminum-based adhesion promoters, titanium-based adhesion promoters, compounds having a sulfonamide structure and compounds having a thiourea structure, phosphoric acid derivative compounds, β-ketoester compounds, and amino compounds.
作為矽烷偶合劑的例子,可以舉出國際公開第2015/199219號的0167段中所記載的化合物、日本特開2014-191002號公報的0062~0073段中所記載的化合物、國際公開第2011/080992號的0063~0071段中所記載的化合物、日本特開2014-191252號公報的0060~0061段中所記載的化合物、日本特開2014-041264號公報的0045~0052段中所記載的化合物、國際公開第2014/097594號的0055段中所記載的化合物。又,如日本特開2011-128358號公報的0050~0058段中所記載,使用兩種以上的不同之矽烷偶合劑亦為較佳。又,矽烷偶合劑使用下述化合物亦為較佳。以下式中,Et表示乙基。Examples of silane coupling agents include compounds described in paragraph 0167 of International Publication No. 2015/199219, compounds described in paragraphs 0062 to 0073 of Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2014-191002, compounds described in paragraphs 0063 to 0071 of International Publication No. 2011/080992, compounds described in paragraphs 0060 to 0061 of Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2014-191252, compounds described in paragraphs 0045 to 0052 of Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2014-041264, and compounds described in paragraph 0055 of International Publication No. 2014/097594. Furthermore, as described in paragraphs 0050 to 0058 of Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2011-128358, it is also preferable to use two or more different silane coupling agents. Furthermore, it is also preferable to use the following compounds as silane coupling agents. In the following formula, Et represents an ethyl group.
[化學式51] 作為其他矽烷偶合劑,例如可以舉出乙烯基三甲氧基矽烷、乙烯基三乙氧基矽烷、2-(3,4-環氧環己基)乙基三甲氧基矽烷、3-縮水甘油氧基丙基甲基二甲氧基矽烷、3-縮水甘油氧基丙基三甲氧基矽烷、3-縮水甘油氧基丙基甲基二乙氧基矽烷、3-縮水甘油氧基丙基三乙氧基矽烷、對苯乙烯基三甲氧基矽烷、3-甲基丙烯醯氧基丙基甲基二甲氧基矽烷、3-甲基丙烯醯氧基丙基三甲氧基矽烷、3-甲基丙烯醯氧基丙基甲基二乙氧基矽烷、3-甲基丙烯醯氧基丙基三乙氧基矽烷、3-丙烯醯氧基丙基三甲氧基矽烷、N-2-(胺基乙基)-3-胺基丙基甲基二甲氧基矽烷、N-2-(胺基乙基)-3-胺基丙基三甲氧基矽烷、3-胺基丙基三甲氧基矽烷、3-胺基丙基三乙氧基矽烷、3-三乙氧基甲矽烷基-N-(1,3-二甲基-亞丁基)丙胺、N-苯基-3-胺基丙基三甲氧基矽烷、三-(三甲氧基甲矽烷基丙基)異氰脲酸酯、3-脲基丙基三烷氧基矽烷、3-巰基丙基甲基二甲氧基矽烷、3-巰基丙基三甲氧基矽烷、3-異氰酸酯丙基三乙氧基矽烷、3-三甲氧基甲矽烷基丙基丁二酸酐。該等能夠單獨使用一種或者組合使用兩種以上。[Chemical formula 51] As other silane coupling agents, for example, vinyl trimethoxysilane, vinyl triethoxysilane, 2-(3,4-epoxycyclohexyl)ethyl trimethoxysilane, 3-glycidyloxypropyl methyl dimethoxysilane, 3-glycidyloxypropyl trimethoxysilane, 3-glycidyloxypropyl methyl diethoxysilane, 3-glycidyloxypropyl triethoxysilane, p-phenylenediyl trimethoxysilane, 3-methacryloxypropyl methyl dimethoxysilane, 3-methacryloxypropyl trimethoxysilane, 3-methacryloxypropyl methyl diethoxysilane, 3-methacryloxypropyl triethoxysilane, 3-acryloxy Propyl trimethoxysilane, N-2-(aminoethyl)-3-aminopropyl methyldimethoxysilane, N-2-(aminoethyl)-3-aminopropyl trimethoxysilane, 3-aminopropyl trimethoxysilane, 3-aminopropyl triethoxysilane, 3-triethoxysilyl-N-(1,3-dimethyl-butylene)propylamine, N-phenyl-3-aminopropyl trimethoxysilane, tris-(trimethoxysilylpropyl) isocyanurate, 3-ureidopropyl trialkoxysilane, 3-butylenepropyl methyldimethoxysilane, 3-butylenepropyl trimethoxysilane, 3-isocyanate propyl triethoxysilane, 3-trimethoxysilylpropyl succinic anhydride. These can be used alone or in combination of two or more.
〔鋁系接著助劑〕 作為鋁系接著助劑,例如可以舉出三(乙醯乙酸乙基)鋁、三(乙醯丙酮)鋁、乙醯乙酸乙基鋁二異丙酯等。[Aluminum-based bonding aid] As aluminum-based bonding aids, for example, tri(ethyl acetylacetate)aluminum, tri(acetylacetone)aluminum, ethyl acetylacetate aluminum diisopropyl, etc. can be cited.
又,作為金屬接著性改良劑,亦能夠使用日本特開2014-186186號公報的0046~0049段中所記載的化合物、日本特開2013-072935號公報的0032~0043段中所記載的硫化物系化合物。Furthermore, as the metal adhesion improver, the compounds described in paragraphs 0046 to 0049 of JP-A-2014-186186 and the sulfide compounds described in paragraphs 0032 to 0043 of JP-A-2013-072935 can also be used.
金屬接著性改良劑的含量相對於特定樹脂100質量份,較佳為0.1~30質量份,更佳為在0.5~15質量份的範圍內,進一步較佳為在0.5~5質量份的範內圍。藉由設為上述下限值以上,硬化步驟後的硬化膜與金屬層的接著性變得良好,藉由設為上述上限值以下,硬化步驟後的硬化膜的耐熱性、機械特性變得良好。金屬接著性改良劑可以僅為一種,亦可以為兩種以上。在使用兩種以上之情況下,合計量在上述範圍內為較佳。The content of the metal adhesion improver is preferably 0.1 to 30 parts by mass, more preferably 0.5 to 15 parts by mass, and further preferably 0.5 to 5 parts by mass, relative to 100 parts by mass of the specific resin. By setting it to be above the lower limit, the adhesion between the cured film and the metal layer after the curing step becomes good, and by setting it to be below the upper limit, the heat resistance and mechanical properties of the cured film after the curing step become good. The metal adhesion improver may be only one kind or may be two or more kinds. When two or more kinds are used, it is preferred that the total amount is within the above range.
<其他添加劑> 本發明的樹脂組成物在可以獲得本發明的效果之範圍內依據需要能夠配合各種添加物,例如增感劑、鏈轉移劑、界面活性劑、高級脂肪酸衍生物、無機粒子、硬化劑、硬化觸媒、填充劑、抗氧化劑、紫外線吸收劑、抗凝聚劑等。在配合該等添加劑之情況下,其合計配合量設為樹脂組成物的固體成分的3質量%以下為較佳。<Other additives> The resin composition of the present invention can be formulated with various additives as needed within the scope of obtaining the effects of the present invention, such as sensitizers, chain transfer agents, surfactants, higher fatty acid derivatives, inorganic particles, hardeners, hardening catalysts, fillers, antioxidants, ultraviolet absorbers, anti-agglomeration agents, etc. When such additives are formulated, the total amount thereof is preferably set to be less than 3% by weight of the solid content of the resin composition.
〔增感劑〕 本發明的樹脂組成物可以包含增感劑。增感劑吸收特定的活性放射線而成為電子激發狀態。成為電子激發狀態之增感劑與熱硬化促進劑、熱自由基聚合起始劑、光自由基聚合起始劑等接觸而產生電子轉移、能量轉移、發熱等作用。藉此,熱硬化促進劑、熱自由基聚合起始劑、光自由基聚合起始劑引起化學變化而分解,從而生成自由基、酸或鹼。 作為增感劑,例如可以舉出米其勒酮、4,4’-雙(二乙胺基)二苯甲酮、2,5-雙(4’-二乙胺基亞苄基)環戊烷、2,6-雙(4’-二乙胺基亞苄基)環己酮、2,6-雙(4’-二乙胺基亞苄基)-4-甲基環己酮、4,4’-雙(二甲基胺基)查耳酮、4,4’-雙(二乙胺基)查耳酮、對二甲基胺基苯亞烯丙基二氫茚酮、對二甲基胺基亞苄基二氫茚酮、2-(對二甲基胺基苯基亞聯苯基)-苯并噻唑、2-(對二甲基胺基苯基亞乙烯基)苯并噻唑、2-(對二甲基胺基苯基亞乙烯基)異萘并噻唑、1,3-雙(4’-二甲基胺基亞苄基)丙酮、1,3-雙(4’-二乙胺基亞苄基)丙酮、3,3’-羰基-雙(7-二乙胺基香豆素)、3-乙醯基-7-二甲基胺基香豆素、3-乙氧基羰基-7-二甲基胺基香豆素、3-苄氧基羰基-7-二甲基胺基香豆素、3-甲氧基羰基-7-二乙胺基香豆素、3-乙氧基羰基-7-二乙胺基香豆素、N-苯基-N’-乙基乙醇胺、N-苯基二乙醇胺、N-對甲苯基二乙醇胺、N-苯基乙醇胺、4-嗎啉基二苯甲酮、二甲基胺基苯甲酸異戊酯、二乙胺基苯甲酸異戊酯、2-巰基苯并咪唑、1-苯基-5-巰基四唑、2-巰基苯并噻唑、2-(對二甲基胺基苯乙烯基)苯并㗁唑、2-(對二甲基胺基苯乙烯基)苯并噻唑、2-(對二甲基胺基苯乙烯基)萘并(1,2-d)噻唑、2-(對二甲基胺基苯甲醯基)苯乙烯、二苯基乙醯胺、苯甲醯苯胺、N-甲基乙醯苯胺、3’,4’-二甲基乙醯苯胺等。 作為增感劑,亦可以使用增感色素。 關於增感色素的詳細內容,能夠參閱日本特開2016-027357號公報的0161~0163段的記載,該內容被編入本說明書中。[Sensitizer] The resin composition of the present invention may contain a sensitizer. The sensitizer absorbs specific active radiation and becomes an electronically excited state. The sensitizer in the electronically excited state comes into contact with a thermosetting accelerator, a thermal free radical polymerization initiator, a photo-free radical polymerization initiator, etc., and produces electron transfer, energy transfer, heat, etc. Thereby, the thermosetting accelerator, the thermal free radical polymerization initiator, and the photo-free radical polymerization initiator cause chemical changes and decompose, thereby generating free radicals, acids or bases. Examples of the sensitizer include michler's ketone, 4,4'-bis(diethylamino)benzophenone, 2,5-bis(4'-diethylaminobenzylidene)cyclopentane, 2,6-bis(4'-diethylaminobenzylidene)cyclohexanone, 2,6-bis(4'-diethylaminobenzylidene)-4-methylcyclohexanone, 4,4'-bis(dimethylamino)chalcone, 4,4'-bis(diethylamino)chalcone, p-dimethylaminophenylallylidenedihydroindanone, p-Dimethylaminobenzylidenedihydroindanone, 2-(p-dimethylaminophenylbiphenylene)-benzothiazole, 2-(p-dimethylaminophenylvinylene)benzothiazole, 2-(p-dimethylaminophenylvinylene)isonaphthothiazole, 1,3-bis(4'-dimethylaminobenzylidene)acetone, 1,3-bis(4'-diethylaminobenzylidene)acetone, 3,3'-carbonyl-bis(7-diethylaminocoumarin), 3-acetyl-7-dimethyl Aminocumarin, 3-ethoxycarbonyl-7-dimethylaminocoumarin, 3-benzyloxycarbonyl-7-dimethylaminocoumarin, 3-methoxycarbonyl-7-diethylaminocoumarin, 3-ethoxycarbonyl-7-diethylaminocoumarin, N-phenyl-N'-ethylethanolamine, N-phenyldiethanolamine, N-p-tolyldiethanolamine, N-phenylethanolamine, 4-pyrrolidone, isoamyl dimethylaminobenzoate, isoamyl diethylaminobenzoate Amyl ester, 2-benzimidazole, 1-phenyl-5-benzyltetrazolyl, 2-benzthiazole, 2-(p-dimethylaminostyryl)benzoxazole, 2-(p-dimethylaminostyryl)benzothiazole, 2-(p-dimethylaminostyryl)naphtho(1,2-d)thiazole, 2-(p-dimethylaminobenzyl)styrene, diphenylacetamide, benzanilide, N-methylacetanilide, 3',4'-dimethylacetanilide, etc. As the sensitizer, a sensitizing dye can also be used. For details of the sensitizing dye, reference can be made to paragraphs 0161 to 0163 of Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2016-027357, which is incorporated into this specification.
在本發明的樹脂組成物包含增感劑之情況下,增感劑的含量相對於本發明的樹脂組成物的總固體成分為0.01~20質量%為較佳,0.1~15質量%為更佳,0.5~10質量%為進一步較佳。增感劑可以單獨使用一種,亦可以同時使用兩種以上。When the resin composition of the present invention contains a sensitizer, the content of the sensitizer is preferably 0.01 to 20 mass %, more preferably 0.1 to 15 mass %, and even more preferably 0.5 to 10 mass % relative to the total solid content of the resin composition of the present invention. The sensitizer may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
〔鏈轉移劑〕 本發明的樹脂組成物可以含有鏈轉移劑。鏈轉移劑例如在高分子詞典第三版(高分子學會編,2005年)第683-684頁中被定義。作為鏈轉移劑,例如可以使用在分子內具有SH、PH、SiH及GeH之化合物群組。該等能夠將氫供應給低活性的自由基而生成自由基,或者在氧化之後藉由去質子而生成自由基。尤其,可以較佳地使用硫醇化合物。[Chain transfer agent] The resin composition of the present invention may contain a chain transfer agent. Chain transfer agents are defined, for example, in the third edition of the Polymer Dictionary (edited by the Polymer Society, 2005), pages 683-684. As chain transfer agents, for example, a group of compounds having SH, PH, SiH and GeH in the molecule can be used. These can generate free radicals by supplying hydrogen to low-activity free radicals, or generate free radicals by deprotonation after oxidation. In particular, thiol compounds can be preferably used.
又,鏈轉移劑亦能夠使用國際公開第2015/199219號的0152~0153段中所記載的化合物。Furthermore, the chain transfer agent may also include compounds described in paragraphs 0152 to 0153 of International Publication No. 2015/199219.
在本發明的樹脂組成物具有鏈轉移劑之情況下,鏈轉移劑的含量相對於本發明的樹脂組成物的總固體成分100質量份為0.01~20質量份為較佳,1~10質量份為更佳,1~5質量份為進一步較佳。鏈轉移劑可以僅為一種,亦可以為兩種以上。在鏈轉移劑為兩種以上之情況下,其合計在上述範圍內為較佳。When the resin composition of the present invention contains a chain transfer agent, the content of the chain transfer agent is preferably 0.01 to 20 parts by mass, more preferably 1 to 10 parts by mass, and even more preferably 1 to 5 parts by mass relative to 100 parts by mass of the total solid content of the resin composition of the present invention. The chain transfer agent may be only one kind or may be two or more kinds. When there are two or more kinds of chain transfer agents, it is preferred that the total amount of the chain transfer agents is within the above range.
〔界面活性劑〕 從進一步提高塗佈性之觀點考慮,在本發明的樹脂組成物中可以添加各種類型的界面活性劑。作為界面活性劑,能夠使用氟系界面活性劑、非離子系界面活性劑、陽離子系界面活性劑、陰離子系界面活性劑、矽酮系界面活性劑等各種界面活性劑。又,下述界面活性劑亦為較佳。下述式中,表示主鏈的重複單元之括號表示各重複單元的含量(莫耳%),表示側鏈的重複單元之括號表示各重複單元的重複數。 [化學式52] 又,界面活性劑亦能夠使用國際公開第2015/199219號的0159~0165段中所記載的化合物。 關於氟系界面活性劑,亦能夠將在側鏈中具有乙烯性不飽和基之含氟聚合物用作氟系界面活性劑。作為具體例,可以舉出日本特開2010-164965號公報的0050~0090段及0289~0295段中所記載之化合物,例如DIC Corporation製造的MEGAFACE RS-101、RS-102、RS-718K等。[Surfactant] From the viewpoint of further improving the coating properties, various types of surfactants can be added to the resin composition of the present invention. As the surfactant, various surfactants such as fluorine-based surfactants, non-ionic surfactants, cationic surfactants, anionic surfactants, silicone-based surfactants, etc. can be used. In addition, the following surfactants are also preferred. In the following formula, the parentheses representing the repeating units of the main chain represent the content (molar %) of each repeating unit, and the parentheses representing the repeating units of the side chain represent the number of repetitions of each repeating unit. [Chemical Formula 52] In addition, the surfactant may also use the compounds described in paragraphs 0159 to 0165 of International Publication No. 2015/199219. As for the fluorine-based surfactant, a fluorine-containing polymer having an ethylenically unsaturated group in the side chain may also be used as the fluorine-based surfactant. As specific examples, there may be cited the compounds described in paragraphs 0050 to 0090 and paragraphs 0289 to 0295 of Japanese Patent Publication No. 2010-164965, such as MEGAFACE RS-101, RS-102, RS-718K, etc. manufactured by DIC Corporation.
氟系界面活性劑中的氟含有率為3~40質量%為較佳,更佳為5~30質量%,特佳為7~25質量%。在塗佈膜的厚度的均勻性或省液性的觀點上,氟含有率在該範圍內的氟系界面活性劑為有效,在組成物中之溶解性亦良好。The fluorine content in the fluorine-based surfactant is preferably 3 to 40 mass %, more preferably 5 to 30 mass %, and particularly preferably 7 to 25 mass %. From the perspective of uniformity of the coating thickness or liquid saving, a fluorine-based surfactant having a fluorine content within this range is effective and has good solubility in the composition.
作為矽酮系界面活性劑,例如可以舉出Toray Silicone DC3PA、Toray Silicone SH7PA、Toray Silicone DC11PA、Toray Silicone SH21PA、Toray Silicone SH28PA、Toray Silicone SH29PA、Toray Silicone SH30PA、Toray Silicone SH8400(以上為Dow Corning Toray Co.,Ltd.製造)、TSF-4440、TSF-4300、TSF-4445、TSF-4460、TSF-4452(以上為Momentive Performance Materials Inc.製造)、KP341、KF6001、KF6002(以上為Shin-Etsu Chemical Co.,Ltd.製造)、BYK307、BYK323、BYK330(以上為BYK Chemie GmbH製造)等。Examples of the silicone-based surfactant include Toray Silicone DC3PA, Toray Silicone SH7PA, Toray Silicone DC11PA, Toray Silicone SH21PA, Toray Silicone SH28PA, Toray Silicone SH29PA, Toray Silicone SH30PA, and Toray Silicone SH8400 (all manufactured by Dow Corning Toray Co., Ltd.), TSF-4440, TSF-4300, TSF-4445, TSF-4460, and TSF-4452 (all manufactured by Momentive Performance Materials Inc.), KP341, KF6001, and KF6002 (all manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.), and BYK307, BYK323, and BYK330 (all manufactured by BYK Chemie GmbH).
作為烴系界面活性劑,例如可以舉出PIONIN A-76、New Kalgen FS-3PG、PIONIN B-709、PIONIN B-811-N、PIONIN D-1004、PIONIN D-3104、PIONIN D-3605、PIONIN D-6112、PIONIN D-2104-D、PIONIN D-212、PIONIN D-931、PIONIN D-941、PIONIN D-951、PIONIN E-5310、PIONIN P-1050-B、PIONIN P-1028-P、PIONIN P-4050-T等(以上為Takemoto Oil & Fat Co.,Ltd.製造)等。Examples of hydrocarbon-based surfactants include PIONIN A-76, New Kalgen FS-3PG, PIONIN B-709, PIONIN B-811-N, PIONIN D-1004, PIONIN D-3104, PIONIN D-3605, PIONIN D-6112, PIONIN D-2104-D, PIONIN D-212, PIONIN D-931, PIONIN D-941, PIONIN D-951, PIONIN E-5310, PIONIN P-1050-B, PIONIN P-1028-P, and PIONIN P-4050-T (all manufactured by Takemoto Oil & Fat Co., Ltd.).
作為非離子型界面活性劑,可以舉出甘油、三羥甲基丙烷、三羥甲基乙烷以及該等的乙氧基化物及丙氧基化物(例如,甘油丙氧基化物、甘油乙氧基化物等)、聚氧乙烯月桂基醚、聚氧乙烯硬脂基醚、聚氧乙烯油基醚、聚氧乙烯辛基苯基醚、聚氧乙烯壬基苯基醚、聚乙二醇二月桂酸酯、聚乙二醇二硬脂酸酯、脫水山梨糖醇脂肪酸酯、Pluronic L10、L31、L61、L62、10R5、17R2、25R2(BASF公司製造)、Tetronic 304、701、704、901、904、150R1(BASF公司製造)、Solsperse 20000(Lubrizol Japan Limited.製造)、NCW-101、NCW-1001、NCW-1002(FUJIFILM Wako Pure Chemical Corporation製造)、PIONIN D-6112、D-6112-W、D-6315(Takemoto Oil & Fat Co.,Ltd.製造)、Olfine E1010、Surfynol 104、400、440(Nissin Chemical Co.,Ltd.製造)等。Examples of the nonionic surfactant include glycerin, trihydroxymethylpropane, trihydroxymethylethane, and ethoxylates and propoxylates thereof (e.g., glycerin propoxylate, glycerin ethoxylate, etc.), polyoxyethylene lauryl ether, polyoxyethylene stearyl ether, polyoxyethylene oleyl ether, polyoxyethylene octylphenyl ether, polyoxyethylene nonylphenyl ether, polyethylene glycol dilaurate, polyethylene glycol distearate, sorbitan fatty acid esters, Pluronic L10, L31, L61, L62, 10R5, 17R2, 25R2 (manufactured by BASF), Tetronic 304, 701, 704, 901, 904, 150R1 (manufactured by BASF), Solsperse 20000 (Lubrizol Japan Limited.), NCW-101, NCW-1001, NCW-1002 (manufactured by FUJIFILM Wako Pure Chemical Corporation), PIONIN D-6112, D-6112-W, D-6315 (manufactured by Takemoto Oil & Fat Co., Ltd.), Olfine E1010, Surfynol 104, 400, 440 (manufactured by Nissin Chemical Co., Ltd.), etc.
作為陽離子型界面活性劑,具體而言,可以舉出有機矽氧烷聚合物KP341(Shin-Etsu Chemical Co.,Ltd.製造)、(甲基)丙烯酸系(共)聚合物Polyflow No.75、No.77、No.90、No.95(Kyoeisha chemical Co.,Ltd.製造)、W001(Yusho Co.,Ltd.製造)等。Specific examples of the cationic surfactant include organosiloxane polymer KP341 (manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.), (meth)acrylic (co)polymer Polyflow No.75, No.77, No.90, No.95 (manufactured by Kyoeisha Chemical Co., Ltd.), and W001 (manufactured by Yusho Co., Ltd.).
作為陰離子型界面活性劑,具體而言,可以舉出W004、W005、W017(Yusho Co.,Ltd.製造)、SANDET BL(SANYO KASEI CO.,LTD.製造)等。Specific examples of the anionic surfactant include W004, W005, and W017 (manufactured by Yusho Co., Ltd.), and SANDET BL (manufactured by Sanyo Kasei Co., Ltd.).
在本發明的樹脂組成物具有界面活性劑之情況下,界面活性劑的含量相對於本發明的樹脂組成物的總固體成分為0.001~2.0質量%為較佳,更佳為0.005~1.0質量%。界面活性劑可以僅為一種,亦可以為兩種以上。在界面活性劑為兩種以上之情況下,其合計在上述範圍內為較佳。When the resin composition of the present invention contains a surfactant, the content of the surfactant is preferably 0.001 to 2.0 mass % relative to the total solid content of the resin composition of the present invention, and more preferably 0.005 to 1.0 mass %. The surfactant may be only one kind or two or more kinds. When there are two or more kinds of surfactants, the total amount thereof is preferably within the above range.
〔高級脂肪酸衍生物〕 為了防止由氧引起之聚合阻礙,本發明的樹脂組成物可以添加如二十二酸或二十二酸醯胺那樣的高級脂肪酸衍生物以使其在塗佈後進行乾燥過程中不均勻地分布於樹脂組成物的表面上。[Higher fatty acid derivatives] In order to prevent polymerization hindrance caused by oxygen, the resin composition of the present invention may add a higher fatty acid derivative such as behenic acid or behenic acid amide so that it is unevenly distributed on the surface of the resin composition during the drying process after coating.
又,高級脂肪酸衍生物亦能夠使用國際公開第2015/199219號的0155段中所記載的化合物。Furthermore, as the higher fatty acid derivatives, the compounds described in paragraph 0155 of International Publication No. 2015/199219 can also be used.
在本發明的樹脂組成物具有高級脂肪酸衍生物之情況下,高級脂肪酸衍生物的含量相對於本發明的樹脂組成物的總固體成分為0.1~10質量%為較佳。高級脂肪酸衍生物可以僅為一種,亦可以為兩種以上。在高級脂肪酸衍生物為兩種以上之情況下,其合計在上述範圍內為較佳。When the resin composition of the present invention contains a higher fatty acid derivative, the content of the higher fatty acid derivative is preferably 0.1 to 10% by mass relative to the total solid content of the resin composition of the present invention. The higher fatty acid derivative may be only one type or may be two or more types. When there are two or more types of higher fatty acid derivatives, the total content thereof is preferably within the above range.
〔無機粒子〕 本發明的樹脂組成物可以包含無機粒子。作為無機粒子,具體而言,能夠包含碳酸鈣、磷酸鈣、二氧化矽、高嶺土、滑石、二氧化鈦、氧化鋁、硫酸鋇、氟化鈣、氟化鋰、沸石、硫化鉬、玻璃等。[Inorganic particles] The resin composition of the present invention may contain inorganic particles. Specifically, the inorganic particles may include calcium carbonate, calcium phosphate, silicon dioxide, kaolin, talc, titanium dioxide, aluminum oxide, barium sulfate, calcium fluoride, lithium fluoride, zeolite, molybdenum sulfide, glass, etc.
作為上述無機粒子的平均粒徑為0.01~2.0μm為較佳,0.02~1.5μm為更佳,0.03~1.0μm為進一步較佳,0.04~0.5μm為特佳。 若上述無機粒子的平均粒徑小於0.01μm,則有時上述硬化膜的機械特性會劣化。又,若上述無機粒子的平均粒徑超過2.0μm,則有時解析度因曝光光的散射而下降。The average particle size of the inorganic particles is preferably 0.01 to 2.0 μm, more preferably 0.02 to 1.5 μm, further preferably 0.03 to 1.0 μm, and particularly preferably 0.04 to 0.5 μm. If the average particle size of the inorganic particles is less than 0.01 μm, the mechanical properties of the cured film may deteriorate. If the average particle size of the inorganic particles exceeds 2.0 μm, the resolution may decrease due to scattering of exposure light.
〔紫外線吸收劑〕 本發明的組成物可以包含紫外線吸收劑。作為紫外線吸收劑,能夠使用水楊酸酯系、二苯甲酮系、苯并三唑系、取代丙烯腈系、三𠯤系等紫外線吸收劑。 作為水楊酸酯系紫外線吸收劑的例子,可以舉出水楊酸苯酯、水楊酸對辛基苯酯、水楊酸對第三丁基苯酯等,作為二苯甲酮系紫外線吸收劑的例子,可以舉出2,2’-二羥基-4-甲氧基二苯甲酮、2,2’-二羥基-4,4’-二甲氧基二苯甲酮、2,2’,4,4’-四羥基二苯甲酮、2-羥基-4-甲氧基二苯甲酮、2,4-二羥基二苯甲酮、2-羥基-4-辛氧基二苯甲酮等。又,作為苯并三唑系紫外線吸收劑的例子,可以舉出2-(2’-羥基-3’,5’-二-第三丁基苯基)-5-氯苯并三唑、2-(2’-羥基-3’-第三丁基-5’-甲基苯基)-5-氯苯并三唑、2-(2’-羥基-3’-第三戊基-5’-異丁基苯基)-5-氯苯并三唑、2-(2’-羥基-3’-異丁基-5’-甲基苯基)-5-氯苯并三唑、2-(2’-羥基-3’-異丁基-5’-丙基苯基)-5-氯苯并三唑、2-(2’-羥基-3’,5’-二-第三丁基苯基)苯并三唑、2-(2’-羥基-5’-甲基苯基)苯并三唑、2-[2’-羥基-5’-(1,1,3,3-四甲基)苯基]苯并三唑等。[Ultraviolet absorber] The composition of the present invention may contain an ultraviolet absorber. As the ultraviolet absorber, salicylic acid ester-based, benzophenone-based, benzotriazole-based, substituted acrylonitrile-based, tris(III)-based ultraviolet absorbers can be used. Examples of salicylate-based ultraviolet absorbers include phenyl salicylate, p-octylphenyl salicylate, and p-tert-butylphenyl salicylate. Examples of benzophenone-based ultraviolet absorbers include 2,2'-dihydroxy-4-methoxybenzophenone, 2,2'-dihydroxy-4,4'-dimethoxybenzophenone, 2,2',4,4'-tetrahydroxybenzophenone, 2-hydroxy-4-methoxybenzophenone, 2,4-dihydroxybenzophenone, and 2-hydroxy-4-octyloxybenzophenone. Examples of benzotriazole-based ultraviolet absorbers include 2-(2'-hydroxy-3',5'-di-tert-butylphenyl)-5-chlorobenzotriazole, 2-(2'-hydroxy-3'-tert-butyl-5'-methylphenyl)-5-chlorobenzotriazole, 2-(2'-hydroxy-3'-tert-pentyl-5'-isobutylphenyl)-5-chlorobenzotriazole, and 2-(2'-hydroxy-3'-tert-pentyl-5'-isobutylphenyl)-5-chlorobenzotriazole. 2-(2'-hydroxy-3',5'-di-tert-butylphenyl)benzotriazole, 2-(2'-hydroxy-5'-methylphenyl)benzotriazole, 2-[2'-hydroxy-5'-(1,1,3,3-tetramethyl)phenyl]benzotriazole, etc.
作為取代丙烯腈系紫外線吸收劑的例子,可以舉出2-氰基-3,3-二苯基丙烯酸乙酯、2-氰基-3,3-二苯基丙烯酸2-乙基己酯等。進而,作為三𠯤系紫外線吸收劑的例子,可以舉出2-[4-[(2-羥基-3-十二烷氧基丙基)氧基]-2-羥基苯基]-4,6-雙(2,4-二甲基苯基)-1,3,5-三𠯤、2-[4-[(2-羥基-3-十三烷氧基丙基)氧基]-2-羥基苯基]-4,6-雙(2,4-二甲基苯基)-1,3,5-三𠯤、2-(2,4-二羥基苯基)-4,6-雙(2,4-二甲基苯基)-1,3,5-三𠯤等單(羥基苯基)三𠯤化合物;2,4-雙(2-羥基-4-丙氧基苯基)-6-(2,4-二甲基苯基)-1,3,5-三𠯤、2,4-雙(2-羥基-3-甲基-4-丙氧基苯基)-6-(4-甲基苯基)-1,3,5-三𠯤、2,4-雙(2-羥基-3-甲基-4-己氧基苯基)-6-(2,4-二甲基苯基)-1,3,5-三𠯤等雙(羥基苯基)三𠯤化合物;2,4-雙(2-羥基-4-丁氧基苯基)-6-(2,4-二丁氧基苯基)-1,3,5-三𠯤、2,4,6-三(2-羥基-4-辛氧基苯基)-1,3,5-三𠯤、2,4,6-三[2-羥基-4-(3-丁氧基-2-羥基丙氧基)苯基]-1,3,5-三𠯤等三(羥基苯基)三𠯤化合物等。Examples of substituted acrylonitrile-based ultraviolet absorbers include ethyl 2-cyano-3,3-diphenylacrylate and 2-ethylhexyl 2-cyano-3,3-diphenylacrylate. Examples of tris(iodine-based ultraviolet absorbers include 2-[4-[(2-hydroxy-3-dodecyloxypropyl)oxy]-2-hydroxyphenyl]-4,6-bis(2,4-dimethylphenyl)-1,3,5-tris(iodine-based ultraviolet absorbers), 2-[4-[(2-hydroxy-3-tridecyloxypropyl)oxy]-2-hydroxyphenyl]-4,6 -bis(2,4-dimethylphenyl)-1,3,5-trisinium, 2-(2,4-dihydroxyphenyl)-4,6-bis(2,4-dimethylphenyl)-1,3,5-trisinium and other mono(hydroxyphenyl)trisinium compounds; 2,4-bis(2-hydroxy-4-propoxyphenyl)-6-(2,4-dimethylphenyl)-1,3,5-trisinium, Bis(hydroxyphenyl)trisinium compounds such as 2,4-bis(2-hydroxy-3-methyl-4-propoxyphenyl)-6-(4-methylphenyl)-1,3,5-trisinium and 2,4-bis(2-hydroxy-3-methyl-4-hexyloxyphenyl)-6-(2,4-dimethylphenyl)-1,3,5-trisinium; 2,4-bis(2-hydroxy-4- tris(hydroxyphenyl)tris(iota) compounds such as 2,4-dibutoxyphenyl)-6-(2,4-dibutoxyphenyl)-1,3,5-tris(iota), 2,4,6-tris(2-hydroxy-4-octyloxyphenyl)-1,3,5-tris(iota), and 2,4,6-tris[2-hydroxy-4-(3-butoxy-2-hydroxypropoxy)phenyl]-1,3,5-tris(iota).
在本發明中,上述各種紫外線吸收劑可以單獨使用一種,亦可以組合使用兩種以上。 本發明的組成物可以包含紫外線吸收劑或不包含紫外線吸收劑,但是在包含紫外線吸收劑之情況下,紫外線吸收劑的含量相對於本發明的組成物的總固體成分質量為0.001質量%以上且1質量%以下為較佳,0.01質量%以上且0.1質量%以下為更佳。In the present invention, the above-mentioned various ultraviolet absorbers may be used alone or in combination of two or more. The composition of the present invention may contain an ultraviolet absorber or not contain an ultraviolet absorber, but when containing an ultraviolet absorber, the content of the ultraviolet absorber is preferably 0.001 mass % or more and 1 mass % or less, and more preferably 0.01 mass % or more and 0.1 mass % or less relative to the total solid content of the composition of the present invention.
〔有機鈦化合物〕 本實施形態的樹脂組成物可以含有有機鈦化合物。藉由樹脂組成物含有有機鈦化合物,即使在低溫下進行硬化之情況下,亦能夠形成耐藥品性優異之樹脂層。[Organic titanium compound] The resin composition of this embodiment may contain an organic titanium compound. When the resin composition contains an organic titanium compound, a resin layer having excellent chemical resistance can be formed even when hardening is performed at a low temperature.
作為能夠使用之有機鈦化合物,可以舉出在鈦原子上經由共價鍵或離子鍵鍵結有有機基者。 將有機鈦化合物的具體例示於以下的I)~VII): I)鈦螯合化合物:其中,由於負型感光性樹脂組成物的保存穩定性良好且可以獲得良好的硬化圖案,因此具有2個以上的烷氧基之鈦螯合化合物為更佳。具體例為雙(三乙醇胺)二異丙氧基鈦、雙(2,4-戊二酸酯)二(正丁氧基)鈦、雙(2,4-戊二酸酯)二異丙氧基鈦、雙(四甲基庚二酸酯)二異丙氧基鈦、雙(乙基乙醯乙酸酯)二異丙氧基鈦等。 II)四烷氧基鈦化合物:例如為四(正丁氧基)鈦、四乙氧基鈦、四(2-乙基己氧基)鈦、四異丁氧基鈦、四異丙氧基鈦、四甲氧基鈦、四甲氧基丙氧基鈦、四甲基苯氧基鈦、四(正壬氧基)鈦、四(正丙氧基)鈦、四硬脂醯氧基鈦、四[雙{2,2-(烯丙氧基甲基)丁氧基}]鈦等。 III)二茂鈦化合物:例如為五甲基環戊二烯基三甲醇鈦、雙(η5-2,4-環戊二烯-1-基)雙(2,6-二氟苯基)鈦、雙(η5-2,4-環戊二烯-1-基)雙(2,6-二氟-3-(1H-吡咯-1-基)苯基)鈦等。 IV)單烷氧基鈦化合物:例如為三(二辛基磷酸酯)異丙氧基鈦、三(十二烷基苯磺酸酯)異丙氧基鈦等。 V)氧化鈦化合物:例如為雙(戊二酸酯)氧化鈦、雙(四甲基庚二酸酯)氧化鈦、酞菁氧化鈦等。 VI)四乙醯丙酮鈦化合物:例如為四乙醯丙酮鈦等。 VII)鈦酸酯偶合劑:例如為異丙基三(十二烷基)苯磺醯基鈦酸酯等。As the organic titanium compound that can be used, there can be cited those having an organic group bonded to the titanium atom via a covalent bond or an ionic bond. Specific examples of the organic titanium compound are shown in the following I) to VII): I) Titanium chelate compound: Among them, since the storage stability of the negative photosensitive resin composition is good and a good curing pattern can be obtained, a titanium chelate compound having two or more alkoxy groups is more preferred. Specific examples include titanium bis(triethanolamine) diisopropoxide, titanium bis(2,4-pentanedioate) di(n-butoxy), titanium bis(2,4-pentanedioate) diisopropoxide, titanium bis(tetramethyl pimelate) diisopropoxide, titanium bis(ethyl acetoacetate) diisopropoxide, etc. II) Tetraalkoxy titanium compounds: for example, tetra(n-butoxy)titanium, tetraethoxytitanium, tetra(2-ethylhexyloxy)titanium, tetraisobutoxytitanium, tetraisopropoxytitanium, tetramethoxytitanium, tetramethoxypropoxytitanium, tetramethylphenoxytitanium, tetra(n-nonyloxy)titanium, tetra(n-propoxy)titanium, tetrastearyloxytitanium, tetra[bis{2,2-(allyloxymethyl)butoxy}]titanium, etc. III) Titanium cyclopentadienyl trimethoxide, for example, titanium pentamethylcyclopentadienyl trimethoxide, bis(η5-2,4-cyclopentadien-1-yl)bis(2,6-difluorophenyl)titanium, bis(η5-2,4-cyclopentadien-1-yl)bis(2,6-difluoro-3-(1H-pyrrol-1-yl)phenyl)titanium, etc. IV) Titanium monoalkoxy compounds: for example, titanium tris(dioctyl phosphate) isopropoxy, titanium tris(dodecylbenzene sulfonate) isopropoxy, etc. V) Titanium oxide compounds: for example, titanium bis(glutarate) oxide, titanium bis(tetramethylpimelate) oxide, titanium phthalocyanine oxide, etc. VI) Titanium tetraacetylacetonate compounds: for example, titanium tetraacetylacetonate, etc. VII) Titanium ester coupling agent: for example, isopropyl tri(dodecyl)benzenesulfonyl titanium ester, etc.
其中,作為有機鈦化合物,從發揮更加良好的耐藥品性之觀點考慮,選自包括上述I)鈦螯合化合物、II)四烷氧基鈦化合物及III)二茂鈦化合物的群組中之至少一種化合物為較佳。尤其,雙(乙基乙醯乙酸酯)二異丙氧基鈦、四(正丁氧基)鈦及雙(η5-2,4-環戊二烯-1-基)雙(2,6-二氟-3-(1H-吡咯-1-基)苯基)鈦為較佳。Among them, as an organic titanium compound, from the viewpoint of exerting better drug resistance, at least one compound selected from the group including I) titanium chelate compounds, II) tetraalkoxy titanium compounds and III) dioctenyl titanium compounds is preferred. In particular, bis(ethylacetoacetate)diisopropoxytitanium, tetra(n-butoxy)titanium and bis(η5-2,4-cyclopentadien-1-yl)bis(2,6-difluoro-3-(1H-pyrrol-1-yl)phenyl)titanium are preferred.
在配合有機鈦化合物之情況下,其配合量相對於環化樹脂的前驅物100質量份為0.05~10質量份為較佳,更佳為0.1~2質量份。在配合量為0.05質量份以上之情況下,在所獲得之硬化圖案中顯現良好的耐熱性及耐藥品性,另一方面,在配合量為10質量份以下之情況下,組成物的保存穩定性優異。When the organic titanium compound is added, the amount thereof is preferably 0.05 to 10 parts by mass, more preferably 0.1 to 2 parts by mass, relative to 100 parts by mass of the precursor of the cyclized resin. When the amount is 0.05 parts by mass or more, the obtained hardened pattern exhibits good heat resistance and chemical resistance, while when the amount is 10 parts by mass or less, the storage stability of the composition is excellent.
〔抗氧化劑〕 本發明的組成物可以包含抗氧化劑。藉由含有抗氧化劑作為添加劑,能夠提高硬化後的膜的伸長率特性或與金屬材料的密接性。作為抗氧化劑,可以舉出酚化合物、亞磷酸酯化合物、硫醚化合物等。作為酚化合物,能夠使用作為酚系抗氧化劑而已知之任意的酚化合物。作為較佳的酚化合物,可以舉出受阻酚化合物。在與酚性羥基鄰接之部位(鄰位)具有取代基之化合物為較佳。作為前述取代基,碳數1~22的經取代或未經取代的烷基為較佳。又,抗氧化劑為在同一分子內具有酚基和亞磷酸酯基之化合物亦為較佳。又,抗氧化劑亦可以較佳地使用磷系抗氧化劑。作為磷系抗氧化劑,可以舉出三[2-[[2,4,8,10-四(1,1-二甲基乙基)二苯并[d,f][1,3,2]二㗁磷雜庚英(dioxaphosphepin)-6-基]氧基]乙基]胺、三[2-[(4,6,9,11-四-第三丁基二苯并[d,f][1,3,2]二㗁磷雜庚英-2-基)氧基]乙基]胺、雙(2,4-二-第三丁基-6-甲基苯酚)亞磷酸乙酯等。作為抗氧化劑的市售品,例如可以舉出ADKSTAB AO-20、ADKSTAB AO-30、ADKSTAB AO-40、ADKSTAB AO-50、ADKSTAB AO-50F、ADKSTAB AO-60、ADKSTAB AO-60G、ADKSTAB AO-80、ADKSTAB AO-330(以上為ADEKA CORPORATION製造)等。又,抗氧化劑亦能夠使用日本專利第6268967號公報的段落號0023~0048中所記載之化合物。又,本發明的組成物依據需要可以含有潛在抗氧化劑。作為潛在抗氧化劑,可以舉出作為抗氧化劑而發揮作用之部位被保護基保護之化合物,且藉由在100~250℃下加熱或者在酸/鹼觸媒存在下於80~200℃下加熱而保護基脫離從而作為抗氧化劑而發揮作用之化合物。作為潛在抗氧化劑,可以舉出國際公開第2014/021023號、國際公開第2017/030005號、日本特開2017-008219號公報中所記載之化合物。作為潛在抗氧化劑的市售品,可以舉出ADEKA ARKLS GPA-5001(ADEKA CORPORATION製造)等。作為較佳的抗氧化劑的例子,可以舉出2,2-硫代雙(4-甲基-6-第三丁基苯酚)、2,6-二第三丁基苯酚及通式(3)所表示之化合物。[Antioxidant] The composition of the present invention may contain an antioxidant. By containing an antioxidant as an additive, the elongation characteristics of the film after curing or the adhesion to the metal material can be improved. As the antioxidant, phenol compounds, phosphite compounds, thioether compounds, etc. can be cited. As the phenol compound, any phenol compound known as a phenolic antioxidant can be used. As a preferred phenol compound, a hindered phenol compound can be cited. Compounds having a substituent at a position adjacent to a phenolic hydroxyl group (adjacent position) are preferred. As the aforementioned substituent, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 22 carbon atoms is preferred. In addition, the antioxidant is also preferably a compound having a phenol group and a phosphite group in the same molecule. Furthermore, the antioxidant may preferably be a phosphorus-based antioxidant. Examples of the phosphorus-based antioxidant include tris[2-[[2,4,8,10-tetrakis(1,1-dimethylethyl)dibenzo[d,f][1,3,2]dioxaphosphepin-6-yl]oxy]ethyl]amine, tris[2-[(4,6,9,11-tetrakis-tert-butyldibenzo[d,f][1,3,2]dioxaphosphepin-2-yl)oxy]ethyl]amine, and bis(2,4-di-tert-butyl-6-methylphenol)ethyl phosphite. As commercially available antioxidants, for example, ADKSTAB AO-20, ADKSTAB AO-30, ADKSTAB AO-40, ADKSTAB AO-50, ADKSTAB AO-50F, ADKSTAB AO-60, ADKSTAB AO-60G, ADKSTAB AO-80, ADKSTAB AO-330 (all manufactured by ADEKA CORPORATION) etc. can be cited. In addition, the antioxidant can also use the compounds described in paragraphs 0023 to 0048 of Japanese Patent No. 6268967. In addition, the composition of the present invention can contain a potential antioxidant as needed. As potential antioxidants, there can be mentioned compounds in which the site that functions as an antioxidant is protected by a protecting group, and the protecting group is removed by heating at 100 to 250°C or heating at 80 to 200°C in the presence of an acid/base catalyst, thereby functioning as an antioxidant. As potential antioxidants, there can be mentioned compounds described in International Publication No. 2014/021023, International Publication No. 2017/030005, and Japanese Patent Publication No. 2017-008219. As commercially available products of potential antioxidants, there can be mentioned ADEKA ARKLS GPA-5001 (manufactured by ADEKA CORPORATION) and the like. Preferred examples of antioxidants include 2,2-thiobis(4-methyl-6-tert-butylphenol), 2,6-di-tert-butylphenol and compounds represented by the general formula (3).
[化學式53] [Chemical formula 53]
通式(3)中,R5 表示氫原子或碳數2以上的烷基,R6 表示碳數2以上的伸烷基。R7 表示碳數2以上的伸烷基、包含O原子及N原子中的至少任一種之1~4價的有機基。k表示1~4的整數。In the general formula (3), R5 represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 2 or more carbon atoms, R6 represents an alkylene group having 2 or more carbon atoms, R7 represents an alkylene group having 2 or more carbon atoms, or a monovalent to tetravalent organic group containing at least one of an O atom and a N atom. k represents an integer of 1 to 4.
通式(3)所表示之化合物抑制樹脂的脂肪族基或酚性羥基的氧化劣化。又,藉由對金屬材料的防銹作用,能夠抑制金屬氧化。The compound represented by the general formula (3) inhibits the oxidative degradation of the aliphatic group or the phenolic hydroxyl group of the resin. In addition, it can inhibit the oxidation of the metal by its rust-proofing effect on the metal material.
由於能夠同時作用於樹脂和金屬材料,因此k為2~4的整數為更佳。作為R7 ,可以舉出烷基、環烷基、烷氧基、烷基醚基、烷基甲矽烷基、烷氧基甲矽烷基、芳基、芳基醚基、羧基、羰基、烯丙基、乙烯基、雜環基、-O-、-NH-、-NHNH-、將該等組合而成者等,並且還可以具有取代基。其中,從在顯影液中的溶解性或金屬密接性的觀點而言,具有烷基醚、-NH-為較佳,從與樹脂的相互作用和基於金屬錯合形成之金屬密接性的觀點而言,-NH-為更佳。Since it can act on the resin and the metal material simultaneously, k is preferably an integer of 2 to 4. R 7 includes an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an alkoxy group, an alkyl ether group, an alkyl silyl group, an alkoxy silyl group, an aryl group, an aryl ether group, a carboxyl group, a carbonyl group, an allyl group, a vinyl group, a heterocyclic group, -O-, -NH-, -NHNH-, a combination thereof, and the like, and may further have a substituent. Among them, from the viewpoint of solubility in a developer or metal adhesion, alkyl ether and -NH- are preferred, and from the viewpoint of interaction with the resin and metal adhesion by metal complex formation, -NH- is more preferred.
作為下述通式(3)所表示之化合物的例子,可以舉出以下者,但是並不限於下述結構。Examples of the compound represented by the following general formula (3) include the following, but are not limited to the following structure.
[化學式54] [Chemical formula 54]
[化學式55] [Chemical formula 55]
[化學式56] [Chemical formula 56]
[化學式57] [Chemical formula 57]
抗氧化劑的添加量相對於樹脂為0.1~10質量份為較佳,0.5~5質量份為更佳。在添加量少於0.1質量份之情況下,難以獲得提高可靠性試驗後的伸長率特性或對金屬材料的密接性之效果,並且在多於10質量份之情況下,有可能藉由與光敏劑的相互作用而導致樹脂組成物的靈敏度下降。抗氧化劑可以僅使用一種,亦可以使用兩種以上。在使用兩種以上之情況下,該等的合計量在上述範圍內為較佳。The amount of antioxidant added is preferably 0.1 to 10 parts by weight relative to the resin, and more preferably 0.5 to 5 parts by weight. When the amount added is less than 0.1 parts by weight, it is difficult to obtain the effect of improving the elongation characteristics after the reliability test or the adhesion to the metal material, and when it is more than 10 parts by weight, the sensitivity of the resin composition may decrease due to the interaction with the photosensitizer. Only one antioxidant may be used, or two or more antioxidants may be used. When two or more antioxidants are used, the total amount thereof is preferably within the above range.
<關於其他含有物質的限制> 從塗佈面性狀的觀點考慮,本發明的樹脂組成物的水分含量小於5質量%為較佳,小於1質量%為更佳,小於0.6質量%為進一步較佳。作為維持水分的含量之方法,可以舉出在保管條件下之濕度的調整、收容容器的孔隙率降低等。<Restrictions on other contained substances> From the perspective of coating surface properties, the water content of the resin composition of the present invention is preferably less than 5 mass%, more preferably less than 1 mass%, and even more preferably less than 0.6 mass%. Methods for maintaining the water content include adjusting the humidity under storage conditions, reducing the porosity of the storage container, etc.
從絕緣性的觀點考慮,本發明的樹脂組成物的金屬含量小於5質量ppm(parts per million:百萬分率)為較佳,小於1質量ppm為更佳,小於0.5質量ppm為進一步較佳。作為金屬,可以舉出鈉、鉀、鎂、鈣、鐵、鉻、鎳等。在包含複數種金屬之情況下,該等金屬的合計在上述範圍內為較佳。From the perspective of insulation, the metal content of the resin composition of the present invention is preferably less than 5 mass ppm (parts per million), more preferably less than 1 mass ppm, and even more preferably less than 0.5 mass ppm. Examples of the metal include sodium, potassium, magnesium, calcium, iron, chromium, nickel, and the like. When a plurality of metals are included, the total of the metals is preferably within the above range.
又,作為減少意外包含於本發明的樹脂組成物中之金屬雜質之方法,可以舉出如下等方法:選擇金屬含量少的原料作為構成本發明的樹脂組成物之原料;對構成本發明的樹脂組成物之原料進行過濾器過濾;在裝置內用聚四氟乙烯等進行加襯(lining)而在盡可能抑制污染之條件下進行蒸餾。In addition, as a method for reducing the metal impurities accidentally contained in the resin composition of the present invention, the following methods can be cited: selecting a raw material with a low metal content as a raw material constituting the resin composition of the present invention; filtering the raw material constituting the resin composition of the present invention with a filter; lining the device with polytetrafluoroethylene or the like and distilling under conditions that suppress contamination as much as possible.
在本發明的樹脂組成物中,若考慮作為半導體材料的用途,則從配線腐蝕性的觀點考慮,鹵素原子的含量小於500質量ppm為較佳,小於300質量ppm為更佳,小於200質量ppm為進一步較佳。其中,以鹵素離子的狀態存在者為小於5質量ppm為較佳,小於1質量ppm為更佳,小於0.5質量ppm為進一步較佳。作為鹵素原子,可以舉出氯原子及溴原子。氯原子及溴原子或氯離子及溴離子的合計分別在上述範圍內為較佳。 作為調節鹵素原子的含量之方法,可以較佳地舉出離子交換處理等。In the resin composition of the present invention, if the use as a semiconductor material is considered, the content of halogen atoms is preferably less than 500 mass ppm, less than 300 mass ppm, and less than 200 mass ppm from the viewpoint of wiring corrosion. Among them, the content of halogen ions is preferably less than 5 mass ppm, less than 1 mass ppm, and less than 0.5 mass ppm. As halogen atoms, chlorine atoms and bromine atoms can be cited. It is preferred that the total of chlorine atoms and bromine atoms or chlorine ions and bromine ions are respectively within the above range. As a method for adjusting the content of halogen atoms, ion exchange treatment can be preferably cited.
作為本發明的樹脂組成物的收容容器,能夠使用以往公知的收容容器。又,作為收容容器,以抑制雜質混入原材料或樹脂組成物中為目的,使用將容器內壁由6種6層的樹脂構成之多層瓶或用6種樹脂形成7層結構之瓶亦為較佳。作為這樣的容器,例如可以舉出日本特開2015-123351號公報中所記載的容器。As a container for storing the resin composition of the present invention, a conventionally known container can be used. In addition, as a container, in order to suppress the mixing of impurities into the raw materials or the resin composition, it is also preferable to use a multi-layer bottle whose inner wall is composed of six types of six layers of resin or a bottle having a seven-layer structure formed by six types of resin. As such a container, for example, the container described in Japanese Patent Publication No. 2015-123351 can be cited.
<樹脂組成物的用途> 本發明的樹脂組成物用於再配線層用層間絕緣膜的形成為較佳。 又,除此以外,亦能夠用於半導體元件的絕緣膜的形成或應力緩衝膜的形成等。<Application of resin composition> The resin composition of the present invention is preferably used for forming an interlayer insulating film for a redistribution layer. In addition, it can also be used for forming an insulating film of a semiconductor element or forming a stress buffer film, etc.
<樹脂組成物的製備> 本發明的樹脂組成物能夠藉由混合上述各成分來製備。混合方法並無特別限定,能夠利用以往公知的方法來進行。<Preparation of resin composition> The resin composition of the present invention can be prepared by mixing the above-mentioned components. The mixing method is not particularly limited and can be performed using a conventionally known method.
又,以去除樹脂組成物中的灰塵或微粒等異物為目的,進行使用過濾器之過濾為較佳。過濾器孔徑為1μm以下為較佳,0.5μm以下為更佳,0.1μm以下為進一步較佳。另一方面,在生產性的觀點上,5μm以下為較佳,3μm以下為更佳,1μm以下為進一步較佳。過濾器的材質為聚四氟乙烯、聚乙烯或尼龍為較佳。過濾器可以使用利用有機溶劑預先進行了洗淨者。在過濾器過濾步驟中,可以將複數種過濾器串聯或並聯連接使用。在使用複數種過濾器之情況下,可以將孔徑或材質不同之過濾器組合使用。又,可以將各種材料過濾複數次。在過濾複數次之情況下,可以為循環過濾。又,可以藉由加壓而進行過濾。在藉由加壓而進行過濾之情況下,加壓壓力係0.05MPa以上且0.3MPa以下為較佳。另一方面,在生產性的觀點上,0.01MPa以上且1.0MPa以下為較佳,0.03MPa以上且0.9MPa以下為更佳,0.05MPa以上且0.7MPa以下為進一步較佳。 除了使用過濾器之過濾以外,亦可以進行使用吸附材料之雜質的去除處理。亦可以將過濾器過濾和使用吸附材料之雜質去除處理進行組合。作為吸附材料,能夠使用公知的吸附材料。例如,可以舉出矽膠、沸石等無機系吸附材料、活性碳等有機系吸附材料。Furthermore, for the purpose of removing foreign matter such as dust or particles in the resin composition, it is preferred to perform filtering using a filter. The pore size of the filter is preferably 1 μm or less, more preferably 0.5 μm or less, and further preferably 0.1 μm or less. On the other hand, from the perspective of productivity, 5 μm or less is preferred, 3 μm or less is more preferred, and 1 μm or less is further preferred. The material of the filter is preferably polytetrafluoroethylene, polyethylene or nylon. The filter may be pre-cleaned with an organic solvent. In the filter filtering step, a plurality of filters may be connected in series or in parallel. When using multiple filters, filters with different pore sizes or materials can be used in combination. In addition, various materials can be filtered multiple times. When filtering multiple times, it can be cycle filtering. In addition, filtering can be performed by pressurization. When filtering by pressurization, the pressurization pressure is preferably 0.05MPa or more and 0.3MPa or less. On the other hand, from the perspective of productivity, 0.01MPa or more and 1.0MPa or less is preferred, 0.03MPa or more and 0.9MPa or less is more preferred, and 0.05MPa or more and 0.7MPa or less is further preferred. In addition to filtering using a filter, impurity removal using an adsorbent can also be performed. Filtering using a filter and impurity removal using an adsorbent can also be combined. As the adsorbent, a known adsorbent can be used. For example, inorganic adsorbents such as silica gel and zeolite, and organic adsorbents such as activated carbon can be cited.
(硬化膜、積層體、半導體元件及該等的製造方法) 接著,對硬化膜、積層體、半導體元件及該等的製造方法進行說明。(Curing film, laminate, semiconductor element, and method for manufacturing the same) Next, the curing film, laminate, semiconductor element, and method for manufacturing the same are described.
本發明的硬化膜為將本發明的樹脂組成物硬化而成之硬化膜。本發明的硬化膜的膜厚例如能夠設為0.5μm以上,亦能夠設為1μm以上。又,作為上限值,能夠設為100μm以下,亦能夠設為30μm以下。The cured film of the present invention is a cured film formed by curing the resin composition of the present invention. The film thickness of the cured film of the present invention can be set to 0.5 μm or more, or 1 μm or more, and the upper limit can be set to 100 μm or less, or 30 μm or less.
可以將本發明的硬化膜積層2層以上、進而積層3~7層而形成積層體。本發明的積層體為包括2層以上的硬化膜且在任意的上述硬化膜彼此之間包括金屬層之態樣為較佳。例如,作為較佳者可以舉出至少包括依次積層有第一硬化膜、金屬層、第二硬化膜這3個層之層結構之積層體。上述第一硬化膜及上述第二硬化膜均為本發明的硬化膜,作為較佳者,例如可以舉出上述第一硬化膜及上述第二硬化膜中的任一者為將本發明的樹脂組成物硬化而成之膜的態樣。用於上述第一硬化膜的形成之本發明的樹脂組成物和用於上述第二硬化膜的形成之本發明的樹脂組成物可以為組成相同之組成物,亦可以為組成不同之組成物。本發明的積層體中之金屬層可以較佳地用作再配線層等的金屬配線。The cured film of the present invention can be stacked in 2 or more layers, and further stacked in 3 to 7 layers to form a laminate. The laminate of the present invention is preferably a laminate including 2 or more cured films and a metal layer between any of the above-mentioned cured films. For example, a laminate having a layered structure including at least three layers stacked in sequence, namely, a first cured film, a metal layer, and a second cured film, can be cited as a preferred example. The above-mentioned first cured film and the above-mentioned second cured film are both the cured films of the present invention. As a preferred example, for example, any one of the above-mentioned first cured film and the above-mentioned second cured film can be cited as a film formed by curing the resin composition of the present invention. The resin composition of the present invention used for forming the first cured film and the resin composition of the present invention used for forming the second cured film may have the same composition or different compositions. The metal layer in the laminate of the present invention can be preferably used as a metal wiring such as a redistribution layer.
作為能夠適用本發明的硬化膜之領域,可以舉出半導體元件的絕緣膜、再配線層用層間絕緣膜、應力緩衝膜等。除此以外,可以舉出藉由蝕刻而對密封膜、基板材料(可撓性印刷板的基底膜或覆蓋膜、層間絕緣膜)或如上所述之實際安裝用途的絕緣膜形成圖案等。關於該等的用途,例如能夠參閱SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY CO.,LTD.“聚醯亞胺的高功能化與應用技術”2008年4月、柿本雅明/監修、CMC Technical library“聚醯亞胺材料的基礎與開發”2011年11月發行、日本聚醯亞胺/芳香族系高分子研究會編“最新聚醯亞胺 基礎與應用”NTS Inc.,2010年8月等。Examples of fields to which the cured film of the present invention can be applied include insulating films for semiconductor elements, interlayer insulating films for redistribution layers, stress buffer films, etc. In addition, examples include patterning of sealing films, substrate materials (base films or cover films of flexible printed boards, interlayer insulating films), or insulating films for actual mounting purposes such as those described above by etching. For the use of these, for example, you can refer to SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY CO., LTD. "Advanced Functionality and Application Technology of Polyimide" April 2008, supervised by Masaaki Kakimoto, CMC Technical Library "Basics and Development of Polyimide Materials" November 2011, Japan Polyimide/Aromatic Polymer Research Association "Latest Polyimide Fundamentals and Applications" NTS Inc., August 2010, etc.
又,本發明中之硬化膜亦能夠用於膠板印刷版或網版印刷版等印刷版的製造、在成形組件的蝕刻中的使用、電子學、尤其是微電子學中之保護漆及介電層的製造等。Furthermore, the cured film of the present invention can also be used in the manufacture of printing plates such as offset printing plates or screen printing plates, in the etching of molded components, in the manufacture of protective varnishes and dielectric layers in electronics, especially microelectronics, and the like.
本發明的硬化膜的製造方法(以下,亦簡稱為“本發明的製造方法”。)包括將本發明的樹脂組成物適用於基材而形成膜之膜形成步驟為較佳。 本發明的硬化膜的製造方法包括上述膜形成步驟以及對上述膜進行曝光之曝光步驟及對上述膜進行顯影之顯影步驟為較佳。 又,本發明的硬化膜的製造方法包括上述膜形成步驟及依據需要包括上述顯影步驟且包括在50~450℃下對上述膜進行加熱之加熱步驟為更佳。 具體而言,包括以下的(a)~(d)的步驟亦為較佳。 (a)將樹脂組成物適用於基材而形成膜(樹脂組成物層)之膜形成步驟 (b)在膜形成步驟之後,對膜進行曝光之曝光步驟 (c)對經曝光之上述膜進行顯影之顯影步驟 (d)在50~450℃下對經顯影之上述膜進行加熱之加熱步驟 藉由在上述加熱步驟中進行加熱,能夠使藉由曝光而硬化之樹脂層進一步硬化。在該加熱步驟中,例如上述熱鹼產生劑分解而可以獲得足夠的硬化性。The method for producing a cured film of the present invention (hereinafter, also referred to as "the method for producing the present invention") preferably includes a film forming step of applying the resin composition of the present invention to a substrate to form a film. The method for producing a cured film of the present invention preferably includes the film forming step, an exposure step of exposing the film, and a development step of developing the film. Furthermore, the method for producing a cured film of the present invention preferably includes the film forming step and, if necessary, the development step and a heating step of heating the film at 50 to 450°C. Specifically, it is also preferred to include the following steps (a) to (d). (a) a film forming step of applying a resin composition to a substrate to form a film (resin composition layer) (b) an exposure step of exposing the film after the film forming step (c) a developing step of developing the exposed film (d) a heating step of heating the developed film at 50 to 450°C By heating in the heating step, the resin layer hardened by exposure can be further hardened. In the heating step, for example, the hot alkali generator decomposes to obtain sufficient hardening properties.
本發明的較佳實施形態之積層體的製造方法包括本發明的硬化膜的製造方法。本實施形態的積層體的製造方法按照上述硬化膜的製造方法形成硬化膜之後,進而再次進行(a)的步驟或(a)~(c)的步驟或(a)~(d)的步驟。尤其,將上述各步驟依序進行複數次,例如2~5次(亦即,合計為3~6次)為較佳。藉由如此積層硬化膜,能夠形成積層體。在本發明中,尤其在設置有硬化膜之部分上或硬化膜之間或設置有硬化膜之部分上和硬化膜之間設置金屬層為較佳。另外,在製造積層體時,無需反覆進行(a)~(d)的所有步驟,如上所述,藉由至少進行複數次(a)、較佳為(a)~(c)或(a)~(d)的步驟,能夠獲得硬化膜的積層體。The method for manufacturing a laminated body of a preferred embodiment of the present invention includes the method for manufacturing a cured film of the present invention. After forming a cured film according to the above-mentioned method for manufacturing a cured film, the method for manufacturing a laminated body of the present embodiment further performs step (a) again or steps (a) to (c) or steps (a) to (d). In particular, it is preferred to perform the above-mentioned steps in sequence a plurality of times, for example 2 to 5 times (that is, 3 to 6 times in total). By laminating the cured film in this way, a laminated body can be formed. In the present invention, it is preferred to provide a metal layer on a portion provided with a cured film or between the cured films or on a portion provided with a cured film and between the cured films. In addition, when manufacturing a laminate, it is not necessary to repeat all steps (a) to (d). As described above, a laminate of a cured film can be obtained by performing at least (a), preferably (a) to (c) or (a) to (d) a plurality of times.
<膜形成步驟(層形成步驟)> 本發明的較佳實施形態之製造方法包括將樹脂組成物適用於基材而形成膜(層狀)之膜形成步驟(層形成步驟)。<Membrane forming step (layer forming step)> The manufacturing method of the preferred embodiment of the present invention includes a membrane forming step (layer forming step) of applying a resin composition to a substrate to form a membrane (layer).
基材的種類能夠依據用途適當地規定,可以為矽、氮化矽、多晶矽、氧化矽、非晶矽等半導體製作基材、石英、玻璃、光學膜、陶瓷材料、蒸鍍膜、磁性膜、反射膜、Ni、Cu、Cr、Fe等金屬基材、紙、SOG(Spin On Glass:旋塗式玻璃)、TFT(薄膜電晶體)陣列基材、電漿顯示面板(PDP)的電極板等,並不受特別制約。又,可以在該等基材的表面上設置有密接層或氧化層等層。在本發明中,尤其為半導體製作基材為較佳,矽基材、Cu基材及模製(mold)基材為更佳。 又,可以在該等基材的表面上設置有由六甲基二矽氮烷(HMDS)等形成之密接層或氧化層等層。 又,作為基材,例如可以使用板狀的基材(基板)。 基材的形狀並無特別限定,可以為圓形,亦可以為矩形,但是矩形為較佳。 作為基材的尺寸,只要為圓形,則例如直徑為100~450mm,較佳為200~450mm。只要為矩形,則例如短邊的長度為100~1000mm,較佳為200~700mm。The type of substrate can be appropriately specified according to the purpose, and can be a semiconductor substrate such as silicon, silicon nitride, polycrystalline silicon, silicon oxide, amorphous silicon, quartz, glass, optical film, ceramic material, evaporated film, magnetic film, reflective film, Ni, Cu, Cr, Fe and other metal substrates, paper, SOG (Spin On Glass), TFT (thin film transistor) array substrate, plasma display panel (PDP) electrode plate, etc., without special restrictions. In addition, a layer such as a close contact layer or an oxide layer can be provided on the surface of the substrate. In the present invention, a semiconductor substrate is particularly preferred, and a silicon substrate, a Cu substrate and a mold substrate are more preferred. Furthermore, a bonding layer or an oxide layer formed of hexamethyldisilazane (HMDS) or the like may be provided on the surface of the substrate. Furthermore, as the substrate, for example, a plate-shaped substrate (substrate) may be used. The shape of the substrate is not particularly limited, and may be circular or rectangular, but a rectangular shape is preferred. As for the size of the substrate, as long as it is circular, for example, the diameter is 100 to 450 mm, preferably 200 to 450 mm. As long as it is rectangular, for example, the length of the short side is 100 to 1000 mm, preferably 200 to 700 mm.
又,在樹脂層的表面上或金屬層的表面上形成樹脂組成物層之情況下,樹脂層或金屬層成為基材。Furthermore, when a resin composition layer is formed on the surface of the resin layer or on the surface of the metal layer, the resin layer or the metal layer becomes a base material.
作為將樹脂組成物適用於基材之方法,塗佈為較佳。As a method of applying the resin composition to the substrate, coating is preferred.
具體而言,作為所適用之方法,可以例示出浸塗法、氣刀塗佈法、簾式塗佈法、線棒塗佈法、凹版塗佈法、擠出塗佈法、噴塗法、旋塗法、狹縫塗佈法及噴墨法等。從樹脂組成物層的厚度的均勻性的觀點考慮,更佳為旋塗法、狹縫塗佈法、噴塗法、噴墨法。藉由依據方法適當地調整固體成分濃度或塗佈條件,能夠獲得所期望之厚度的樹脂層。又,亦能夠依據基材的形狀適當地選擇塗佈方法,若為晶圓等圓形基材,則旋塗法或噴塗法、噴墨法等為較佳,若為矩形基材,則狹縫塗佈法或噴塗法、噴墨法等為較佳。在為旋塗法的情況下,例如能夠以500~2,000rpm的轉速適用10秒鐘~1分鐘左右。又,依據感光性樹脂組成物的黏度或要設定之膜厚,以300~3,500rpm的轉速適用10~180秒鐘亦為較佳。又,為了獲得膜厚的均勻性,亦能夠將複數種轉速進行組合而塗佈。 又,亦能夠適用將預先藉由上述賦予方法賦予並形成於臨時支撐體上之塗膜轉印到基材上之方法。 關於轉印方法,在本發明中亦可以較佳地使用日本特開2006-023696號公報的0023段、0036~0051段或日本特開2006-047592號公報的0096~0108段中所記載的製作方法。 又,在基材的端部可以進行去除多餘的膜之步驟。作為這樣的步驟的例子,可以舉出邊緣珠狀殘餘物沖洗(EBR)、氣刀(air knife)、背面沖洗(back rinse)等。 又,亦可以採用如下預濕步驟:將樹脂組成物塗佈於基材之前,對基材塗佈各種溶劑,提高基材的潤濕性之後,塗佈樹脂組成物。Specifically, as the applicable method, there can be exemplified dip coating, air knife coating, curtain coating, wire rod coating, gravure coating, extrusion coating, spray coating, spin coating, slit coating, and inkjet coating. From the perspective of the uniformity of the thickness of the resin composition layer, spin coating, slit coating, spray coating, and inkjet coating are more preferred. By appropriately adjusting the solid component concentration or coating conditions according to the method, a resin layer of desired thickness can be obtained. Furthermore, the coating method can be appropriately selected according to the shape of the substrate. If it is a circular substrate such as a wafer, spin coating, spray coating, inkjet coating, etc. are preferred. If it is a rectangular substrate, slit coating, spray coating, inkjet coating, etc. are preferred. In the case of spin coating, for example, it can be applied at a rotation speed of 500 to 2,000 rpm for about 10 seconds to 1 minute. Furthermore, depending on the viscosity of the photosensitive resin composition or the film thickness to be set, it is also preferred to apply at a rotation speed of 300 to 3,500 rpm for 10 to 180 seconds. Furthermore, in order to obtain uniform film thickness, multiple rotation speeds can be combined for coating. In addition, a method of transferring a coating film previously applied by the above-mentioned applying method and formed on a temporary support to a substrate can also be applied. Regarding the transfer method, the production method described in paragraphs 0023, 0036 to 0051 of Japanese Patent Publication No. 2006-023696 or paragraphs 0096 to 0108 of Japanese Patent Publication No. 2006-047592 can also be preferably used in the present invention. In addition, a step of removing excess film can be performed at the end of the substrate. Examples of such a step include edge bead residue rinsing (EBR), air knife, back rinse, etc. Furthermore, a pre-wetting step may be adopted: before applying the resin composition to the substrate, various solvents are applied to the substrate to improve the wettability of the substrate, and then the resin composition is applied.
<乾燥步驟> 本發明的製造方法可以在形成上述膜(樹脂組成物層)之後包括為了在膜形成步驟(層形成步驟)之後去除溶劑而進行乾燥之步驟。較佳的乾燥溫度為50~150℃,70℃~130℃為更佳,90℃~110℃為進一步較佳。作為乾燥時間,可以例示出30秒鐘~20分鐘,1分鐘~10分鐘為較佳,3分鐘~7分鐘為更佳。<Drying step> The manufacturing method of the present invention may include a drying step for removing the solvent after the film forming step (layer forming step) after forming the above-mentioned film (resin composition layer). The preferred drying temperature is 50 to 150°C, 70 to 130°C is more preferred, and 90 to 110°C is further preferred. As the drying time, 30 seconds to 20 minutes can be exemplified, 1 minute to 10 minutes is preferred, and 3 minutes to 7 minutes is more preferred.
<曝光步驟> 本發明的製造方法可以包括對上述膜(樹脂組成物層)進行曝光之曝光步驟。關於曝光量,只要能夠將樹脂組成物硬化,則並無特別規定,例如以在波長365nm下的曝光能量換算照射100~10,000mJ/cm2 為較佳,照射200~8,000mJ/cm2 為更佳。<Exposure step> The manufacturing method of the present invention may include an exposure step of exposing the above-mentioned film (resin composition layer). There is no particular regulation on the exposure amount as long as the resin composition can be cured. For example, it is preferably 100 to 10,000 mJ/ cm2 , and more preferably 200 to 8,000 mJ/ cm2 , calculated as the exposure energy at a wavelength of 365 nm.
曝光波長能夠適當地規定在190~1,000nm的範圍內,240~550nm為較佳。The exposure wavelength can be appropriately set within the range of 190 to 1,000 nm, preferably 240 to 550 nm.
若以與光源的關係來說明曝光波長,則可以舉出(1)半導體雷射(波長830nm、532nm、488nm、405nm等)、(2)金屬鹵化物燈、(3)高壓水銀燈、g射線(波長436nm)、h射線(波長405nm)、i射線(波長365nm)、寬(g、h、i射線的3種波長)、(4)準分子雷射、KrF準分子雷射(波長248nm)、ArF準分子雷射(波長193nm)、F2 準分子雷射(波長157nm)、(5)極紫外線;EUV(波長13.6nm)、(6)電子束、(7)YAG雷射的第二諧波532nm且第三諧波355nm等。對於本發明的樹脂組成物,尤其為基於高壓水銀燈之曝光為較佳,其中基於i射線之曝光為較佳。藉此,尤其可以獲得高曝光靈敏度。 又,在操作和生產性的觀點上,高壓水銀燈的寬(g、h、i射線的3種波長)光源或半導體雷射405nm亦為較佳。If we explain the exposure wavelength in relation to the light source, we can cite (1) semiconductor lasers (wavelengths of 830nm, 532nm, 488nm, 405nm, etc.), (2) metal halide lamps, (3) high-pressure mercury lamps, g-rays (wavelength 436nm), h-rays (wavelength 405nm), i-rays (wavelength 365nm), wide (three wavelengths of g, h, and i-rays), (4) excimer lasers, KrF excimer lasers (wavelength 248nm), ArF excimer lasers (wavelength 193nm), F2 excimer lasers (wavelength 157nm), (5) extreme ultraviolet light; EUV (wavelength 13.6nm), (6) electron beams, and (7) the second harmonic of the YAG laser is 532nm and the third harmonic is 355nm. For the resin composition of the present invention, exposure based on a high-pressure mercury lamp is particularly preferred, and exposure based on i-rays is particularly preferred. In this way, high exposure sensitivity can be obtained. In addition, from the perspective of operation and productivity, a wide (three wavelengths of g, h, and i-rays) light source of a high-pressure mercury lamp or a semiconductor laser 405nm is also preferred.
<顯影步驟> 本發明的製造方法可以包括對經曝光之膜(樹脂組成物層)進行顯影(對上述膜進行顯影)之顯影步驟。藉由進行顯影來去除未被曝光之部分(非曝光部)。關於顯影方法,只要能夠形成所期望之圖案,則並無特別限制,例如可以舉出從噴嘴噴出顯影液、噴射噴霧、基材的顯影液浸漬等,可以較佳地利用從噴嘴噴出。在顯影步驟中能夠採用將顯影液連續地持續供給到基材之步驟、在基材上以大致靜止之狀態保持顯影液之步驟、用超音波等使顯影液振動之步驟及將該等組合之步驟等。<Developing step> The manufacturing method of the present invention may include a developing step of developing (developing the above-mentioned film) the exposed film (resin component layer). The unexposed portion (non-exposed portion) is removed by developing. There is no particular limitation on the developing method as long as the desired pattern can be formed. For example, spraying developer from a nozzle, spraying mist, immersing the substrate in developer, etc. can be cited. Spraying from a nozzle can be preferably used. The developing step may include a step of continuously supplying the developer to the substrate, a step of keeping the developer on the substrate in a substantially stationary state, a step of vibrating the developer using ultrasound or the like, and a step of combining these.
關於顯影,使用顯影液來進行。顯影液只要能夠去除未被曝光之部分(非曝光部),則能夠無特別限制地使用。 作為顯影液,能夠使用包含有機溶劑之顯影液或鹼水溶液。Regarding development, a developer is used. The developer can be used without particular limitation as long as it can remove the unexposed portion (non-exposed portion). As the developer, a developer containing an organic solvent or an alkaline aqueous solution can be used.
在本發明中,顯影液包含ClogP值為-1~5的有機溶劑為較佳,包含ClogP值為0~3的有機溶劑為更佳。關於ClogP值,能夠藉由在ChemBioDraw中輸入結構式來作為計算值而求出。In the present invention, the developer preferably contains an organic solvent having a ClogP value of -1 to 5, and more preferably contains an organic solvent having a ClogP value of 0 to 3. The ClogP value can be obtained by inputting a structural formula into ChemBioDraw as a calculated value.
在顯影液為包含有機溶劑之顯影液之情況下,關於有機溶劑,作為酯類,例如可以較佳地舉出乙酸乙酯、乙酸正丁酯、甲酸戊酯、乙酸異戊酯、乙酸異丁酯、丙酸丁酯、丁酸異丙酯、丁酸乙酯、丁酸丁酯、乳酸甲酯、乳酸乙酯、γ-丁內酯、ε-己內酯、δ-戊內酯、烷氧基乙酸烷基酯(例如:烷氧基乙酸甲酯、烷氧基乙酸乙酯、烷氧基乙酸丁酯(例如,甲氧基乙酸甲酯、甲氧基乙酸乙酯、甲氧基乙酸丁酯、乙氧基乙酸甲酯、乙氧基乙酸乙酯等))、3-烷氧基丙酸烷基酯類(例如:3-烷氧基丙酸甲酯、3-烷氧基丙酸乙酯等(例如,3-甲氧基丙酸甲酯、3-甲氧基丙酸乙酯、3-乙氧基丙酸甲酯、3-乙氧基丙酸乙酯等))、2-烷氧基丙酸烷基酯類(例如:2-烷氧基丙酸甲酯、2-烷氧基丙酸乙酯、2-烷氧基丙酸丙酯等(例如,2-甲氧基丙酸甲酯、2-甲氧基丙酸乙酯、2-甲氧基丙酸丙酯、2-乙氧基丙酸甲酯、2-乙氧基丙酸乙酯))、2-烷氧基-2-甲基丙酸甲酯及2-烷氧基-2-甲基丙酸乙酯(例如,2-甲氧基-2-甲基丙酸甲酯、2-乙氧基-2-甲基丙酸乙酯等)、丙酮酸甲酯、丙酮酸乙酯、丙酮酸丙酯、乙醯乙酸甲酯、乙醯乙酸乙酯、2-氧代丁酸甲酯、2-氧代丁酸乙酯等,以及,作為醚類,例如可以較佳地舉出二乙二醇二甲醚、四氫呋喃、乙二醇單甲醚、乙二醇單乙醚、甲基賽路蘇乙酸酯、乙基賽路蘇乙酸酯、二乙二醇單甲醚、二乙二醇單乙醚、二乙二醇單丁醚、丙二醇單甲醚、丙二醇單甲醚乙酸酯、丙二醇單乙醚乙酸酯、丙二醇單丙醚乙酸酯等,以及,作為酮類,例如可以較佳地舉出甲基乙基酮、環己酮、環戊酮、2-庚酮、3-庚酮、N-甲基-2-吡咯啶酮等,以及,作為芳香族烴類,例如可以較佳地舉出甲苯、二甲苯、苯甲醚、檸檬烯等,作為亞碸類,例如可以較佳地舉出二甲基亞碸,並且亦可以較佳地舉出該等有機溶劑的混合物。In the case where the developer contains an organic solvent, the organic solvent may be preferably esters such as ethyl acetate, n-butyl acetate, amyl formate, isoamyl acetate, isobutyl acetate, butyl propionate, isopropyl butyrate, ethyl butyrate, butyl butyrate, methyl lactate, ethyl lactate, γ-butyrolactone, ε-caprolactone, δ-valerolactone, alkyl alkoxy acetates (e.g., methyl alkoxy acetate, ethyl alkoxy acetate, butyl alkoxy acetate (e.g., methyl methoxy acetate, ethyl methoxy acetate, butyl methoxy acetate, methyl ethoxy acetate), , ethyl ethoxylate, etc.)), 3-alkoxy alkyl propionates (e.g., methyl 3-alkoxypropionate, ethyl 3-alkoxypropionate, etc. (e.g., methyl 3-methoxypropionate, ethyl 3-methoxypropionate, methyl 3-ethoxypropionate, ethyl 3-ethoxypropionate, etc.)), 2-alkoxy alkyl propionates (e.g., methyl 2-alkoxypropionate, ethyl 2-alkoxypropionate, propyl 2-alkoxypropionate, etc. (e.g., methyl 2-methoxypropionate, ethyl 2-methoxypropionate, propyl 2-methoxypropionate, methyl 2-ethoxypropionate, ethyl 2-ethoxypropionate, etc.) ethyl ester)), methyl 2-alkoxy-2-methylpropionate and ethyl 2-alkoxy-2-methylpropionate (for example, methyl 2-methoxy-2-methylpropionate, ethyl 2-ethoxy-2-methylpropionate, etc.), methyl pyruvate, ethyl pyruvate, propyl pyruvate, methyl acetylacetate, ethyl acetylacetate, methyl 2-oxobutyrate, ethyl 2-oxobutyrate, and the like, and, as ethers, for example, diethylene glycol dimethyl ether, tetrahydrofuran, ethylene glycol monomethyl ether, ethylene glycol monoethyl ether, methyl thiourea acetate, ethyl thiourea acetate, diethylene glycol monomethyl ether, Methyl ether, diethylene glycol monoethyl ether, diethylene glycol monobutyl ether, propylene glycol monomethyl ether, propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, propylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate, propylene glycol monopropyl ether acetate, etc., and, as ketones, for example, methyl ethyl ketone, cyclohexanone, cyclopentanone, 2-heptanone, 3-heptanone, N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone, etc. are preferably exemplified, and, as aromatic hydrocarbons, for example, toluene, xylene, anisole, limonene, etc. are preferably exemplified, as sulfoxides, for example, dimethyl sulfoxide is preferably exemplified, and mixtures of these organic solvents are also preferably exemplified.
在顯影液為包含有機溶劑之顯影液之情況下,在本發明中,尤其為環戊酮、γ-丁內酯為較佳,環戊酮為更佳。又,在顯影液包含有機溶劑之情況下,有機溶劑能夠使用一種或者亦能夠混合使用兩種以上。When the developer contains an organic solvent, cyclopentanone and γ-butyrolactone are preferred in the present invention, and cyclopentanone is more preferred. When the developer contains an organic solvent, the organic solvent may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
在顯影液為包含有機溶劑之顯影液之情況下,在顯影液中50質量%以上為有機溶劑為較佳,70質量%以上為有機溶劑為更佳,90質量%以上為有機溶劑為進一步較佳。又,在顯影液中,亦可以100質量%為有機溶劑。When the developer contains an organic solvent, preferably 50% by mass or more of the developer is the organic solvent, more preferably 70% by mass or more of the developer is the organic solvent, and even more preferably 90% by mass or more of the developer is the organic solvent. In addition, the developer may contain 100% by mass of the organic solvent.
〔顯影液的供給方法〕 關於顯影液的供給方法,只要能夠形成所期望之圖案,則並無特別限制,有將基材浸漬於顯影液中之方法、使用噴嘴向基材上供給顯影液之旋覆浸沒顯影或連續供給顯影液之方法。噴嘴的種類並無特別限制,可以舉出直式噴嘴、噴淋噴嘴、噴霧噴嘴等。 從顯影液的滲透性、非圖像部的去除性、製造上的效率的觀點考慮,用直式噴嘴供給顯影液之方法或用噴霧噴嘴連續供給之方法為較佳,顯影液對圖像部的滲透性的觀點考慮,用噴霧噴嘴供給之方法為更佳。 又,可以採用用直式噴嘴連續供給顯影液之後,旋轉基材而從基材上去除顯影液,並進行旋轉乾燥之後,再次用直式噴嘴連續供給之後,旋轉基材而從基材上去除顯影液之步驟,並且可以反覆進行複數次該步驟。 又,作為顯影步驟中之顯影液的供給方法,能夠採用將顯影液連續地持續供給到基材之步驟、在基材上以大致靜止之狀態保持顯影液之步驟、用超音波等使顯影液在基材上振動之步驟及將該等組合之步驟等。[Developer supply method] There are no particular restrictions on the developer supply method as long as the desired pattern can be formed. There are methods of immersing the substrate in the developer, using a nozzle to supply the developer to the substrate by immersion development, or continuously supplying the developer. There are no particular restrictions on the type of nozzle, and vertical nozzles, shower nozzles, spray nozzles, etc. can be cited. From the perspective of developer permeability, non-image removal, and manufacturing efficiency, the method of supplying the developer with a vertical nozzle or the method of continuously supplying with a spray nozzle is preferred. From the perspective of developer permeability to the image area, the method of supplying with a spray nozzle is more preferred. Also, after continuously supplying the developer with a vertical nozzle, the substrate is rotated to remove the developer from the substrate, and after spin drying, the developer is continuously supplied with a vertical nozzle again, and the substrate is rotated to remove the developer from the substrate, and this step can be repeated multiple times. Also, as a method for supplying the developer in the developing step, there can be a step of continuously supplying the developer to the substrate, a step of keeping the developer on the substrate in a substantially stationary state, a step of vibrating the developer on the substrate using ultrasound or the like, and a step of combining these steps.
在顯影液為鹼水溶液之情況下,作為鹼水溶液能夠包含之鹼性化合物,可以舉出TMAH(氫氧化四甲基銨)、KOH(氫氧化鉀)、碳酸鈉等,較佳為TMAH。例如,在使用TMAH之情況下,顯影液中之鹼性化合物的含量在顯影液總質量中為0.01~10質量%為較佳,0.1~5質量%為更佳,0.3~3質量%為進一步較佳。When the developer is an alkaline aqueous solution, examples of the alkaline compound that can be contained in the alkaline aqueous solution include TMAH (tetramethylammonium hydroxide), KOH (potassium hydroxide), sodium carbonate, etc. TMAH is preferred. For example, when TMAH is used, the content of the alkaline compound in the developer is preferably 0.01 to 10 mass %, more preferably 0.1 to 5 mass %, and even more preferably 0.3 to 3 mass % in the total mass of the developer.
〔顯影液的供給方法〕 關於顯影液的供給方法,只要能夠形成所期望之圖案,則並無特別限制,有將基材浸漬於顯影液中之方法、使用噴嘴向基材上供給顯影液之旋覆浸沒顯影或連續供給顯影液之方法。噴嘴的種類並無特別限制,可以舉出直式噴嘴、噴淋噴嘴、噴霧噴嘴等。 從顯影液的滲透性、非圖像部的去除性、製造上的效率的觀點考慮,用直式噴嘴供給顯影液之方法或用噴霧噴嘴連續供給之方法為較佳,顯影液對圖像部的滲透性的觀點考慮,用噴霧噴嘴供給之方法為更佳。 又,可以採用用直式噴嘴連續供給顯影液之後,旋轉基材而從基材上去除顯影液,並進行旋轉乾燥之後,再次用直式噴嘴連續供給之後,旋轉基材而從基材上去除顯影液之步驟,並且可以反覆進行複數次該步驟。 又,作為顯影步驟中之顯影液的供給方法,能夠採用將顯影液連續地持續供給到基材之步驟、在基材上以大致靜止之狀態保持顯影液之步驟、用超音波等使顯影液在基材上振動之步驟及將該等組合之步驟等。[Developer supply method] There are no particular restrictions on the developer supply method as long as the desired pattern can be formed. There are methods of immersing the substrate in the developer, using a nozzle to supply the developer to the substrate by immersion development, or continuously supplying the developer. There are no particular restrictions on the type of nozzle, and vertical nozzles, shower nozzles, spray nozzles, etc. can be cited. From the perspective of developer permeability, non-image removal, and manufacturing efficiency, the method of supplying the developer with a vertical nozzle or the method of continuously supplying with a spray nozzle is preferred. From the perspective of developer permeability to the image area, the method of supplying with a spray nozzle is more preferred. Also, after continuously supplying the developer with a vertical nozzle, the substrate is rotated to remove the developer from the substrate, and after spin drying, the developer is continuously supplied with a vertical nozzle again, and the substrate is rotated to remove the developer from the substrate, and this step can be repeated multiple times. Also, as a method for supplying the developer in the developing step, there can be a step of continuously supplying the developer to the substrate, a step of keeping the developer on the substrate in a substantially stationary state, a step of vibrating the developer on the substrate using ultrasound or the like, and a step of combining these steps.
作為顯影時間,5秒鐘~10分鐘為較佳,10秒鐘~5分鐘為更佳。顯影時的顯影液的溫度並無特別規定,通常能夠在10~45℃、較佳為在20~40℃下進行。The developing time is preferably 5 seconds to 10 minutes, more preferably 10 seconds to 5 minutes. The temperature of the developing solution during the developing is not particularly limited, but the developing process can be carried out at 10 to 45°C, preferably 20 to 40°C.
在進行使用顯影液之處理之後,可以進一步進行沖洗。又,可以採用在與圖案上接觸之顯影液未完全乾燥之前供給沖洗液等方法。 沖洗在與顯影液不同之溶劑中進行為較佳。例如,能夠使用樹脂組成物中所包含之溶劑進行沖洗。 在顯影液為包含有機溶劑之顯影液之情況下,作為沖洗液,可以舉出PGMEA(丙二醇單乙醚乙酸酯)、IPA(異丙醇)等,較佳為PGMEA。又,作為對於基於包含鹼水溶液之顯影液之顯影之沖洗液,水為較佳。 沖洗時間為10秒鐘~10分鐘為較佳,20秒鐘~5分鐘為更佳,5秒鐘~1分鐘為進一步較佳。沖洗時的沖洗液的溫度並無特別規定,但是可以較佳為在10~45℃、更佳為在18℃~30℃下進行。After the treatment using the developer, rinsing can be further performed. Alternatively, a method such as supplying a rinsing solution before the developer in contact with the pattern is completely dried can be adopted. It is preferable to perform rinsing in a solvent different from the developer. For example, a solvent contained in the resin composition can be used for rinsing. In the case where the developer is a developer containing an organic solvent, PGMEA (propylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate), IPA (isopropyl alcohol), etc. can be cited as the rinsing solution, and PGMEA is preferred. In addition, as a rinsing solution for development based on a developer containing an alkaline aqueous solution, water is preferred. The rinsing time is preferably 10 seconds to 10 minutes, more preferably 20 seconds to 5 minutes, and even more preferably 5 seconds to 1 minute. The temperature of the rinsing liquid during rinsing is not particularly limited, but can be preferably performed at 10 to 45°C, more preferably 18 to 30°C.
關於沖洗液包含有機溶劑時的有機溶劑,作為酯類,例如可以較佳地舉出乙酸乙酯、乙酸正丁酯、甲酸戊酯、乙酸異戊酯、乙酸異丁酯、丙酸丁酯、丁酸異丙酯、丁酸乙酯、丁酸丁酯、乳酸甲酯、乳酸乙酯、γ-丁內酯、ε-己內酯、δ-戊內酯、烷氧基乙酸烷基酯(例如:烷氧基乙酸甲酯、烷氧基乙酸乙酯、烷氧基乙酸丁酯(例如,甲氧基乙酸甲酯、甲氧基乙酸乙酯、甲氧基乙酸丁酯、乙氧基乙酸甲酯、乙氧基乙酸乙酯等))、3-烷氧基丙酸烷基酯類(例如:3-烷氧基丙酸甲酯、3-烷氧基丙酸乙酯等(例如,3-甲氧基丙酸甲酯、3-甲氧基丙酸乙酯、3-乙氧基丙酸甲酯、3-乙氧基丙酸乙酯等))、2-烷氧基丙酸烷基酯類(例如:2-烷氧基丙酸甲酯、2-烷氧基丙酸乙酯、2-烷氧基丙酸丙酯等(例如,2-甲氧基丙酸甲酯、2-甲氧基丙酸乙酯、2-甲氧基丙酸丙酯、2-乙氧基丙酸甲酯、2-乙氧基丙酸乙酯))、2-烷氧基-2-甲基丙酸甲酯及2-烷氧基-2-甲基丙酸乙酯(例如,2-甲氧基-2-甲基丙酸甲酯、2-乙氧基-2-甲基丙酸乙酯等)、丙酮酸甲酯、丙酮酸乙酯、丙酮酸丙酯、乙醯乙酸甲酯、乙醯乙酸乙酯、2-氧代丁酸甲酯、2-氧代丁酸乙酯等,以及,作為醚類,例如可以較佳地舉出二乙二醇二甲醚、四氫呋喃、乙二醇單甲醚、乙二醇單乙醚、甲基賽路蘇乙酸酯、乙基賽路蘇乙酸酯、二乙二醇單甲醚、二乙二醇單乙醚、二乙二醇單丁醚、丙二醇單甲醚(PGME)、丙二醇單甲醚乙酸酯(PGMEA)、丙二醇單乙醚乙酸酯、丙二醇單丙醚乙酸酯等,以及,作為酮類,例如可以較佳地舉出甲基乙基酮、環己酮、環戊酮、2-庚酮、3-庚酮、N-甲基-2-吡咯啶酮等,以及,作為芳香族烴類,例如可以較佳地舉出甲苯、二甲苯、苯甲醚、檸檬烯等,作為亞碸類,例如可以較佳地舉出二甲基亞碸,以及,作為醇類,可以較佳地舉出甲醇、乙醇、丙醇、異丙醇、丁醇、戊醇、辛醇、二乙二醇、丙二醇、甲基異丁基卡必醇、三乙二醇等,以及作為醯胺類,可以較佳地舉出N-甲基吡咯啶酮、N-乙基吡咯啶酮、二甲基甲醯胺等。When the rinsing liquid contains an organic solvent, the organic solvent may be preferably esters such as ethyl acetate, n-butyl acetate, amyl formate, isoamyl acetate, isobutyl acetate, butyl propionate, isopropyl butyrate, ethyl butyrate, butyl butyrate, methyl lactate, ethyl lactate, γ-butyrolactone, ε-caprolactone, δ-valerolactone, alkyl alkoxy acetates (e.g., methyl alkoxy acetate, ethyl alkoxy acetate, butyl alkoxy acetate (e.g., methyl methoxy acetate, ethyl methoxy acetate, butyl methoxy acetate, methyl ethoxy acetate, ethyl ethoxy acetate, etc.)), alkyl 3-alkoxy propionates (e.g., 3-alkoxy methyl 2-alkoxypropionate, ethyl 2-methoxypropionate, propyl 2-alkoxypropionate, methyl 2-ethoxypropionate, ethyl 2-ethoxypropionate, etc.), methyl 2-alkoxypropionate, ethyl 2-methoxypropionate, ethyl 2-methoxypropionate, propyl 2-ethoxypropionate, etc.), methyl 2-alkoxy-2-methylpropionate and ethyl 2-alkoxy-2-methylpropionate (for example, methyl 2-methoxy-2-methylpropionate, methyl 2-methoxy-2-methylpropionate, ethyl 2-methoxy-2-methylpropionate, etc.), methyl 2-alkoxypropionate, ethyl 2-methoxypropionate, propyl 2-methoxypropionate, methyl 2-ethoxypropionate, ethyl 2-ethoxypropionate, etc.), methyl 2-alkoxy-2-methylpropionate and ethyl 2-alkoxy-2-methylpropionate (for example, methyl 2-methoxy-2-methylpropionate Ester, ethyl 2-ethoxy-2-methylpropionate, etc.), methyl pyruvate, ethyl pyruvate, propyl pyruvate, methyl acetylacetate, ethyl acetylacetate, methyl 2-oxobutyrate, ethyl 2-oxobutyrate, etc., and, as ethers, for example, preferably diethylene glycol dimethyl ether, tetrahydrofuran, ethylene glycol monomethyl ether, ethylene glycol monoethyl ether, methyl thiocyanate acetate, ethyl thiocyanate acetate, diethylene glycol monomethyl ether, diethylene glycol monoethyl ether, diethylene glycol monobutyl ether, propylene glycol monomethyl ether (PGME), propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate (PGMEA), propylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate, propylene glycol monopropyl ether acetate, etc., and, As ketones, for example, methyl ethyl ketone, cyclohexanone, cyclopentanone, 2-heptanone, 3-heptanone, N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone, etc. are preferably exemplified, and as aromatic hydrocarbons, for example, toluene, xylene, anisole, limonene, etc. are preferably exemplified, as sulfoxides, for example, dimethyl sulfoxide is preferably exemplified, and as alcohols, for example, methanol, ethanol, propanol, isopropanol, butanol, pentanol, octanol, diethylene glycol, propylene glycol, methyl isobutyl carbitol, triethylene glycol, etc. are preferably exemplified, and as amides, N-methylpyrrolidone, N-ethylpyrrolidone, dimethylformamide, etc. are preferably exemplified.
在沖洗液包含有機溶劑之情況下,有機溶劑能夠使用一種或者混合使用兩種以上。在本發明中,尤其為環戊酮、γ-丁內酯、二甲基亞碸、N-甲基吡咯啶酮、環己酮、PGMEA、PGME為較佳,環戊酮、γ-丁內酯、二甲基亞碸、PGMEA、PGME為更佳,環己酮、PGMEA為進一步較佳。When the rinsing liquid contains an organic solvent, the organic solvent can be used alone or in combination of two or more. In the present invention, cyclopentanone, γ-butyrolactone, dimethyl sulfoxide, N-methylpyrrolidone, cyclohexanone, PGMEA, and PGME are particularly preferred, cyclopentanone, γ-butyrolactone, dimethyl sulfoxide, PGMEA, and PGME are more preferred, and cyclohexanone and PGMEA are further preferred.
在沖洗液包含有機溶劑之情況下,在沖洗液中50質量%以上為有機溶劑為較佳,70質量%以上為有機溶劑為更佳,90質量%以上為有機溶劑為進一步較佳。又,在沖洗液中,亦可以100質量%為有機溶劑。When the rinse liquid contains an organic solvent, preferably 50 mass % or more of the rinse liquid is the organic solvent, more preferably 70 mass % or more of the rinse liquid is the organic solvent, and even more preferably 90 mass % or more of the rinse liquid is the organic solvent. In addition, the rinse liquid may contain 100 mass % of the organic solvent.
沖洗液還可以包含其他成分。 作為其他成分,例如可以舉出公知的界面活性劑或公知的消泡劑等。The rinse solution may also contain other components. As other components, for example, a well-known surfactant or a well-known defoaming agent can be cited.
〔沖洗液的供給方法〕 關於沖洗液的供給方法,只要能夠形成所期望之圖案,則並無特別限制,有將基材浸漬於沖洗液中之方法、在基材上之旋覆浸沒顯影、用噴淋器向基材供給沖洗液之方法、利用直式噴嘴等機構向基材上連續供給顯影液之方法。 從沖洗液的滲透性、非圖像部的去除性、製造上的效率的觀點考慮,有用噴淋噴嘴、直式噴嘴、噴霧噴嘴等供給沖洗液之方法,用噴霧噴嘴連續供給之方法為較佳,從沖洗液對圖像部之滲透性的觀點考慮,用噴霧噴嘴供給之方法為更佳。噴嘴的種類並無特別限制,可以舉出直式噴嘴、噴淋噴嘴、噴霧噴嘴等。 亦即,沖洗步驟為利用直式噴嘴對上述曝光後的膜供給或連續供給沖洗液之步驟為較佳,利用噴霧噴嘴供給沖洗液之步驟為更佳。 又,作為沖洗步驟中之顯影液的供給方法,能夠採用將沖洗液連續地持續供給到基材之步驟、在基材上以大致靜止之狀態保持沖洗液之步驟、用超音波等使沖洗液在基材上振動之步驟及將該等組合之步驟等。[Method for supplying rinse liquid] There are no particular restrictions on the method for supplying rinse liquid as long as the desired pattern can be formed. There are methods of immersing the substrate in the rinse liquid, performing rotary immersion development on the substrate, supplying the rinse liquid to the substrate with a sprayer, and continuously supplying the developer to the substrate using a mechanism such as a vertical nozzle. From the perspective of the permeability of the rinse liquid, the removability of the non-image area, and the efficiency in manufacturing, there are methods of supplying the rinse liquid using a shower nozzle, a vertical nozzle, a spray nozzle, etc. The method of continuous supply using a spray nozzle is preferred. From the perspective of the permeability of the rinse liquid to the image area, the method of supplying using a spray nozzle is more preferred. There is no particular limitation on the type of nozzle, and vertical nozzles, shower nozzles, spray nozzles, etc. can be cited. That is, the rinsing step is preferably a step of supplying or continuously supplying the rinsing liquid to the film after exposure using a vertical nozzle, and it is more preferably a step of supplying the rinsing liquid using a spray nozzle. In addition, as a method of supplying the developer in the rinsing step, it is possible to adopt a step of continuously supplying the rinsing liquid to the substrate, a step of keeping the rinsing liquid on the substrate in a substantially stationary state, a step of vibrating the rinsing liquid on the substrate using ultrasound, etc., and a step of combining these methods.
<加熱步驟> 本發明的製造方法包括將經顯影之上述膜在50~450℃下進行加熱之步驟(加熱步驟)為較佳。 在膜形成步驟(層形成步驟)、乾燥步驟及顯影步驟之後包括加熱步驟為較佳。在加熱步驟中,例如藉由上述熱鹼產生劑分解而產生鹼來進行作為特定樹脂之前驅物的環化反應。又,本發明的樹脂組成物可以包含除了作為特定樹脂之前驅物以外的自由基聚合性化合物,但是亦能夠在該步驟中進行除了作為未反應的特定樹脂之前驅物以外的自由基聚合性化合物的硬化等。作為加熱步驟中之層的加熱溫度(最高加熱溫度),50℃以上為較佳,80℃以上為更佳,140℃以上為進一步較佳,150℃以上為進一步較佳,160℃以上為更進一步較佳,170℃以上為再進一步較佳。作為上限,500℃以下為較佳,450℃以下為更佳,350℃以下為進一步較佳,250℃以下為進一步較佳,220℃以下為更進一步較佳。<Heating step> The manufacturing method of the present invention preferably includes a step of heating the developed film at 50 to 450°C (heating step). It is preferred to include a heating step after the film forming step (layer forming step), the drying step and the developing step. In the heating step, for example, a cyclization reaction of the specific resin precursor is carried out by generating a base by decomposing the above-mentioned hot alkali generator. In addition, the resin composition of the present invention may contain a free radical polymerizing compound other than the specific resin precursor, but it is also possible to perform curing of free radical polymerizing compounds other than the unreacted specific resin precursor in this step. The heating temperature (maximum heating temperature) of the layer in the heating step is preferably 50°C or higher, more preferably 80°C or higher, further preferably 140°C or higher, further preferably 150°C or higher, further preferably 160°C or higher, and further preferably 170°C or higher. The upper limit is preferably 500°C or lower, more preferably 450°C or lower, further preferably 350°C or lower, further preferably 250°C or lower, and further preferably 220°C or lower.
關於加熱,從加熱開始時的溫度至最高加熱溫度為止以1~12℃/分鐘的升溫速度進行為較佳,2~10℃/分鐘為更佳,3~10℃/分鐘為進一步較佳。藉由將升溫速度設為1℃/分鐘以上,能夠確保生產性,同時防止胺的過度揮發,藉由將升溫速度設為12℃/分鐘以下,能夠減輕硬化膜的殘餘應力。而且,在能夠快速加熱之烘箱的情況下,從加熱開始時的溫度至最高加熱溫度為止以1~8℃/秒鐘的升溫速度進行為較佳,2~7℃/秒鐘為更佳,3~6℃/秒鐘為進一步較佳。Regarding heating, it is preferred that the heating rate be 1 to 12°C/min from the temperature at the start of heating to the maximum heating temperature, more preferably 2 to 10°C/min, and even more preferably 3 to 10°C/min. By setting the heating rate to 1°C/min or more, productivity can be ensured while preventing excessive volatility of amines, and by setting the heating rate to 12°C/min or less, the residual stress of the cured film can be reduced. Furthermore, in the case of an oven capable of rapid heating, it is preferred that the heating rate be 1 to 8°C/sec from the temperature at the start of heating to the maximum heating temperature, more preferably 2 to 7°C/sec, and even more preferably 3 to 6°C/sec.
加熱開始時的溫度為20℃~150℃為較佳,20℃~130℃為更佳,25℃~120℃為進一步較佳。加熱開始時的溫度是指開始進行加熱至最高加熱溫度之步驟時的溫度。例如,在將樹脂組成物適用於基材上之後使其乾燥之情況下,為該乾燥後的膜(層)的溫度,例如從比樹脂組成物中所包含之溶劑的沸點低30~200℃的溫度開始逐漸升溫為較佳。The temperature at the start of heating is preferably 20°C to 150°C, more preferably 20°C to 130°C, and even more preferably 25°C to 120°C. The temperature at the start of heating refers to the temperature at the start of the step of heating to the maximum heating temperature. For example, when a resin composition is applied to a substrate and then dried, it is the temperature of the dried film (layer), and it is preferably to gradually increase the temperature from a temperature 30 to 200°C lower than the boiling point of the solvent contained in the resin composition.
加熱時間(在最高加熱溫度下的加熱時間)為10~360分鐘為較佳,20~300分鐘為更佳,30~240分鐘為進一步較佳。The heating time (heating time at the highest heating temperature) is preferably 10 to 360 minutes, more preferably 20 to 300 minutes, and further preferably 30 to 240 minutes.
尤其,在形成多層的積層體之情況下,從硬化膜的層間的密接性的觀點考慮,加熱溫度為180℃~320℃為較佳,180℃~260℃為更佳。其原因雖尚不明確,但是認為其原因在於藉由設為該溫度而層間的特定樹脂的乙炔基彼此進行交聯反應。In particular, when forming a multi-layer laminate, from the viewpoint of the adhesion between the layers of the cured film, the heating temperature is preferably 180°C to 320°C, and more preferably 180°C to 260°C. The reason for this is not clear, but it is believed that the reason is that the acetylene groups of the specific resin between the layers undergo cross-linking reaction by setting the temperature to this level.
加熱可以階段性地進行。作為例子,可以進行如下預處理步驟:從25℃至180℃為止以3℃/分鐘升溫,在180℃下保持60分鐘,從180℃至200℃為止以2℃/分鐘升溫,在200℃下保持120分鐘。作為預處理步驟的加熱溫度為100~200℃為較佳,110~190℃為更佳,120~185℃為進一步較佳。在該預處理步驟中,如美國專利第9159547號說明書中所記載,一邊照射紫外線一邊進行處理亦為較佳。藉由這樣的預處理步驟,能夠進一步提高膜的特性。以10秒鐘~2小時左右的短時間進行預處理步驟即可,15秒鐘~30分鐘為更佳。預處理亦可以設為2個階段以上的步驟,例如可以在100~150℃的範圍內進行預處理步驟1,然後,在150~200℃的範圍內進行預處理步驟2。Heating can be performed in stages. For example, the following pretreatment steps can be performed: heating from 25°C to 180°C at 3°C/min, maintaining at 180°C for 60 minutes, heating from 180°C to 200°C at 2°C/min, and maintaining at 200°C for 120 minutes. The heating temperature for the pretreatment step is preferably 100-200°C, more preferably 110-190°C, and even more preferably 120-185°C. In the pretreatment step, as described in the specification of U.S. Patent No. 9159547, it is also preferred to perform the treatment while irradiating with ultraviolet rays. By such a pretreatment step, the properties of the membrane can be further improved. The pretreatment step can be performed in a short time of about 10 seconds to 2 hours, preferably 15 seconds to 30 minutes. The pretreatment can also be performed in two or more stages, for example, pretreatment step 1 can be performed in the range of 100 to 150°C, and then pretreatment step 2 can be performed in the range of 150 to 200°C.
進而,可以在加熱後進行冷卻,作為此時的冷卻速度,1~5℃/分鐘為較佳。Furthermore, cooling may be performed after heating, and the cooling rate at this time is preferably 1 to 5°C/minute.
在防止特定樹脂的分解之觀點上,藉由流放氮、氦、氬等非活性氣體等而在低氧濃度的氣氛下進行加熱步驟為較佳。氧濃度為50ppm(體積比)以下為較佳,20ppm(體積比)以下為更佳。 作為加熱機構,並無特別限定,例如可以舉出加熱板、紅外爐、電熱式烘箱、熱風式烘箱等。From the viewpoint of preventing the decomposition of a specific resin, it is preferable to conduct the heating step in an atmosphere of low oxygen concentration by flowing inert gases such as nitrogen, helium, and argon. The oxygen concentration is preferably 50 ppm (volume ratio) or less, and more preferably 20 ppm (volume ratio) or less. The heating mechanism is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include a heating plate, an infrared furnace, an electric oven, a hot air oven, and the like.
<金屬層形成步驟> 本發明的製造方法包括在顯影後的膜(樹脂組成物層)的表面上形成金屬層之金屬層形成步驟為較佳。<Metal layer forming step> The manufacturing method of the present invention preferably includes a metal layer forming step of forming a metal layer on the surface of the developed film (resin composition layer).
作為金屬層,並無特別限定,能夠使用現有的金屬種類,可以例示出銅、鋁、鎳、釩、鈦、鉻、鈷、金及鎢,銅、鋁及包含該等金屬之合金為更佳,銅為進一步較佳。The metal layer is not particularly limited, and existing metals can be used, and examples thereof include copper, aluminum, nickel, vanadium, titanium, chromium, cobalt, gold, and tungsten. Copper, aluminum, and alloys containing these metals are more preferred, and copper is further preferred.
金屬層的形成方法並無特別限定,能夠適用現有的方法。例如,能夠適用日本特開2007-157879號公報、日本特表2001-521288號公報、日本特開2004-214501號公報、日本特開2004-101850號公報中所記載之方法。例如,可以考慮光微影、剝離(lift off)、電解電鍍、無電解電鍍、蝕刻、印刷及將該等組合之方法等。更具體而言,可以舉出將濺射、光微影及蝕刻組合之圖案化方法、將光微影和電解電鍍組合之圖案化方法。The method for forming the metal layer is not particularly limited, and existing methods can be applied. For example, methods described in Japanese Patent Publication No. 2007-157879, Japanese Patent Publication No. 2001-521288, Japanese Patent Publication No. 2004-214501, and Japanese Patent Publication No. 2004-101850 can be applied. For example, photolithography, lift-off, electrolytic plating, electroless plating, etching, printing, and methods combining these methods can be considered. More specifically, a patterning method combining sputtering, photolithography, and etching, and a patterning method combining photolithography and electrolytic plating can be cited.
作為金屬層的厚度,在最厚壁部,0.01~100μm為較佳,0.1~50μm為較佳,1~10μm為更佳。The thickness of the metal layer is preferably 0.01 to 100 μm, more preferably 0.1 to 50 μm, and even more preferably 1 to 10 μm at the thickest wall portion.
<積層步驟> 本發明的製造方法還包括積層步驟為較佳。<Lamination step> The manufacturing method of the present invention preferably also includes a layering step.
積層步驟為包括在硬化膜(樹脂層)或金屬層的表面再次依序進行(a)膜形成步驟(層形成步驟)、(b)曝光步驟、(c)顯影步驟、(d)加熱步驟之一系列步驟。但是,亦可以為僅反覆進行(a)膜形成步驟之態樣。又,可以設為如下態樣:在積層的最後或中間總括進行(d)加熱步驟。亦即,可以設為如下態樣:將(a)~(c)的步驟反覆進行指定的次數,然後進行(d)加熱,從而將所積層之樹脂組成物層總括硬化。又,在(c)顯影步驟之後可以包括(e)金屬層形成步驟,此時,亦可以每次進行(d)的加熱,亦可以在積層指定次數之後總括進行(d)加熱。在積層步驟中,還可以適當地包括上述乾燥步驟或加熱步驟等,這是不言而喻的。The lamination step includes a series of steps including (a) film formation step (layer formation step), (b) exposure step, (c) development step, and (d) heating step, which are sequentially performed again on the surface of the hardened film (resin layer) or metal layer. However, it is also possible to perform only (a) film formation step repeatedly. In addition, it is also possible to perform (d) heating step at the end or in the middle of the lamination. That is, it is possible to perform (a) to (c) repeatedly for a specified number of times, and then perform (d) heating, so that the deposited resin composition layer is cured collectively. Furthermore, after the (c) developing step, the (e) metal layer forming step may be included. In this case, the heating in (d) may be performed each time, or may be performed all at once after a specified number of layering steps. It is self-evident that the above-mentioned drying step or heating step may be appropriately included in the layering step.
在積層步驟之後進一步進行積層步驟之情況下,可以在上述加熱步驟之後,上述曝光步驟之後或上述金屬層形成步驟之後進一步進行表面活性化處理步驟。作為表面活性化處理,可以例示出電漿處理。When a further layering step is performed after the layering step, a surface activation treatment step may be performed after the heating step, after the exposure step, or after the metal layer forming step. As the surface activation treatment, plasma treatment may be exemplified.
上述積層步驟進行2~20次為較佳,進行2~5次為更佳,進行3~5次為進一步較佳。 又,積層步驟中之各層可以為組成、形狀、膜厚等相同之層,亦可以為不同之層。The above-mentioned lamination step is preferably performed 2 to 20 times, more preferably 2 to 5 times, and even more preferably 3 to 5 times. In addition, each layer in the lamination step may be a layer of the same composition, shape, film thickness, etc., or may be a different layer.
例如,如樹脂層/金屬層/樹脂層/金屬層/樹脂層/金屬層那樣的、樹脂層為2層以上且20層以下的結構為較佳,樹脂層為3層以上且7層以下的結構為更佳,3層以上且5層以下為進一步較佳。For example, a structure of resin layer/metal layer/resin layer/metal layer/resin layer/metal layer, in which the number of resin layers is 2 or more and 20 or less is preferred, a structure of resin layer of 3 or more and 7 or less is more preferred, and a structure of 3 or more and 5 or less is further preferred.
在本發明中,尤其在設置金屬層之後,進一步以覆蓋上述金屬層之方式形成上述樹脂組成物的硬化膜(樹脂層)之態樣為較佳。具體而言,可以舉出以(a)膜形成步驟、(b)曝光步驟、(c)顯影步驟、(e)金屬層形成步驟、(d)加熱步驟的順序反覆進行之態樣或以(a)膜形成步驟、(b)曝光步驟、(c)顯影步驟、(e)金屬層形成步驟的順序反覆進行並在最後或中間總括設置(d)加熱步驟之態樣。藉由交替進行積層樹脂組成物層(樹脂層)之積層步驟和金屬層形成步驟,能夠交替積層樹脂組成物層(樹脂層)和金屬層。In the present invention, after the metal layer is provided, it is preferred to further form a hardened film (resin layer) of the resin composition so as to cover the metal layer. Specifically, there can be cited an embodiment in which (a) film forming step, (b) exposure step, (c) development step, (e) metal layer forming step, and (d) heating step are repeated in this order, or an embodiment in which (a) film forming step, (b) exposure step, (c) development step, and (e) metal layer forming step are repeated in this order and (d) heating step is provided at the end or in the middle. By alternately performing the step of laminating the resin composition layer (resin layer) and the step of forming the metal layer, the resin composition layer (resin layer) and the metal layer can be alternately laminated.
本發明還揭示包括本發明的硬化膜或積層體之半導體元件。作為將本發明的樹脂組成物用於再配線層用層間絕緣膜的形成之半導體元件的具體例,能夠參閱日本特開2016-027357號公報的0213~0218段的記載及圖1的記載,該等內容被編入本說明書中。The present invention also discloses a semiconductor device including the cured film or laminate of the present invention. As a specific example of a semiconductor device using the resin composition of the present invention for forming an interlayer insulating film for a redistribution layer, reference can be made to paragraphs 0213 to 0218 and FIG. 1 of Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2016-027357, which are incorporated into this specification.
(表面活性化處理步驟) 本發明的積層體的製造方法可以包括對上述金屬層及感光性樹脂組成物層的至少一部分進行表面活性化處理之表面活性化處理步驟。 表面活性化處理步驟通常在金屬層形成步驟之後進行,但是亦可以在上述曝光顯影步驟之後,對感光性樹脂組成物層進行表面活性化處理步驟之後進行金屬層形成步驟。 表面活性化處理可以僅對金屬層的至少一部分進行,亦可以僅對曝光後的感光性樹脂組成物層的至少一部分進行,亦可以對金屬層及曝光後的感光性樹脂組成物層這兩者的至少一部分分別進行。對金屬層的至少一部分進行表面活性化處理為較佳,對金屬層中的在表面上形成有感光性樹脂組成物層之區域的一部分或全部進行表面活性化處理為較佳。如此,藉由對金屬層的表面進行表面活性化處理,能夠提高與設置於該表面上之樹脂層的密接性。 又,對曝光後的感光性樹脂組成物層(樹脂層)的一部分或全部亦進行表面活性化處理為較佳。如此,藉由對感光性樹脂組成物層的表面進行表面活性化處理,能夠提高與設置於經表面活性化處理之表面上之金屬層或樹脂層的密接性。 作為表面活性化處理,具體而言,選自各種原料氣體(氧、氫、氬、氮、氮/氫混合氣體、氬/氧混合氣體等)的電漿處理、電暈放電處理、基於CF4 /O2 、NF3 /O2 、SF6 、NF3 、NF3 /O2 之蝕刻處理、基於紫外線(UV)臭氧法之表面處理、浸漬於鹽酸水溶液中去除氧化皮膜之後浸漬於包含有胺基和硫醇基中之至少一種之化合物之有機表面處理劑中之處理、使用刷子之機械粗糙化處理,電漿處理為較佳,尤其在原料氣體中使用了氧之氧電漿處理為較佳。在電暈放電處理的情況下,能量為500~200,000J/m2 為較佳,1000~100,000J/m2 為更佳,10,000~50,000J/m2 為最佳。 [實施例](Surface activation treatment step) The method for manufacturing a laminate of the present invention may include a surface activation treatment step of performing surface activation treatment on at least a portion of the above-mentioned metal layer and the photosensitive resin composition layer. The surface activation treatment step is usually performed after the metal layer forming step, but the metal layer forming step may be performed after the above-mentioned exposure and development step and then after the photosensitive resin composition layer is subjected to the surface activation treatment step. The surface activation treatment may be performed only on at least a portion of the metal layer, may be performed only on at least a portion of the exposed photosensitive resin composition layer, or may be performed separately on at least a portion of both the metal layer and the exposed photosensitive resin composition layer. It is preferred to perform surface activation treatment on at least a portion of the metal layer, and it is preferred to perform surface activation treatment on a portion or all of the region of the metal layer where the photosensitive resin composition layer is formed on the surface. In this way, by performing surface activation treatment on the surface of the metal layer, the adhesion with the resin layer disposed on the surface can be improved. In addition, it is preferred to perform surface activation treatment on a portion or all of the photosensitive resin composition layer (resin layer) after exposure. In this way, by performing surface activation treatment on the surface of the photosensitive resin composition layer, the adhesion with the metal layer or resin layer disposed on the surface subjected to surface activation treatment can be improved. Specifically, the surface activation treatment includes plasma treatment selected from various raw material gases (oxygen, hydrogen, argon, nitrogen, nitrogen/hydrogen mixed gas, argon/oxygen mixed gas, etc.), corona discharge treatment, etching treatment based on CF4 / O2 , NF3 / O2 , SF6 , NF3 , NF3 / O2 , surface treatment based on ultraviolet (UV) ozone method, treatment of immersing in an organic surface treatment agent containing at least one compound of an amino group and a thiol group after removing the oxide film, and mechanical roughening treatment using a brush. Plasma treatment is preferred, and oxygen plasma treatment using oxygen as the raw material gas is particularly preferred. In the case of corona discharge treatment, the energy is preferably 500 to 200,000 J/m 2 , more preferably 1000 to 100,000 J/m 2 , and most preferably 10,000 to 50,000 J/m 2. [Example]
以下舉出實施例對本發明進行進一步具體的說明。以下實施例所示之材料、使用量、比例、處理內容、處理步驟等,只要不脫離本發明的趣旨,則能夠適當地進行變更。因此,本發明的範圍並不限定於以下所示之具體例。除非另有說明,則“份”、“%”為質量基準。The following examples are given to further illustrate the present invention. The materials, usage amounts, ratios, processing contents, processing steps, etc. shown in the following examples can be appropriately changed as long as they do not deviate from the purpose of the present invention. Therefore, the scope of the present invention is not limited to the specific examples shown below. Unless otherwise specified, "parts" and "%" are based on mass.
<合成例1> 〔由均苯四甲酸二酐、4,4’-二胺基二苯醚及甲基丙烯酸2-羥乙酯合成聚醯亞胺前驅物(A-1)〕 混合14.06g(64.5毫莫耳)的均苯四甲酸二酐(在140℃下乾燥12小時而獲得者)、16.8g(129毫莫耳)的甲基丙烯酸2-羥乙酯、0.05g的氫醌、20.4g的吡啶(258毫莫耳)及100g的二甘醇二甲醚(二乙二醇二甲醚),並在60℃的溫度下攪拌18小時,從而製造了均苯四甲酸和甲基丙烯酸2-羥乙酯的二酯。接著,將反應混合物冷卻至-10℃,一邊將溫度保持在-10±4℃一邊經10分鐘加入了16.12g(135.5毫莫耳)的SOCl2 。在加入SOCl2 之期間,黏度增加。用50mL的N-甲基吡咯啶酮進行稀釋之後,將反應混合物在室溫下攪拌了2小時。接著,將使11.08g(58.7毫莫耳)的4,4’-二胺基二苯醚溶解於100mL的N-甲基吡咯啶酮而成之溶液在-5~0℃下經20分鐘滴加到反應混合物中。接著,使反應混合物在0℃下反應1小時之後,加入70g的乙醇,並在室溫下攪拌過夜。接著,使聚醯亞胺前驅物在5升的水中沉澱,並將水-聚醯亞胺前驅物混合物以5,000rpm(revolutions per minute:每分鐘轉數)的速度攪拌了15分鐘。藉由過濾而獲取聚醯亞胺前驅物,並在4升的水中再次攪拌30分鐘並再次進行了過濾。接著,在減壓狀態下,將所獲得之聚醯亞胺前驅物在45℃下乾燥3天,從而獲得了聚醯亞胺前驅物A-1。該聚醯亞胺前驅物A-1的重量平均分子量為19,000。推測所獲得之聚醯亞胺前驅物A-1包含下述式(A-1)所表示之重複單元。 [化學式58] <Synthesis Example 1> [Synthesis of polyimide precursor (A-1) from pyromellitic acid dianhydride, 4,4'-diaminodiphenyl ether and 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate] 14.06 g (64.5 mmol) of pyromellitic acid dianhydride (obtained by drying at 140°C for 12 hours), 16.8 g (129 mmol) of 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate, 0.05 g of hydroquinone, 20.4 g of pyridine (258 mmol) and 100 g of diethylene glycol dimethyl ether (diethylene glycol dimethyl ether) were mixed and stirred at 60°C for 18 hours to produce a diester of pyromellitic acid and 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate. Next, the reaction mixture was cooled to -10°C, and 16.12 g (135.5 mmol) of SOCl 2 was added over 10 minutes while the temperature was maintained at -10±4°C. During the addition of SOCl 2 , the viscosity increased. After dilution with 50 mL of N-methylpyrrolidone, the reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2 hours. Next, a solution prepared by dissolving 11.08 g (58.7 mmol) of 4,4'-diaminodiphenyl ether in 100 mL of N-methylpyrrolidone was added dropwise to the reaction mixture at -5 to 0°C over 20 minutes. Next, the reaction mixture was reacted at 0°C for 1 hour, and then 70 g of ethanol was added and stirred at room temperature overnight. Next, the polyimide precursor was precipitated in 5 liters of water, and the water-polyimide precursor mixture was stirred at 5,000 rpm (revolutions per minute) for 15 minutes. The polyimide precursor was obtained by filtration, and was stirred again in 4 liters of water for 30 minutes and filtered again. Then, the obtained polyimide precursor was dried at 45° C. for 3 days under reduced pressure to obtain polyimide precursor A-1. The weight average molecular weight of the polyimide precursor A-1 was 19,000. The obtained polyimide precursor A-1 is estimated to contain repeating units represented by the following formula (A-1). [Chemical Formula 58]
<合成例2> 〔由3,3’,4,4’-聯苯四羧酸酐、4,4’-二胺基二苯醚及甲基丙烯酸2-羥乙酯合成聚醯亞胺前驅物(A-2)〕 混合20.0g(64.5毫莫耳)的3,3’,4,4’-聯苯四羧酸酐(在140℃下乾燥12小時而獲得者)、16.8g(129毫莫耳)的甲基丙烯酸2-羥乙酯、0.05g的氫醌、20.4g(258毫莫耳)的吡啶及100g的二甘醇二甲醚(含水率88ppm),並在60℃的溫度下攪拌18小時,從而製造了3,3’,4,4’-聯苯四羧酸和甲基丙烯酸2-羥乙酯的二酯。接著,將所獲得之二酯用SOCl2 氯化之後,以與合成例1相同的方法用4,4’-二胺基二苯醚轉換成聚醯亞胺前驅物,並以與合成例1相同的方法獲得了聚醯亞胺前驅物A-2。該聚醯亞胺前驅物A-2的重量平均分子量為20,000。推測所獲得之聚醯亞胺前驅物A-2包含下述式(A-2)所表示之重複單元。 在式(A-2)所表示之重複單元中,有來自於3,3’,4,4’-聯苯四羧酸酐之聯苯結構中所包含之單鍵與由3,3’,4,4’-聯苯四羧酸酐及甲基丙烯酸2-羥乙酯形成之酯結構存在於苯環上的間位之情況和存在於對位之情況(例如,下述式(A-2-2)所表示之重複單元等),認為在聚醯亞胺前驅物A-2中混合存在該等結構。 相同地,在以下合成例中之表示在使用3,3’,4,4’-聯苯四羧酸酐或4,4’-氧二鄰苯二甲酸酐作為酸二酐之情況下製造的聚醯亞胺前驅物中所包含之重複單元之化學式中,來自於3,3’,4,4’-聯苯四羧酸酐之聯苯結構中所包含之單鍵或4,4’-氧二鄰苯二甲酸酐中所包含之醚鍵和與各重複單元中所包含之苯環鍵結之酯鍵及醯胺鍵在苯環上的位置關係並不限於作為化學式所記載之結構,可以設為亦混合存在有上述位置關係不同者。 [化學式59] <Synthesis Example 2> [Synthesis of polyimide precursor (A-2) from 3,3',4,4'-biphenyltetracarboxylic anhydride, 4,4'-diaminodiphenyl ether and 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate] 20.0 g (64.5 mmol) of 3,3',4,4'-biphenyltetracarboxylic anhydride (obtained by drying at 140°C for 12 hours), 16.8 g (129 mmol) of 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate, 0.05 g of hydroquinone, 20.4 g (258 mmol) of pyridine and 100 g of diethylene glycol dimethyl ether (water content 88 ppm) were mixed and stirred at 60°C for 18 hours to produce a diester of 3,3',4,4'-biphenyltetracarboxylic acid and 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate. Next, the obtained diester was chlorinated with SOCl 2 and then converted into a polyimide precursor with 4,4'-diaminodiphenyl ether in the same manner as in Synthesis Example 1, and polyimide precursor A-2 was obtained in the same manner as in Synthesis Example 1. The weight average molecular weight of the polyimide precursor A-2 was 20,000. It is inferred that the obtained polyimide precursor A-2 contains repeating units represented by the following formula (A-2). In the repeating unit represented by the formula (A-2), a single bond contained in the biphenyl structure derived from 3,3',4,4'-biphenyltetracarboxylic anhydride and an ester structure formed from 3,3',4,4'-biphenyltetracarboxylic anhydride and 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate may exist at the meta position or at the para position on the benzene ring (for example, the repeating unit represented by the following formula (A-2-2)). It is considered that these structures exist in a mixed state in the polyimide precursor A-2. Similarly, in the chemical formula representing the repeating units contained in the polyimide precursor produced when 3,3',4,4'-biphenyltetracarboxylic anhydride or 4,4'-oxyphthalic anhydride is used as the acid dianhydride in the following synthesis example, the positional relationship on the benzene ring of the single bond contained in the biphenyl structure of 3,3',4,4'-biphenyltetracarboxylic anhydride or the ether bond contained in 4,4'-oxyphthalic anhydride and the ester bond and amide bond bonded to the benzene ring contained in each repeating unit is not limited to the structure described as the chemical formula, and those having different positional relationships as described above may also exist in a mixed manner. [Chemical Formula 59]
<合成例3> 〔由4,4’-氧二鄰苯二甲酸酐、4,4’-二胺基二苯醚及甲基丙烯酸2-羥乙酯合成聚醯亞胺前驅物(A-3)〕 混合20.0g(64.5毫莫耳)的4,4’-氧二鄰苯二甲酸酐(在140℃下乾燥12小時而獲得者)、16.8g(129毫莫耳)的甲基丙烯酸2-羥乙酯、0.05g的氫醌、20.4g的吡啶(258毫莫耳)及100g的二甘醇二甲醚,並在60℃的溫度下攪拌18小時,從而製造了4,4’-氧二鄰苯二甲酸和甲基丙烯酸2-羥乙酯的二酯。接著,將所獲得之二酯用SOCl2 氯化之後,以與合成例1相同的方法用4,4’-二胺基二苯醚轉換成聚醯亞胺前驅物,並以與合成例1相同的方法獲得了聚醯亞胺前驅物A-3。該聚醯亞胺前驅物A-3的重量平均分子量為18,000。推測所獲得之聚醯亞胺前驅物A-3包含下述式(A-3)所表示之重複單元。 [化學式60] <Synthesis Example 3> [Synthesis of polyimide precursor (A-3) from 4,4'-oxydiphthalic anhydride, 4,4'-diaminodiphenyl ether and 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate] 20.0 g (64.5 mmol) of 4,4'-oxydiphthalic anhydride (obtained by drying at 140°C for 12 hours), 16.8 g (129 mmol) of 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate, 0.05 g of hydroquinone, 20.4 g of pyridine (258 mmol) and 100 g of diethylene glycol dimethyl ether were mixed and stirred at 60°C for 18 hours to produce a diester of 4,4'-oxydiphthalic acid and 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate. Next, the obtained diester was chlorinated with SOCl 2 and then converted into a polyimide precursor with 4,4'-diaminodiphenyl ether in the same manner as in Synthesis Example 1, and polyimide precursor A-3 was obtained in the same manner as in Synthesis Example 1. The weight average molecular weight of the polyimide precursor A-3 was 18,000. It is estimated that the obtained polyimide precursor A-3 contains repeating units represented by the following formula (A-3). [Chemical Formula 60]
<合成例4> 〔由4,4’-氧二鄰苯二甲酸酐、4,4’-二胺基-2,2’-二甲基聯苯基(聯甲苯胺)及甲基丙烯酸2-羥乙酯合成聚醯亞胺前驅物(A-4)〕 混合20.0g(64.5毫莫耳)的4,4’-氧二鄰苯二甲酸酐(在140℃下乾燥12小時而獲得者)、16.8g(129毫莫耳)的甲基丙烯酸2-羥乙酯、0.05g的氫醌、20.4g的吡啶(258毫莫耳)及100g的二甘醇二甲醚(含水率67ppm),並在60℃的溫度下攪拌18小時,從而製造了4,4’-氧二鄰苯二甲酸和甲基丙烯酸2-羥乙酯的二酯。接著,將所獲得之二酯用SOCl2 氯化之後,以與合成例1相同的方法用4,4’-二胺基-2,2’-二甲基聯苯基轉換成聚醯亞胺前驅物,並以與合成例1相同的方法獲得了聚醯亞胺前驅物A-4。該聚醯亞胺前驅物A-4的重量平均分子量為19,000。推測所獲得之聚醯亞胺前驅物A-4包含下述式(A-4)所表示之重複單元。 [化學式61] <Synthesis Example 4> [Synthesis of polyimide precursor (A-4) from 4,4'-oxydiphthalic anhydride, 4,4'-diamino-2,2'-dimethylbiphenyl (tolidine) and 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate] 20.0 g (64.5 mmol) of 4,4'-oxydiphthalic anhydride (obtained by drying at 140°C for 12 hours), 16.8 g (129 mmol) of 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate, 0.05 g of hydroquinone, 20.4 g of pyridine (258 mmol) and 100 g of diethylene glycol dimethyl ether (water content 67 ppm) were mixed and stirred at 60°C for 18 hours to produce a diester of 4,4'-oxydiphthalic acid and 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate. Next, the obtained diester was chlorinated with SOCl 2 and then converted into a polyimide precursor using 4,4'-diamino-2,2'-dimethylbiphenyl in the same manner as in Synthesis Example 1, and polyimide precursor A-4 was obtained in the same manner as in Synthesis Example 1. The weight average molecular weight of the polyimide precursor A-4 was 19,000. It is estimated that the obtained polyimide precursor A-4 contains repeating units represented by the following formula (A-4). [Chemical Formula 61]
<合成例5> 〔由4,4’-氧二鄰苯二甲酸酐、4,4’-二胺基二苯醚及甲基丙烯酸2-羥乙酯合成聚醯亞胺前驅物(A”-5)〕 混合20.0g(64.5毫莫耳)的4,4’-氧二鄰苯二甲酸酐(在140℃下乾燥12小時而獲得者)、16.8g(129毫莫耳)的甲基丙烯酸2-羥乙酯、0.05g的氫醌、20.4g的吡啶(258毫莫耳)及200g的γ-丁內酯,在室溫下攪拌36小時,從而製造了4,4’-氧二鄰苯二甲酸和甲基丙烯酸2-羥乙酯的二酯。 接著,在冰冷卻下,一邊攪拌一邊滴加了將二環己基碳二亞胺(DCC)26.6g溶解於25g的γ-丁內酯中之溶液。接著,一邊攪拌一邊經60分鐘同時加入了將4,4’-二胺基二苯醚12.0g懸浮於γ-丁內酯45ml者和使DCC 3.8g溶解於10g的γ-丁內酯中之溶液。進而,在室溫下攪拌2小時之後,加入乙醇30ml,並攪拌1小時,接著,加入了γ-丁內酯100ml。藉由過濾而去除在反應混合物中產生之沉澱物,從而獲得了反應液。接著,使聚醯亞胺前驅物在3升的水中沉澱,並將水-聚醯亞胺前驅物混合物以5,000rpm(revolutions per minute:每分鐘轉數)的速度攪拌了15分鐘。藉由過濾而獲取聚醯亞胺前驅物,並將其溶解於300mL的四氫呋喃中之後,在2升的水中再次作為沉澱物獲得了聚醯亞胺前驅物。在減壓狀態下,將所獲得之聚醯亞胺前驅物在45℃下乾燥3天,從而獲得了聚醯亞胺前驅物A”-5。該聚醯亞胺前驅物A”-5的重量平均分子量為22,000。<Synthesis Example 5> [Synthesis of polyimide precursor (A”-5) from 4,4’-oxydiphthalic anhydride, 4,4’-diaminodiphenyl ether and 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate] Mix 20.0 g (64.5 mmol) of 4,4’-oxydiphthalic anhydride (obtained by drying at 140°C for 12 hours), 16.8 g (129 mmol) of 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate, 0.05 g of hydroquinone, 20.4 g of pyridine (258 mmol) and 200g of γ-butyrolactone was stirred at room temperature for 36 hours to produce the diester of 4,4'-oxydiphthalic acid and 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate. Then, under ice cooling, a solution of 26.6g of dicyclohexylcarbodiimide (DCC) dissolved in 25g of γ-butyrolactone was added dropwise while stirring. Then, 12.0g of 4,4'-diaminodiphenyl ether suspended in 45ml of γ-butyrolactone and DCCC were added simultaneously over 60 minutes while stirring. 3.8 g of ethanol was dissolved in 10 g of γ-butyrolactone. After stirring at room temperature for 2 hours, 30 ml of ethanol was added and stirred for 1 hour, and then 100 ml of γ-butyrolactone was added. The precipitate produced in the reaction mixture was removed by filtration to obtain a reaction solution. Then, the polyimide precursor was precipitated in 3 liters of water, and the water-polyimide precursor mixture was spun at 5,000 rpm (revolutions per The mixture was stirred at a speed of 200 rpm for 15 minutes. The polyimide precursor was obtained by filtration, dissolved in 300 mL of tetrahydrofuran, and then obtained again as a precipitate in 2 liters of water. The obtained polyimide precursor was dried at 45° C. for 3 days under reduced pressure to obtain polyimide precursor A”-5. The weight average molecular weight of the polyimide precursor A”-5 was 22,000.
<合成例6> 〔由均苯四甲酸二酐、4,4’-二胺基二苯醚及甲基丙烯酸2-羥乙酯合成聚醯亞胺前驅物(A”-6)〕 混合14.1g(64.5毫莫耳)的均苯四甲酸二酐、16.8g(129毫莫耳)的甲基丙烯酸2-羥乙酯、0.05g的氫醌、20.4g(258毫莫耳)的吡啶及200g的γ-丁內酯,在室溫下攪拌36小時,從而製造了3,3’,4,4’-聯苯四羧酸和甲基丙烯酸2-羥乙酯的二酯。接著,使用DCC,以與合成例5相同的方法用4,4’-二胺基二苯醚將所獲得之二酯轉換成聚醯亞胺前驅物,並以與合成例5相同的方法獲得了聚醯亞胺前驅物A”-6。該聚醯亞胺前驅物A”-6的重量平均分子量為20,000。<Synthesis Example 6> [Synthesis of polyimide precursor (A”-6) from pyromellitic dianhydride, 4,4’-diaminodiphenyl ether and 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate] 14.1 g (64.5 mmol) of pyromellitic dianhydride, 16.8 g (129 mmol) of 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate, 0.05 g of hydroquinone, 20.4 g (258 mmol) of pyridine and 2 00 g of γ-butyrolactone was stirred at room temperature for 36 hours to produce a diester of 3,3',4,4'-biphenyltetracarboxylic acid and 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate. Then, the diester was converted into a polyimide precursor using 4,4'-diaminodiphenyl ether using DCC in the same manner as in Synthesis Example 5, and a polyimide precursor A"-6 was obtained in the same manner as in Synthesis Example 5. The weight average molecular weight of the polyimide precursor A"-6 was 20,000.
<合成例7> 〔由3,3’,4,4’-聯苯四羧酸酐、4,4’-二胺基二苯醚及甲基丙烯酸2-羥乙酯合成聚醯亞胺前驅物(A”-7)〕 混合19.0g(64.5毫莫耳)的3,3’,4,4’-聯苯四羧酸酐、16.8g(129毫莫耳)的甲基丙烯酸2-羥乙酯、0.05g的氫醌、20.4g(258毫莫耳)的吡啶及200g的γ-丁內酯,在室溫下攪拌36小時,從而製造了3,3’,4,4’-聯苯四羧酸和甲基丙烯酸2-羥乙酯的二酯。接著,使用DCC,以與合成例5相同的方法用4,4’-二胺基二苯醚將所獲得之二酯轉換成聚醯亞胺前驅物,並以與合成例5相同的方法獲得了聚醯亞胺前驅物A”-7。該聚醯亞胺前驅物A”-7的重量平均分子量為21,000。<Synthesis Example 7> [Synthesis of polyimide precursor (A”-7) from 3,3’,4,4’-biphenyltetracarboxylic anhydride, 4,4’-diaminodiphenyl ether and 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate] 19.0 g (64.5 mmol) of 3,3’,4,4’-biphenyltetracarboxylic anhydride, 16.8 g (129 mmol) of 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate, 0.05 g of hydroquinone, and 20.4 g (258 mmol) of pyridine and 200 g of γ-butyrolactone were stirred at room temperature for 36 hours to produce a diester of 3,3',4,4'-biphenyltetracarboxylic acid and 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate. Then, the obtained diester was converted into a polyimide precursor using 4,4'-diaminodiphenyl ether using DCC in the same manner as in Synthesis Example 5, and a polyimide precursor A"-7 was obtained in the same manner as in Synthesis Example 5. The weight average molecular weight of the polyimide precursor A"-7 was 21,000.
<合成例8> 〔由4,4’-氧二鄰苯二甲酸酐、4,4’-二胺基-2,2’-二甲基聯苯基(聯甲苯胺)及甲基丙烯酸2-羥乙酯合成聚醯亞胺前驅物(A”-8)〕 混合19.0g(64.5毫莫耳)的4,4’-氧二鄰苯二甲酸酐、16.8g(129毫莫耳)的甲基丙烯酸2-羥乙酯、0.05g的氫醌、20.4g(258毫莫耳)的吡啶及200g的γ-丁內酯,在室溫下攪拌36小時,從而製造了3,3’,4,4’-聯苯四羧酸和甲基丙烯酸2-羥乙酯的二酯。接著,使用DCC,以與合成例5相同的方法用4,4’-二胺基-2,2’-二甲基聯苯基(聯甲苯胺)將所獲得之二酯轉換成聚醯亞胺前驅物,並以與合成例5相同的方法獲得了聚醯亞胺前驅物A”-8。該聚醯亞胺前驅物A”-8的重量平均分子量為19,000。<Synthesis Example 8> [Synthesis of polyimide precursor (A”-8) from 4,4’-oxydiphthalic anhydride, 4,4’-diamino-2,2’-dimethylbiphenyl (tolidine) and 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate] 19.0 g (64.5 mmol) of 4,4’-oxydiphthalic anhydride, 16.8 g (129 mmol) of 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate, 0.05 g of hydroquinone, 20.4 g (258 mmol) of ) of pyridine and 200 g of γ-butyrolactone were stirred at room temperature for 36 hours to produce a diester of 3,3',4,4'-biphenyltetracarboxylic acid and 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate. Then, using DCC, the obtained diester was converted into a polyimide precursor using 4,4'-diamino-2,2'-dimethylbiphenyl (tolidine) in the same manner as in Synthesis Example 5, and a polyimide precursor A"-8 was obtained in the same manner as in Synthesis Example 5. The weight average molecular weight of the polyimide precursor A"-8 was 19,000.
<合成例1-1> 〔由均苯四甲酸二酐、4,4’-二胺基二苯醚及甲基丙烯酸2-羥乙酯改質聚醯亞胺前驅物A-1(聚醯亞胺前驅物A’-1的合成)〕 將在合成例1中所獲得之聚醯亞胺前驅物A-1 20g溶解於四氫呋喃200g中。接著,在冰冷卻下,一邊攪拌一邊滴加了將DCC13.0g溶解於50g的四氫呋喃中之溶液。在冰冷卻下繼續攪拌了2小時。藉由過濾而去除在反應混合物中產生之沉澱物,從而獲得了反應液。接著,使聚醯亞胺前驅物在3升的水中沉澱,並將水-聚醯亞胺前驅物混合物以5,000rpm(revolutions per minute:每分鐘轉數)的速度攪拌了15分鐘。藉由過濾而獲取聚醯亞胺前驅物,並在減壓狀態下,將所獲得之聚醯亞胺前驅物在45℃下乾燥3天,從而獲得了聚醯亞胺前驅物A’-1。該聚醯亞胺前驅物A’-1的重量平均分子量為20,500。推測聚醯亞胺前驅物A’-1包含下述式(A’-1)所表示之結構的重複單元。 [化學式62] <Synthesis Example 1-1> [Modification of polyimide precursor A-1 from pyromellitic dianhydride, 4,4'-diaminodiphenyl ether and 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate (Synthesis of polyimide precursor A'-1)] 20 g of the polyimide precursor A-1 obtained in Synthesis Example 1 was dissolved in 200 g of tetrahydrofuran. Then, under ice-cooling, a solution of 13.0 g of DCC dissolved in 50 g of tetrahydrofuran was added dropwise while stirring. Stirring was continued for 2 hours under ice-cooling. The precipitate produced in the reaction mixture was removed by filtration to obtain a reaction solution. Next, the polyimide precursor was precipitated in 3 liters of water, and the water-polyimide precursor mixture was stirred at 5,000 rpm (revolutions per minute) for 15 minutes. The polyimide precursor was obtained by filtration, and the obtained polyimide precursor was dried at 45° C. for 3 days under reduced pressure to obtain polyimide precursor A'-1. The weight average molecular weight of the polyimide precursor A'-1 is 20,500. It is estimated that the polyimide precursor A'-1 contains repeating units of the structure represented by the following formula (A'-1). [Chemical Formula 62]
<合成例2-1> 〔由3,3’,4,4’-聯苯四羧酸酐、4,4’-二胺基二苯醚及甲基丙烯酸2-羥乙酯改質聚醯亞胺前驅物A-2(聚醯亞胺前驅物A’-2的合成)〕 在合成例1-1中,使用在合成例2中所獲得之聚醯亞胺前驅物A-2 20g來代替聚醯亞胺前驅物A-1,除此以外,以與合成例1-1相同的方法獲得了作為改質聚醯亞胺前驅物之聚醯亞胺前驅物A’-2。該聚醯亞胺前驅物A’-2的重量平均分子量為21,200。推測聚醯亞胺前驅物A’-2包含下述式(A’-2)所表示之結構的重複單元。 [化學式63] <Synthesis Example 2-1> [Modification of polyimide precursor A-2 from 3,3',4,4'-biphenyltetracarboxylic anhydride, 4,4'-diaminodiphenyl ether and 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate (Synthesis of polyimide precursor A'-2)] In Synthesis Example 1-1, polyimide precursor A'-2 as a modified polyimide precursor was obtained in the same manner as in Synthesis Example 1-1, except that 20 g of polyimide precursor A-2 obtained in Synthesis Example 2 was used instead of polyimide precursor A-1. The weight average molecular weight of the polyimide precursor A'-2 was 21,200. It is speculated that the polyimide precursor A'-2 contains repeating units of the structure represented by the following formula (A'-2). [Chemical Formula 63]
<合成例3-1> 〔由4,4’-氧二鄰苯二甲酸酐、4,4’-二胺基二苯醚及甲基丙烯酸2-羥乙酯改質聚醯亞胺前驅物A-3(聚醯亞胺前驅物A’-3的合成)〕 在合成例1-1中,使用在合成例3中所獲得之聚醯亞胺前驅物A-3 20g來代替聚醯亞胺前驅物A-1,除此以外,以與合成例1-1相同的方法獲得了作為改質聚醯亞胺前驅物之聚醯亞胺前驅物A’-3。該聚醯亞胺前驅物A’-3的重量平均分子量為18,500。推測聚醯亞胺前驅物A’-3包含下述式(A’-3)所表示之結構的重複單元。 [化學式64] <Synthesis Example 3-1> [Modification of polyimide precursor A-3 from 4,4'-oxydiphthalic anhydride, 4,4'-diaminodiphenyl ether and 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate (Synthesis of polyimide precursor A'-3)] In Synthesis Example 1-1, polyimide precursor A'-3 as a modified polyimide precursor was obtained in the same manner as in Synthesis Example 1-1, except that 20 g of polyimide precursor A-3 obtained in Synthesis Example 3 was used instead of polyimide precursor A-1. The weight average molecular weight of the polyimide precursor A'-3 was 18,500. It is speculated that the polyimide precursor A'-3 contains repeating units of the structure represented by the following formula (A'-3). [Chemical Formula 64]
<合成例4-1> 〔由4,4’-氧二鄰苯二甲酸酐、4,4’-二胺基-2,2’-二甲基聯苯基(聯甲苯胺)及甲基丙烯酸2-羥乙酯改質聚醯亞胺前驅物A-4(聚醯亞胺前驅物A’-4的合成)〕 在合成例1-1中,使用在合成例4中所獲得之聚醯亞胺前驅物A-4 20g來代替聚醯亞胺前驅物A-1,除此以外,以與合成例1-1相同的方法獲得了改質聚醯亞胺前驅物A’-4。該聚醯亞胺前驅物A’-4的重量平均分子量為20,500。推測聚醯亞胺前驅物A’-4包含下述式(A’-4)所表示之結構的重複單元。 [化學式65] <Synthesis Example 4-1> [Modification of polyimide precursor A-4 from 4,4'-oxydiphthalic anhydride, 4,4'-diamino-2,2'-dimethylbiphenyl (tolidine) and 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate (synthesis of polyimide precursor A'-4)] In Synthesis Example 1-1, except that 20 g of polyimide precursor A-4 obtained in Synthesis Example 4 was used instead of polyimide precursor A-1, a modified polyimide precursor A'-4 was obtained in the same manner as in Synthesis Example 1-1. The weight average molecular weight of the polyimide precursor A'-4 was 20,500. It is estimated that the polyimide precursor A'-4 contains repeating units of the structure represented by the following formula (A'-4). [Chemical Formula 65]
<合成例5-1> 〔由3,3’,4,4’-聯苯四羧酸酐、4,4’-二胺基二苯醚及甲基丙烯酸2-羥乙酯改質聚醯亞胺前驅物A-2(聚醯亞胺前驅物A’-5的合成)〕 在合成例1-1中,使用在合成例2中所獲得之聚醯亞胺前驅物A-2 20g來代替聚醯亞胺前驅物A-1,並使用二異丙基碳二亞胺(DIC)來代替DCC,除此以外,以與合成例1-1相同的方法獲得了改質聚醯亞胺前驅物A’-5。該聚醯亞胺前驅物A’-5的重量平均分子量為21,000。推測聚醯亞胺前驅物A’-5包含下述式(A’-5)所表示之結構的重複單元。 [化學式66] <Synthesis Example 5-1> [Modification of polyimide precursor A-2 from 3,3',4,4'-biphenyltetracarboxylic anhydride, 4,4'-diaminodiphenyl ether and 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate (synthesis of polyimide precursor A'-5)] In Synthesis Example 1-1, 20 g of polyimide precursor A-2 obtained in Synthesis Example 2 was used instead of polyimide precursor A-1, and diisopropylcarbodiimide (DIC) was used instead of DCC. Modified polyimide precursor A'-5 was obtained in the same manner as in Synthesis Example 1-1. The weight average molecular weight of the polyimide precursor A'-5 was 21,000. It is estimated that the polyimide precursor A'-5 contains repeating units of the structure represented by the following formula (A'-5). [Chemical Formula 66]
<合成例6-1> 〔由3,3’,4,4’-聯苯四羧酸酐、4,4’-二胺基二苯醚及甲基丙烯酸2-羥乙酯改質聚醯亞胺前驅物A-2(聚醯亞胺前驅物A’-6的合成)〕 在合成例1-1中,使用在合成例2中所獲得之聚醯亞胺前驅物A-2 20g來代替聚醯亞胺前驅物A-1,並使用(2,6-二異丙基苯基)碳二亞胺(DIPC)來代替DCC,除此以外,以與合成例1-1相同的方法獲得了改質聚醯亞胺前驅物A’-6。該聚醯亞胺前驅物A’-6的重量平均分子量為21,500。推測聚醯亞胺前驅物A’-6包含下述式(A’-6)所表示之結構的重複單元。 [化學式67] <Synthesis Example 6-1> [Modification of polyimide precursor A-2 from 3,3',4,4'-biphenyltetracarboxylic anhydride, 4,4'-diaminodiphenyl ether and 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate (synthesis of polyimide precursor A'-6)] In Synthesis Example 1-1, except that 20 g of polyimide precursor A-2 obtained in Synthesis Example 2 was used instead of polyimide precursor A-1, and (2,6-diisopropylphenyl)carbodiimide (DIPC) was used instead of DCC, a modified polyimide precursor A'-6 was obtained in the same manner as in Synthesis Example 1-1. The weight average molecular weight of the polyimide precursor A'-6 was 21,500. It is estimated that the polyimide precursor A'-6 contains repeating units of the structure represented by the following formula (A'-6). [Chemical Formula 67]
<合成例7-1> 〔由4,4’-氧二鄰苯二甲酸酐、4,4’-二胺基二苯醚及甲基丙烯酸2-羥乙酯改質聚醯亞胺前驅物A-3(聚醯亞胺前驅物A’-7的合成)〕 在合成例1-1中,使用在合成例3中所獲得之聚醯亞胺前驅物A-3 20g來代替聚醯亞胺前驅物A-1,並使用DIC來代替DCC,除此以外,以與合成例1-1相同的方法獲得了改質聚醯亞胺前驅物A’-7。該聚醯亞胺前驅物A’-7的重量平均分子量為19,000。推測聚醯亞胺前驅物A’-7包含下述式(A’-7)所表示之結構的重複單元。 [化學式68] <Synthesis Example 7-1> [Modification of polyimide precursor A-3 from 4,4'-oxydiphthalic anhydride, 4,4'-diaminodiphenyl ether and 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate (synthesis of polyimide precursor A'-7)] In Synthesis Example 1-1, except that 20 g of polyimide precursor A-3 obtained in Synthesis Example 3 was used instead of polyimide precursor A-1, and DIC was used instead of DCC, a modified polyimide precursor A'-7 was obtained in the same manner as in Synthesis Example 1-1. The weight average molecular weight of the polyimide precursor A'-7 was 19,000. It is estimated that the polyimide precursor A'-7 contains repeating units of the structure represented by the following formula (A'-7). [Chemical Formula 68]
<合成例8-1> 〔聚醯亞胺P-1的合成)〕 在安裝有冷凝器及攪拌機之燒瓶中,一邊去除水分一邊將下述式(a-1)所表示之酐(a-1)11.4g(25毫莫耳)溶解於N-甲基吡咯啶酮(NMP)33.1g中。接著,添加1,3-苯二胺(Tokyo Chemical Industry Co.,Ltd.製造)2.70g(25毫莫耳),在25℃下攪拌3小時,並在45℃下進一步攪拌了3小時。接著,添加吡啶7.50g(94.8毫莫耳)、乙酸酐6.38g(62毫莫耳)、N-甲基吡咯啶酮(NMP)20.0g,在80℃下攪拌3小時,並添加N-甲基吡咯啶酮(NMP)50g進行了稀釋。 使該反應液在1.2升的甲醇中沉澱,並以3,000rpm的速度攪拌了15分鐘。藉由過濾而獲取樹脂,並在1升的甲醇中再次攪拌30分鐘並再次進行了過濾。在減壓狀態下,將所獲得之樹脂在40℃下乾燥1天,從而獲得了閉環型聚醯亞胺P-1。P-1的分子量為重量平均分子量(Mw)=74,300,數量平均分子量(Mn)=30,100。 推測P-1的結構為下述式(P-1)所表示之結構。 [化學式69] <Synthesis Example 8-1> [Synthesis of polyimide P-1] In a flask equipped with a condenser and a stirrer, 11.4 g (25 mmol) of anhydride (a-1) represented by the following formula (a-1) was dissolved in 33.1 g of N-methylpyrrolidone (NMP) while removing water. Then, 2.70 g (25 mmol) of 1,3-phenylenediamine (manufactured by Tokyo Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.) was added, and the mixture was stirred at 25°C for 3 hours and further stirred at 45°C for 3 hours. Next, 7.50 g (94.8 mmol) of pyridine, 6.38 g (62 mmol) of acetic anhydride, and 20.0 g of N-methylpyrrolidone (NMP) were added, stirred at 80°C for 3 hours, and diluted by adding 50 g of N-methylpyrrolidone (NMP). The reaction solution was precipitated in 1.2 liters of methanol and stirred at 3,000 rpm for 15 minutes. The resin was obtained by filtration, and stirred again in 1 liter of methanol for 30 minutes and filtered again. The obtained resin was dried at 40°C for 1 day under reduced pressure to obtain closed-ring polyimide P-1. The molecular weight of P-1 is weight average molecular weight (Mw) = 74,300, number average molecular weight (Mn) = 30,100. The structure of P-1 is estimated to be the structure represented by the following formula (P-1). [Chemical formula 69]
<合成例H-1> 在三口燒瓶中混合了二環己基碳二亞胺41.3g(0.20mol)和四氫呋喃200mL。接著,用滴加漏斗將使苯甲酸24.4g(0.02mol)溶解於四氫呋喃200mL中之溶液在室溫下經30分鐘滴加於燒瓶中。滴加完成後,在室溫下繼續反應了30分鐘之後靜置24小時。過濾析出物並回收了濾液。將所回收之濾液(THF溶液)進行濃縮後,藉由再結晶操作而獲得了化合物H-1作為白色粉體。推測化合物H-1的結構為後述式(H-1)所表示之結構。<Synthesis Example H-1> 41.3 g (0.20 mol) of dicyclohexylcarbodiimide and 200 mL of tetrahydrofuran were mixed in a three-necked flask. Then, a solution of 24.4 g (0.02 mol) of benzoic acid dissolved in 200 mL of tetrahydrofuran was added dropwise to the flask at room temperature over 30 minutes using a dropping funnel. After the addition was completed, the reaction was continued at room temperature for 30 minutes and then allowed to stand for 24 hours. The precipitate was filtered and the filtrate was recovered. After the recovered filtrate (THF solution) was concentrated, compound H-1 was obtained as a white powder by recrystallization. The structure of compound H-1 is estimated to be the structure represented by the formula (H-1) described below.
<合成例H-2> 在合成例H-1中,使用鄰苯二甲酸單甲酯36.0g(0.2mol)來代替苯甲酸,除此以外,以與合成例H-1相同的方法獲得了化合物H-2。推測化合物H-2的結構為後述式(H-2)所表示之結構。<Synthesis Example H-2> Compound H-2 was obtained by the same method as in Synthesis Example H-1 except that 36.0 g (0.2 mol) of monomethyl phthalate was used instead of benzoic acid. The structure of Compound H-2 is estimated to be the structure represented by the formula (H-2) described below.
<合成例H-3> 在合成例H-1中,將二環己基碳二亞胺變更為1,3-二對三碳二亞胺44.5g(0.2mol),並將苯甲酸變更為4-第三丁基苯甲酸35.2g(0.2mol),除此以外,以與合成例H-1相同的方法獲得了化合物H-3。推測化合物H-3的結構為後述式(H-3)所表示之結構。<Synthesis Example H-3> In Synthesis Example H-1, except that dicyclohexylcarbodiimide was replaced with 44.5 g (0.2 mol) of 1,3-di-p-tricarbodiimide and benzoic acid was replaced with 35.2 g (0.2 mol) of 4-tert-butylbenzoic acid, the same method as Synthesis Example H-1 was used to obtain Compound H-3. The structure of Compound H-3 is estimated to be the structure represented by the formula (H-3) described below.
<合成例H-4> 在合成例H-1中,將二環己基碳二亞胺變更為1,3-二對三碳二亞胺44.5g(0.2mol),並將苯甲酸變更為鄰苯二甲酸單甲酯36.0g(0.2mol),除此以外,以與合成例H-1相同的方法獲得了化合物H-4。推測化合物H-4的結構為後述式(H-4)所表示之結構。<Synthesis Example H-4> In Synthesis Example H-1, except that dicyclohexylcarbodiimide was replaced with 44.5 g (0.2 mol) of 1,3-di-p-tricarbodiimide and benzoic acid was replaced with 36.0 g (0.2 mol) of monomethyl phthalate, the same method as Synthesis Example H-1 was used to obtain Compound H-4. The structure of Compound H-4 is estimated to be the structure represented by the formula (H-4) described below.
<合成例H-5> 在合成例H-1中,將二環己基碳二亞胺變更為雙(2,6-二異丙基苯基)碳二亞胺72.5g(0.2mol),除此以外,以與合成例H-1相同的方法獲得了化合物H-5。推測化合物H-5的結構為後述式(H-5)所表示之結構。<Synthesis Example H-5> In Synthesis Example H-1, except that dicyclohexylcarbodiimide was replaced with 72.5 g (0.2 mol) of bis(2,6-diisopropylphenyl)carbodiimide, a compound H-5 was obtained in the same manner as in Synthesis Example H-1. The structure of the compound H-5 is estimated to be the structure represented by the formula (H-5) described below.
<合成例H-6> 將在合成例H-1中所使用之二環己基碳二亞胺變更為1,3-二對三碳二亞胺44.5g(0.2mol),並將苯甲酸變更為鄰苯二甲酸單丁酯44.4g(0.2mol),除此以外,以與合成例H-1相同的方法獲得了化合物H-6。推測化合物H-6的結構為後述式(H-6)所表示之結構。<Synthesis Example H-6> Compound H-6 was obtained by the same method as Synthesis Example H-1 except that dicyclohexylcarbodiimide used in Synthesis Example H-1 was replaced with 44.5 g (0.2 mol) of 1,3-di-p-tricarbodiimide and 44.4 g (0.2 mol) of monobutyl phthalate was replaced with benzoic acid. The structure of Compound H-6 is estimated to be the structure represented by the formula (H-6) described below.
<合成例H-7> 在三口燒瓶中混合了5,5-二甲基乙內醯脲10.0g(78mmol)和吡啶40mL。將氯化苯甲醯基11.0g(78mmol)在室溫下經30分鐘滴加於燒瓶中。滴加完成後,在170℃下反應15小時。反應完成後,將其進行減壓濃縮之後,用乙酸乙酯進行了稀釋。使用矽膠進行過濾之後,使用乙酸乙酯/己烷(將乙酸乙酯和己烷以乙酸乙酯:己烷=1:9(體積比)混合而成之溶劑)進行再結晶,從而獲得了化合物H-7作為白色粉末。推測化合物H-7的結構為後述式(H-7)所表示之結構。<Synthesis Example H-7> 10.0 g (78 mmol) of 5,5-dimethylhydantoin and 40 mL of pyridine were mixed in a three-necked flask. 11.0 g (78 mmol) of benzyl chloride was added dropwise to the flask at room temperature over 30 minutes. After the addition was completed, the mixture was reacted at 170°C for 15 hours. After the reaction was completed, the mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure and then diluted with ethyl acetate. After filtering with silica gel, the mixture was recrystallized with ethyl acetate/hexane (a solvent prepared by mixing ethyl acetate and hexane at a volume ratio of ethyl acetate:hexane = 1:9) to obtain compound H-7 as a white powder. The structure of compound H-7 is estimated to be the structure represented by the formula (H-7) described below.
<合成例H-8> 在三口燒瓶中混合了二異丙基碳二亞胺1.26g(10mmol)和四氫呋喃100mL、氯化苯甲醯基1.41g(10mmol)。在室溫下繼續攪拌了48小時。接著,加入1,3-二甲基硫脲1.04g(10mmol),進而繼續攪拌了12小時。將反應液進行減壓濃縮,藉由矽膠柱層析法,並使用乙酸乙酯/己烷(將乙酸乙酯和己烷以乙酸乙酯:己烷=1:9(體積比)混合而成之溶劑)進行純化,從而獲得了化合物H-8作為白色固體。推測化合物H-8的結構為後述式(H-8)所表示之結構。 [化學式70] <Synthesis Example H-8> 1.26 g (10 mmol) of diisopropylcarbodiimide, 100 mL of tetrahydrofuran, and 1.41 g (10 mmol) of benzyl chloride were mixed in a three-necked flask. Stirring was continued at room temperature for 48 hours. Then, 1.04 g (10 mmol) of 1,3-dimethylthiourea was added, and stirring was continued for 12 hours. The reaction solution was concentrated under reduced pressure and purified by silica gel column chromatography using ethyl acetate/hexane (a solvent prepared by mixing ethyl acetate and hexane at a volume ratio of ethyl acetate:hexane = 1:9) to obtain compound H-8 as a white solid. The structure of compound H-8 is estimated to be represented by the following formula (H-8). [Chemical formula 70]
<實施例及比較例> 在各實施例及比較例中,分別混合下述表1中所記載的成分,從而獲得了樹脂組成物或比較用組成物。 除了表1中所記載的溶劑以外的各成分一欄中之數值表示各成分的含量(質量份)。 將所獲得之樹脂組成物及比較用組成物通過細孔的寬度為0.8μm的聚四氟乙烯製過濾器進行了加壓過濾。 又,在表1中,“-”的記載表示不含有對應之成分。<Examples and Comparative Examples> In each of the Examples and Comparative Examples, the components listed in Table 1 below were mixed to obtain a resin composition or a comparative composition. The numerical values in the columns of each component other than the solvent listed in Table 1 represent the content (parts by mass) of each component. The obtained resin composition and comparative composition were pressure filtered through a polytetrafluoroethylene filter having a pore width of 0.8 μm. In Table 1, "-" indicates that the corresponding component is not contained.
[表1]
表1中所記載之各成分的詳細內容如下所述。The details of each component listed in Table 1 are as follows.
〔樹脂〕 ・A-1~A-4、A”-5~A”-8、A’-1~A’-7、P-1:在上述合成例中所合成之聚醯亞胺前驅物A-1~A-4、聚醯亞胺前驅物A”-5~A”-8、聚醯亞胺前驅物A’-1~A’-7、聚醯亞胺P-1[Resin] ・A-1 to A-4, A”-5 to A”-8, A’-1 to A’-7, P-1: polyimide precursors A-1 to A-4, polyimide precursors A”-5 to A”-8, polyimide precursors A’-1 to A’-7, polyimide P-1 synthesized in the above synthesis example
〔熱鹼產生劑〕 ・B-1~B-5:下述式(B-1)~式(B-5)所表示之化合物 [化學式71] [Thermoalkali generator] ・B-1 to B-5: Compounds represented by the following formulas (B-1) to (B-5) [Chemical formula 71]
〔自由基聚合起始劑〕 ・C-1:IRGACURE OXE 01(BASF公司製造) ・C-2:IRGACURE OXE 02(BASF公司製造) ・C-3:IRGACURE 369(BASF公司製造)[Free radical polymerization initiator] ・C-1: IRGACURE OXE 01 (manufactured by BASF) ・C-2: IRGACURE OXE 02 (manufactured by BASF) ・C-3: IRGACURE 369 (manufactured by BASF)
[自由基聚合性化合物] ・D-1:A-DPH(Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co.,Ltd.製造) ・D-2:SR-209(Sartomer Company, Inc製造、下述結構的化合物) ・D-3:A-TMMT(Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co.,Ltd.製造) [化學式72] [Free radical polymerizable compound] ・D-1: A-DPH (manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.) ・D-2: SR-209 (manufactured by Sartomer Company, Inc., compound with the following structure) ・D-3: A-TMMT (manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.) [Chemical formula 72]
〔聚合抑制劑〕 ・E-1:2-亞硝基-1-萘酚(Tokyo Chemical Industry Co.,Ltd.製造) ・E-2:對苯醌(Tokyo Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.製造) ・E-3:對甲氧基苯酚(Tokyo Chemical Industry Co.,Ltd.製造)[Polymerization inhibitor] ・E-1: 2-Nitroso-1-naphthol (manufactured by Tokyo Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.) ・E-2: p-Benzoquinone (manufactured by Tokyo Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.) ・E-3: p-Methoxyphenol (manufactured by Tokyo Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.)
〔遷移抑制劑〕 ・F-1~F-4:下述結構的化合物 [化學式73] [Migration inhibitor] ・F-1 to F-4: Compounds with the following structure [Chemical formula 73]
〔矽烷偶合劑(金屬接著性改良劑)〕 ・G-1~G-4:下述結構的化合物。以下結構式中,Et表示乙基。 [化學式74] [Silane coupling agent (metal adhesion improver)] ・G-1 to G-4: compounds having the following structures. In the following structural formula, Et represents an ethyl group. [Chemical formula 74]
〔特定化合物〕 ・H-1~H-8:上述化合物H-1~H-8[Specified compounds] ・H-1 to H-8: Compounds H-1 to H-8 listed above
〔其他添加劑〕 ・J-1:下述式(J-1)所表示之化合物 ・J-2:N-苯基二乙醇胺 [化學式75] [Other additives] ・J-1: Compound represented by the following formula (J-1) ・J-2: N-phenyldiethanolamine [chemical formula 75]
〔溶劑〕 ・I-1:N-甲基-2-吡咯啶酮 ・I-2:乳酸乙酯 ・I-3:γ-丁內酯:二甲基亞碸=80質量%:20質量%的混合溶劑[Solvent] ・I-1: N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone ・I-2: Ethyl lactate ・I-3: γ-butyrolactone: dimethyl sulfoxide = 80 mass %: 20 mass % mixed solvent
<評價> 〔特定結構的定量〕 作為添加劑(化合物H-1~H-8)添加時和與聚合物鍵結時的特定結構的含量的定量方法如下。<Evaluation> [Quantification of specific structure] The method for quantifying the content of the specific structure when added as an additive (compounds H-1 to H-8) and when bound to a polymer is as follows.
-作為添加劑添加時- 用d6 -DMSO(二甲基亞碸-d6 )對所製備之組成物進行NMR解析,從而計算出聚合物和添加劑的莫耳比。接著,用四氫呋喃稀釋組成物之後,添加水:丙酮=50質量%:50質量%的混合溶劑,過濾析出物並使所獲得之過濾物乾燥。藉由計算出乾燥質量而獲得聚合物的質量。依據聚合物/添加劑的莫耳比和聚合物質量來定量添加劑的含量。 -與聚合物鍵結時- 用四氫呋喃稀釋組成物之後,添加水:丙酮=50質量%:50質量%的混合溶劑,過濾析出物並使所獲得之過濾物乾燥。藉由計算出乾燥質量而獲得聚合物的質量。用d6 -DMSO對所獲得之聚合物進行NMR解析,從而計算出聚合物和添加劑的莫耳比。依據聚合物質量和莫耳比來定量特定結構的含量。 又,關於樹脂組成物的總固體成分,在70℃/0.1Torr/3小時的條件下乾燥溶劑,並將乾燥殘渣的質量設為總固體成分。1Torr為表示1氣壓的760分之一的值,並設為133.322Pa。在上述乾燥中,藉由揮發成分的1 H-NMR(使用DMSO(二甲基亞碸)-d6 作為溶劑)確認了沒有除了溶劑以外的揮發成分。 藉由上述方法來定量相對於樹脂組成物的總固體成分之式(1-1)所表示之結構的含量(mol/g),並將定量結果記載於表1的“特定結構的含量”一欄中。-When added as an additive- The prepared composition is analyzed by NMR using d6- DMSO (dimethyl sulfoxide- d6 ), and the molar ratio of the polymer and the additive is calculated. Then, after diluting the composition with tetrahydrofuran, a mixed solvent of water:acetone = 50 mass%:50 mass% is added, the precipitate is filtered and the obtained filtrate is dried. The mass of the polymer is obtained by calculating the dry mass. The content of the additive is quantified based on the molar ratio of polymer/additive and the mass of the polymer. -When bonded to a polymer- After diluting the composition with tetrahydrofuran, a mixed solvent of water:acetone = 50 mass%:50 mass% is added, the precipitate is filtered and the obtained filtrate is dried. The mass of the polymer is obtained by calculating the dry mass. The obtained polymer is subjected to NMR analysis using d 6 -DMSO to calculate the molar ratio of the polymer and the additive. The content of the specific structure is quantified based on the polymer mass and the molar ratio. In addition, regarding the total solid content of the resin composition, the solvent is dried under the conditions of 70°C/0.1 Torr/3 hours, and the mass of the dried residue is set as the total solid content. 1 Torr is a value representing 1/760 of 1 atmosphere, and is set to 133.322 Pa. In the above drying, the volatile component 1 H-NMR (using DMSO (dimethyl sulfoxide)-d 6 as a solvent) confirmed that there were no volatile components other than the solvent. The content (mol/g) of the structure represented by formula (1-1) relative to the total solid content of the resin composition was quantified by the above method, and the quantitative results were recorded in the "Content of specific structure" column of Table 1.
〔保存穩定性的評價〕 關於在各實施例及比較例中所製備之樹脂組成物及比較用組成物,分別在製備後立即使用E型黏度計測定了黏度。此時,將所測定之黏度的值設為“黏度(0天)”。之後,將各實施例及比較例中之樹脂組成物及比較用組成物在密閉容器中在遮光、25℃的條件下靜置14天之後,再次使用E型黏度計測定了黏度。此時,將所測定之黏度的值設為“黏度(14天)”。依據以下式計算出黏度變動率。 依據上述黏度變動率,並按照下述評價基準進行了評價。評價結果記載於表2的“保存穩定性”一欄中。 可以說上述黏度變動率越低,保存穩定性越高。 黏度變動率=|100×{1-(黏度(14天)/黏度(0天))}| 黏度的測定在25℃下進行,其他測定條件依據JIS Z 8803:2011。 -評價基準- A:黏度變動率為5%以下。 B:黏度變動率超過了5%。[Evaluation of storage stability] The viscosity of the resin composition and the comparative composition prepared in each embodiment and comparative example was measured using an E-type viscometer immediately after preparation. At this time, the measured viscosity value was set as "Viscosity (0 day)". Thereafter, the resin composition and the comparative composition in each embodiment and comparative example were placed in a sealed container under light-shielding conditions at 25°C for 14 days, and the viscosity was measured again using an E-type viscometer. At this time, the measured viscosity value was set as "Viscosity (14 days)". The viscosity change rate was calculated according to the following formula. Based on the above viscosity change rate and the following evaluation criteria, the evaluation was performed. The evaluation results are recorded in the "Storage Stability" column of Table 2. It can be said that the lower the viscosity change rate, the higher the storage stability. Viscosity change rate = |100×{1-(viscosity (14 days)/viscosity (0 days))}| The viscosity was measured at 25°C, and other measurement conditions were in accordance with JIS Z 8803:2011. -Evaluation criteria- A: The viscosity change rate is less than 5%. B: The viscosity change rate exceeds 5%.
〔密接性的評價〕 藉由旋塗法分別將在各實施例及比較例中所製備之樹脂組成物或比較用組成物以層狀適用於銅基板上,從而形成了樹脂組成物層或比較用組成物層。在100℃下將形成了所獲得之樹脂組成物層或比較用組成物層之銅基板在加熱板上乾燥5分鐘,從而在銅基板上形成了20μm的均勻的厚度的樹脂組成物層或比較用組成物層。使用步進機(Nikon NSR 2005 i9C),使用形成100μm見方的正方形狀的非遮罩部之光罩並藉由i射線以500mJ/cm2 的曝光能量對銅基板上的樹脂組成物層或比較用組成物層進行曝光,之後用環戊酮顯影60秒鐘,從而獲得了100μm見方的正方形狀的樹脂層。進而,在氮氣氣氛下,在230℃下加熱3小時,從而形成了樹脂層(圖案)。 在25℃、65%相對濕度(RH)的環境下,使用黏結強度試驗機(XYZTEC公司製造、CondorSigma),測定銅基板上的100μm見方的正方形狀的樹脂層的剪力,並按照下述評價基準進行了評價。評價結果記載於表2的“密接性”一欄中。可以說剪力越大,硬化膜的金屬密接性(銅密接性)越優異。 -評價基準- A:剪力超過了40gf。 B:剪力超過35gf且為40gf以下。 C:剪力超過25gf且為35gf以下。 D:剪力為25gf以下。 又,1gf為0.00980665N。[Evaluation of Adhesion] The resin composition or comparative composition prepared in each embodiment and comparative example was applied in a layer on a copper substrate by spin coating to form a resin composition layer or a comparative composition layer. The copper substrate on which the resin composition layer or the comparative composition layer was formed was dried on a heating plate at 100°C for 5 minutes to form a resin composition layer or a comparative composition layer having a uniform thickness of 20 μm on the copper substrate. Using a stepper (Nikon NSR 2005 i9C), a photomask with a square non-mask portion of 100 μm square was used to expose the resin composition layer or the comparative composition layer on the copper substrate with i-rays at an exposure energy of 500 mJ/ cm2 , and then developed with cyclopentanone for 60 seconds to obtain a 100 μm square resin layer. Furthermore, the resin layer (pattern) was formed by heating at 230°C for 3 hours in a nitrogen atmosphere. In an environment of 25°C and 65% relative humidity (RH), the shear force of the 100μm square resin layer on the copper substrate was measured using an adhesive strength tester (manufactured by XYZTEC, CondorSigma), and evaluated according to the following evaluation criteria. The evaluation results are recorded in the "Adhesion" column of Table 2. It can be said that the greater the shear force, the better the metal adhesion (copper adhesion) of the cured film. -Evaluation Criteria- A: The shear force exceeds 40gf. B: The shear force exceeds 35gf and is less than 40gf. C: The shear force exceeds 25gf and is less than 35gf. D: The shear force is less than 25gf. In addition, 1gf is 0.00980665N.
〔可靠性(加熱後的金屬密接性)的評價〕 在各實施例或比較例中,在上述密接性的評價中,在230℃下加熱3小時而形成樹脂層之後,使樹脂層在175℃的恆溫槽中經過1,000小時之後進行了剪力的測定,除此以外,按照與上述密接性的評價中之評價方法相同的評價方法及評價基準,進行了加熱後的金屬密接性的評價。評價結果記載於表2的“可靠性”一欄中。可以說剪力越大,硬化膜的金屬密接性(銅密接性)越優異。[Evaluation of reliability (metal adhesion after heating)] In each embodiment or comparative example, in the evaluation of the above-mentioned adhesion, after the resin layer was formed by heating at 230°C for 3 hours, the shear force was measured after the resin layer was placed in a constant temperature bath at 175°C for 1,000 hours. In addition, the metal adhesion after heating was evaluated according to the same evaluation method and evaluation criteria as the evaluation method in the above-mentioned adhesion evaluation. The evaluation results are shown in the "Reliability" column of Table 2. It can be said that the greater the shear force, the better the metal adhesion (copper adhesion) of the cured film.
[表2]
依據以上結果,可知在使用了本發明之包含選自包括聚醯亞胺及聚醯亞胺前驅物的群組中之至少一種樹脂且在固體成分中包含式(1-1)所表示之結構之樹脂組成物之情況下,可以獲得與金屬層的密接性優異之硬化膜。 比較例1~比較例3中所記載的比較用組成物在固體成分中不包含式(1-1)所表示之結構。可知由這樣的比較用組成物可以獲得之硬化膜與金屬層的密接性較差。According to the above results, it can be seen that when the resin composition of the present invention containing at least one resin selected from the group including polyimide and polyimide precursor and containing the structure represented by formula (1-1) in the solid component is used, a cured film with excellent adhesion to the metal layer can be obtained. The comparative compositions described in Comparative Examples 1 to 3 do not contain the structure represented by formula (1-1) in the solid component. It can be seen that the cured film obtained by such a comparative composition has poor adhesion to the metal layer.
<實施例101> 藉由旋塗法,將在實施例1中所使用之樹脂組成物以層狀適用於表面上形成有銅薄層之樹脂基材的銅薄層的表面上,並在100℃下乾燥5分鐘而形成膜厚20μm的樹脂組成物層之後,使用步進機(Nikon Co.,Ltd.製造,NSR1505 i6)進行了曝光。關於曝光,經由遮罩(圖案為1:1線與空間、線寬為10μm的二元遮罩)照射波長365nm的光來進行。曝光之後,用環戊酮顯影30秒鐘,並且用PGMEA沖洗20秒鐘,從而獲得了層的圖案。 接著,在230℃下加熱3小時而形成了再配線層用層間絕緣膜。該再配線層用層間絕緣膜的絕緣性優異。 又,使用該等再配線層用層間絕緣膜製造出半導體元件,其結果,確認到正常動作。<Example 101> The resin composition used in Example 1 was applied in layers to the surface of the copper thin layer of the resin substrate having the copper thin layer formed on the surface by spin coating, and dried at 100°C for 5 minutes to form a resin composition layer with a film thickness of 20μm, and then exposed using a stepper (Nikon Co., Ltd., NSR1505 i6). The exposure was performed by irradiating light with a wavelength of 365nm through a mask (a binary mask with a pattern of 1:1 line and space and a line width of 10μm). After exposure, the layer was developed with cyclopentanone for 30 seconds and rinsed with PGMEA for 20 seconds to obtain a layer pattern. Then, the film was heated at 230°C for 3 hours to form an interlayer insulating film for the redistribution layer. The interlayer insulating film for the redistribution layer has excellent insulation properties. In addition, semiconductor devices were manufactured using the interlayer insulating film for the redistribution layer, and normal operation was confirmed.
無。without.
Claims (12)
Applications Claiming Priority (2)
| Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
|---|---|---|---|
| JP2020-017329 | 2020-02-04 | ||
| JP2020017329 | 2020-02-04 |
Publications (2)
| Publication Number | Publication Date |
|---|---|
| TW202136375A TW202136375A (en) | 2021-10-01 |
| TWI875941B true TWI875941B (en) | 2025-03-11 |
Family
ID=77200677
Family Applications (1)
| Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
|---|---|---|---|
| TW110104095A TWI875941B (en) | 2020-02-04 | 2021-02-03 | Resin composition, cured film, laminate, method for producing cured film, and semiconductor element |
Country Status (5)
| Country | Link |
|---|---|
| JP (2) | JP7331155B2 (en) |
| KR (1) | KR102766259B1 (en) |
| CN (1) | CN115103871A (en) |
| TW (1) | TWI875941B (en) |
| WO (1) | WO2021157643A1 (en) |
Families Citing this family (2)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| WO2023112573A1 (en) * | 2021-12-14 | 2023-06-22 | 富士フイルム株式会社 | Method for producing cured product, method for producing laminate , method for producing semiconductor device, and treatment liquid |
| KR20250078499A (en) * | 2022-10-31 | 2025-06-02 | 후지필름 가부시키가이샤 | Resin composition, cured product, laminate, method for producing cured product, method for producing laminate, method for producing semiconductor device, and, semiconductor device |
Citations (5)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| JPS6172022A (en) * | 1984-09-14 | 1986-04-14 | Asahi Chem Ind Co Ltd | Polyamide manufacturing method |
| JPH01278531A (en) * | 1988-05-02 | 1989-11-08 | Chisso Corp | Production of photosensitive polymer |
| JP2002131907A (en) * | 2000-10-26 | 2002-05-09 | Asahi Kasei Corp | Polyimide precursor composition |
| TW201815964A (en) * | 2016-08-31 | 2018-05-01 | 日商富士軟片股份有限公司 | Resin composition and its application |
| CN108440977A (en) * | 2018-03-12 | 2018-08-24 | 长安大学 | Modified pitch, modifying agent and preparation method for high-modulus Rut resistance concrete |
Family Cites Families (7)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| JP4761989B2 (en) * | 2006-02-02 | 2011-08-31 | 旭化成イーマテリアルズ株式会社 | Polyamic acid ester composition |
| JP5571990B2 (en) | 2009-06-04 | 2014-08-13 | 旭化成イーマテリアルズ株式会社 | Negative photosensitive resin composition, cured relief pattern forming / manufacturing method, and semiconductor device |
| JP5588631B2 (en) * | 2009-06-12 | 2014-09-10 | 帝人株式会社 | Resin composition containing cyclic carbodiimide |
| US9365750B2 (en) * | 2012-06-27 | 2016-06-14 | Henkel IP & Holding GmbH | Accelerators for curable compositions |
| TWI634135B (en) * | 2015-12-25 | 2018-09-01 | 日商富士軟片股份有限公司 | Resin, composition, cured film, method for producing cured film, and semiconductor element |
| TWI758415B (en) * | 2017-02-20 | 2022-03-21 | 日商富士軟片股份有限公司 | Photosensitive resin composition, heterocyclic ring-containing polymer precursor, cured film, laminate, manufacturing method of cured film, and semiconductor device |
| WO2019003913A1 (en) * | 2017-06-30 | 2019-01-03 | 住友ベークライト株式会社 | Photosensitive resin composition, resin film, and electronic device |
-
2021
- 2021-02-03 TW TW110104095A patent/TWI875941B/en active
- 2021-02-04 CN CN202180013221.0A patent/CN115103871A/en active Pending
- 2021-02-04 JP JP2021575852A patent/JP7331155B2/en active Active
- 2021-02-04 KR KR1020227026433A patent/KR102766259B1/en active Active
- 2021-02-04 WO PCT/JP2021/004054 patent/WO2021157643A1/en not_active Ceased
-
2023
- 2023-08-09 JP JP2023130031A patent/JP2023159205A/en not_active Withdrawn
Patent Citations (5)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| JPS6172022A (en) * | 1984-09-14 | 1986-04-14 | Asahi Chem Ind Co Ltd | Polyamide manufacturing method |
| JPH01278531A (en) * | 1988-05-02 | 1989-11-08 | Chisso Corp | Production of photosensitive polymer |
| JP2002131907A (en) * | 2000-10-26 | 2002-05-09 | Asahi Kasei Corp | Polyimide precursor composition |
| TW201815964A (en) * | 2016-08-31 | 2018-05-01 | 日商富士軟片股份有限公司 | Resin composition and its application |
| CN108440977A (en) * | 2018-03-12 | 2018-08-24 | 长安大学 | Modified pitch, modifying agent and preparation method for high-modulus Rut resistance concrete |
Also Published As
| Publication number | Publication date |
|---|---|
| TW202136375A (en) | 2021-10-01 |
| JP2023159205A (en) | 2023-10-31 |
| KR102766259B1 (en) | 2025-02-12 |
| JP7331155B2 (en) | 2023-08-22 |
| WO2021157643A1 (en) | 2021-08-12 |
| KR20220123434A (en) | 2022-09-06 |
| CN115103871A (en) | 2022-09-23 |
| JPWO2021157643A1 (en) | 2021-08-12 |
Similar Documents
| Publication | Publication Date | Title |
|---|---|---|
| TWI841777B (en) | Method for producing cured film, method for producing laminate, and method for producing electronic component | |
| TWI890798B (en) | Curable resin composition, cured film, laminate, method for producing cured film, and semiconductor device | |
| TWI878445B (en) | Curable resin composition, resin film, cured film, laminate, method for producing cured film, and semiconductor device | |
| TWI875930B (en) | Resin composition, cured film, laminate, method for producing cured film, and semiconductor element | |
| TWI878598B (en) | Curable resin composition, cured product, laminate, method for producing cured product, semiconductor device, polyimide precursor and method for producing the same | |
| TWI870556B (en) | Curable resin composition, cured film, laminate, method for producing cured film, and semiconductor device | |
| TWI890801B (en) | Curable resin composition, cured film, laminate, method for producing cured film, and semiconductor device | |
| TWI890841B (en) | Curable resin composition, cured product, laminate, method for producing cured product, semiconductor device, polyimide precursor and method for producing the same | |
| TWI888627B (en) | Method for producing hardened product, method for producing laminate, and method for producing semiconductor element | |
| TWI860437B (en) | Curable resin composition, cured film, laminate, method for producing cured film, and semiconductor device | |
| TWI869552B (en) | Curable resin composition, cured film, laminate, method for producing cured film, and semiconductor device | |
| TW202235490A (en) | Resin composition, cured product, laminate, method for producing cured product, and semiconductor device | |
| TWI883191B (en) | Curable resin composition, cured film, laminate, method for producing cured film, and semiconductor device | |
| TWI896742B (en) | Photosensitive resin composition, cured product, laminate, method for manufacturing cured product, and semiconductor device | |
| TWI875941B (en) | Resin composition, cured film, laminate, method for producing cured film, and semiconductor element | |
| TWI893199B (en) | Composite pattern manufacturing method, resin composition, laminate manufacturing method, and semiconductor device manufacturing method | |
| TW202244639A (en) | Method for producing permanent film, method for producing multilayer body, and method for producing semiconductor device | |
| TWI886225B (en) | Photosensitive resin composition, cured film, laminate, method for producing cured film, and semiconductor device | |
| TW202222911A (en) | Resin composition, cured object, layered product, method for producing cured object, and semiconductor device | |
| TWI904169B (en) | Photosensitive resin compositions, hardened films, laminates, methods for manufacturing hardened films, and semiconductor devices. | |
| TWI893143B (en) | Method for producing cured product, resin composition, developer, method for producing laminate, and method for producing semiconductor device | |
| TWI908623B (en) | Curable resin compositions, resin films, cured films, laminates, methods for manufacturing cured films, and semiconductor devices. | |
| TWI912484B (en) | Resin composition, cured material, laminate, method for manufacturing cured material and semiconductor device | |
| WO2021177263A1 (en) | Photosensitive resin composition, method for producing pattern, photosensitive film, cured product, laminate, and device |